MASTER 
NEGATIVE 
NO. 92-80719-8 





MICROFILMED 1992 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 


as part of the 
“Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Pro ject” 


; Funded by the 
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 


Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
Columbia University Library 





COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 


The copyright law of the United States -- Title 17, United 
States Code -- concerns the making of photocopies or other 
reproductions of copyrighted material... 


Columbia University Library reserves the right to refuse to 


accept a copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
would involve violation of the copyright law. 





AUTHOR: 


CROSBY, ALPHEUS 


TITLE: 


GREEK LESSONS 
CONSISTING ΟΕ... 


PLACE: 


BOSTON 


DATE: 


1894 





Master Negative # 


45. LOTT 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 


BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET 








Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 





Crosby, Alpheus, 1810-18744 * - 

Greek lessons, consisting of selections from 
Xenophon's Anabasis, with directions for the study 
of the. grammar, notes, exercises in translation 
from English into Greek, and a vocabulary, 

Boston, Phillips, 1854, . 

vil, ,134-121 p. 20 cm. 








Another copy, 1859, 








IMAGE PLACEMENT: IA ὍΝ, ἢ 
DATE FILMED: 6.42, 


FILMED BY: RESEARCH PUBLI 





As 


























γ- 


Association for Information and Image Management 


1100 Wayne Avenue, Suite 1100 
Silver Spring, Maryland 20910 


301/587-8202 





10 1] 12 13 14 15 mm 


Zs 25 


ἘΞ 


us [32 Ι 22 
63 ΞΞΞΞΞΞΞΞ 
sk 


= {40 ] 20 


“ps 

















6 











MANUFACTURED TO AIIM STANDARDS 
BY APPLIED IMAGE, INC. 








ξ Σ᾿ 
᾿ : ᾽ 
’ £ PS. : 
- a ὦ, 5 
Τ᾿ * 
ν᾿: 
% : 
Ἧ 
. 
: ῷ 
: ᾽ 
Ἢ : 
; . 
͵ 
Ν 
ΓΝ 
᾿ 
ΩΣ wn 
{ 
Ἵ , 
- a: 
- 
ἢ 
i 
: ς 
x 
ν 
΄ ᾿ 4 
J 
= . 
, , 
, 
᾿ 
ᾷ ! 
= * 
P Ν : 
, fe Ἢ 
Γ᾿ ; 
+ 
ἢ 
-- Ω 
. 
x 
: - 
‘ 
: ‘ 
* 3 ; 
‘ 
δ᾽ 
᾿ 
: - 
ν᾿ 
9 - 
4 ἢ 
᾿ 
. 
’ 
. 
« 
. 
. 
, 
ἢ 
ε 
5 
. 
ἃ ΠΑΡ : ais | : 
τς +94 τ i RES, δ 2 
, pe τ ee ς Metis F . κύνας τ ᾿ 
᾿ ᾿ sp . : τ ' 
4 ἡ 1 
4 
‘. 
‘ 
, 
‘ 
~ Ὺ ΔΑ 
- 
7 . 
. . ; 
᾿ 














$%1.%2 CSS 


Columbia University 
Library 


Geury Livingston Thomas 
BORN 1835-DIED 1903 
FOR THIRTY YEARS CHIEF TRANSLATOR 
DEPARTMENT OF STATE, WASHINGTON, D. Cc. 
LOVER OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 
HIS LIBRARY WAS GIVEN AS A MEMORIAL 
BY HIS SON WILLIAM 8. THOMAS, M. D. 
TO COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


A. 0. 1905 




















GREEK LESSONS: 


CONSISTING 


OF SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON’S ANABASIS, WITH DIRECTIONS FORK 
THE STUDY OF THE GRAMMAR, NOTES, EXERCISES IN 
TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK, 

AND A VOCABULARY. 


By ALPHEUS CROSBY, 


» & 
PROFESSOR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN 
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 








᾿Αρχὴ δέ τοι ἥμισυ παντός. 
HEsrop. 


BOSTON: 
PHILLIPS, SAMPSON, AND COMPANY. 
1859. 








“The language of Xenophon is remarkable for sweetness, variety, p21 
spicuity, and elegance ;— rich without a superfluity of figures, and smooth 
without sameness and tedious uniformity. His sentiments are such as 
might have been expected from the most faithful and judicious of all the 
disciples of Socrates. They are just, elevated, and apposite; and do 
credit both to his heart and his understanding.” — DunBar. 


“ Xenophon’s pure strain, 
Like the clear brook that steals along the vale.” 


THOMSON. 





Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1849, by Alpheus Crosby, in the Clerk’s 
Office of the District Court of the District of New Hampshire. 





Untversiry Press, CAMBRIDGE : 
Printed by Welch, Bigelow, and Company. 


PREFACE. 





Ir might once have-been necessary to introduce a 
work like this with a labored argument to prove the 
importance of connecting exercises in reading and 
writing a language with the study of its grammar. 
Happily for the cause of education, that necessity no 
longer exists. At the same time, it appears to me 
entirely obvious, that it is best, in most cases, that the 
student should learn the first principles of a language 
from the grammar which he is afterwards to use, and 
not from a.book of lessons or exercises which he will 
study for a short time, and then throw aside not to 
be again taken up. No one is ignorant of the pecu- 
liar tenacity of first impressions, and of the great de- 
pendence of the memory upon local association. It 
may be added, that, in the gradual work of learning - 
the grammatical system of a language, it contributes 
greatly to rapid, thorough, and permanent attainment, 
that each point, as it is learned, should be learned 
in its appropriate place as a part of the system. 
Classification thus goes hand in hand with acquisi- 
tion; and, instead of constituting a separate work 
requiring additional labor, presents itself as a light- 
ener of the student’s toils. For these reasons, the 


391395 











IV PREFACE. 


following work is designed as an accompaniment to 
the systematic study of the grammar, and not as an 
introduction to it; and those parts of the grammar 
which are required in connection with each exercise 
are referred to, and not extracted. 

The Selections for Reading which are here presented 
have been taken entirely and without change from the 
Anabasis of Xenoph6n. That the student should 
obtain his first impressions of a language in its classic 
purity and familiar prose form will not, I think, be 
questioned in words, however much it may have been 
neglected in practice. This becomes especially im- 
portant, when the reading lessons are made, as they 
always should be, models for composition in the lan- 
guage. 

The selections have been restricted to a single 
author and a single work for several reasons. It 
seems undesirable that the student, in his first attempts 
to read and write a language, should be distracted by 
diversities of style.. In reading detached passages, 
one often wishes to examine the connection from 
which they have been taken. This can be done 
with ease, when they have been all extracted from 
a single familiar work. For those who will pass from 
these Lessons to the Anabasis, there are special advan- 
tages. ‘They will come to the reading of that charm- 
ing work no strangers, but having already a familiarity 
with its vocabulary, and some degree of acquaintance 
with its style and subject-matter. And, as they read 
sentence after sentence upon its attractive pages, they 
will recognize many an old friend; and will now 
obtain that intimacy of acquaintance which, with 
Sentences as with men, can only be got at their 


‘ 


PREFACE. Vv 


homes. Their introductory acquisitions have now 
lost that isolated, lifeless character, which is so apt to 
belong to mere select sentences; and have become 
vital parts of an interesting whole. The student 
leaves his first lessons, not, as too often happens, to 
forget them, but to repeat them as portions of a 
delightful narrative. It may be added, that the very 
character of the Anabasis excludes, for the most part, 
those abstract sentences, which are wont to be the 
special stumbling-blocks in introductory lessons. 

The Notes and Vocabulary, in connection with the 
author’s Grammar, which contains so many citations 
from the Anabasis, will, it is hoped, be found to 
supply abundant aid and illustration; and yet, it is 
believed, not more than is desirable in a work of this 
kind. It is not wise to harass a student’s first essays 
in a new language with needless difficulties. Upon 
this principle, I have sought rather to diminish than 
to multiply the number of distinct words introduced ; 
and have sometimes chosen to repeat a selection with 
additions, rather than introduce one that should be 
entirely new. 

To give unity to the student’s labors, and to avoid 
all unnecessary increase of them, the Exercises in 
Translation from English into Greek have been simply 
based upon the reading lessons, and require no words 
which have not previously occurred in these lessons. 
Indeed the close conformity of the two series will, 
it is believed, afford valuable assistance in the read- 
ing lessons themselves. No English-Greek vocabulary 


‘has been given ; because, constructed as the exercises 


are, it has been supposed that such a vocabulary would 
not only be useless, but positively injurious, diverting 





gee - 


| 
᾿ 
' 


a 


al OE gc Ne 


oom os 


, 


vl PREFACE. 


the student from the proper source of aid, the Greex 
text. In all cases in which it was thought possible 
that the student could be at a loss, reference has been 
made to the page and line where the required word 
or construction has occurred. - 

A few sPECIAL SUGGESTIONS and EXPLANATIONS are 
subjoined. 


1. It is earnestly recommended, that these Lessons should be 
studied, paragraph by paragraph, according to the following method. 
(1) Let the student observe the special directions prefixed to the 
Notes, and carefully learn the portions of the Grammar there pointed 
out. (II.) Let him then learn to construe the paragraph, and to 
parse every word in full according to the table in J 65. (III.) Let 
him translate into Greek the corresponding Exercises, never omitting 
to do this before proceeding to a new paragraph. 

2. The numbers inclosed in parentheses at the bottom of a page 
of the Greek text denote the lines upon the page, and are followed 
by references to the parts of the Anabasis from which the selections 
commencing in each line have beentaken. ‘These references are made 
to book, chapter, and section, according to the common division. 

3. By the Greeks, soldiers, generals, and captains mentioned in the 
text will be generally understood those belonging to the army with 
which Cyrus the Younger made his ill-fated expedition against his 
brother Artaxerxes; and by the countries, cities, villages; rivers, 
barbarians, and enemies, those which these Greeks found in their 
route. 

4. Numbers preceded by the mark § refer to sections of the 
author’s Greek Grammar; and those proceeded by the mark 4, to 
paragraphs of the Tables prefixed to the Grammar. The letter f 
immediately attached to a number signifies and the following. 

5. In the Exercises (pp. 67-89), a few words are printed in Italics, 
to show that they are to be omitted in the Greek ; a few are inclosed 
in brackets [ ], to show that they are to be inserted in the Greek ; 
and a few are printed in small capitals, to direct special attention to 
them. ‘The Greek idiom is sometimes given in Italics at the bottom 
of the page. The small figures at the top of the line refer to page 
and line of the Greek text. 

6. The Greek has, in general, great freedom in respect to the 


PREFACE. Vil 


arrangement of words; and their position depends, in no small 
degree, upon their comparative emphasis, and upon the effect produced 
on the ear. In general, the first place in a clause is the most 
emphatic, and the last place the next so. The student will observe 
carefully the special precepts upon the position of words, which he 
finds either here or in the Grammar ; and, in all doubtful cases, will 
be wise in adhering closely to the order of his models in the Greek 
text. 

7. In the Vocabulary, the words inclosed in parentheses to mark 
derivation or composition are translated, except when they also occur 
in the alphabetical arrangement ; and a few words not belonging to 
the text are inserted in brackets to avoid repeated translation. Some 
English words derived from Greek words, or cognate with them, are 
inserted in small capitals, chiefly as aids to the memory. The gender 
of nouns has been marked in the usual way, except when general 
rules rendered it needless (δῷ 74. 8, 75, 76). 

8. Of the abbreviations which occur, compos. denotes compo- 
sition; cons., consonant; dim., diminutive; esp., especially; im- 
pers., impersonal; indecl., indeclinable; L., Line; Less., Lesson ; 
P., Page ; pers., person or personal; prop., properly ; R., Rule; r., 
root ; subst., substantively; Voc., Vocabulary. Most of the abbrevia- 
tions, as occurring in the Grammar and there explained, require no 
special notice. 

9. Let the student, amid those introductory difficulties and toils 
from which no worthy pursuit is wholly exempt, cheer himself with 
the assurance, that the saying of old Hesiod, The beginning is half 
of the whole work, applies to nothing with greater force than to the 
learning of a language ; nor let him forget that other proverb, Ed σοι 
τὸ μέλλον ἕξει, ἣν τὸ παρὸν εὖ τιθῆς, Your future course will be pros- 
perous, if your present work be well done. Especially, let him bear in 
mind, that he is studying the language which has been the most 
celebrated of all for beauty and perfection of structure ; — the lan- 
guage in which are enshrined, as jewels in a casket of gold, the 
most wonderful monuments of ancient genius, and the priceless 
treasures of the Christian revelation ; —the language in which Homer 
sung, Socrates conversed, Demosthenes harangued, Paul wrote, and, 
highest honor of all, the words of Him who spake as never man svake 
were recorded. 








a ee ee oe. 


GREEK LESSONS. 





I. 


1. ᾿Επιβουλεύει. 2’ Ἐπιβουλεύουσιν. ᾿ἘΕπιβουλεύειν. 

4 Συμβουλεύω. “σ᾽ Συμβουλεύει. 6 Ἐυμβουλεύετε. ¥ Παίει. 

§ Παίουσι καὶ βάλλουσιν. ἢ late, παῖε, βάλλε, βάλλε. 

40 2. Δέγουσιν. ": Aéyeus. rAeyéera. ’ Θαυμάζειν. ’ Ov 
θαυμάζω. Μὴ θαυμάζετε. 4 Οὐκ ἐθέλω. , -Καίειν. ; [Καί- 
opev./7 Μὴ μέλλωμεν. i Mav0dvovew ἄρχειν." |” Apyera. 

2 ΣΣυλλαμβάνει.  ὙἹιδασκέτω." «Νομίζω. ν.:ἘΠλ μὲν ξυμβου- 
λεύοιμι. Ζ(Νόμιξε δέ, 2*Nopitere. 


II. 


1./SvArapBaver Κῦρον. 2 Κῦρος συλλαμβάνει. 3 Πέμ- 
met Λύκιον. “» Καὶ πέμπουσι ᾿Καλλίμαχον. “ Χειρίσοφος τὸ 
πέμπει. © Ενταῦθα δὴ λέγει Χειρίσοφος. " ᾿Επιβουλεύει 
Κύρῳ. . Ὦ Κύρε, λέγουσιν. Φέρουσι λίθους. "Ἶ4ρ- 
χουσι “ακεδαιμόνιοι. .“5ἾὯ, Φαλῖνε, θαυμάζω. 

2. Πλοῖα πέμπουσιν. 2 Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει. -- Ἐντεῦθεν 
ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς πέντε. .᾿Αργύριον ἔχομεν. Iota» 
γὰρ οὐκ ἔχομεν. . Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε. “Ἥλιος ἀνίσχει. 

᾿ ᾿Εξαΐφνης ἀκούομεν θορύβου. ᾿Αργύριον μὲν οὐκ ἔχω. 
᾿ο᾽ Απαγγέλλετε ᾿Αριαίῳ. ᾿Αναβαίνει Χειρίσοφος. 





(L. 1.) 1. 0.1: ΠΙ.1. 35: 1.2.20. @) 1.6.9: IIL 1. δ: V. 6. 12: ΥἹ. 1.5. (3) 
ΠΙ. 4. 49: Υ.7.21. (4.) 1.7.5: Π.1. 90: 1.3.15: ΠΙ. δ. 13: VII. 1.25. (6) 1. 3.3;3.10; 
6.2: ΠΙ. 5.6. (6.) ΠΙ. 1. 46: 1. 9. 4: V. 7. 10. (7) 11. 3: V.7. 11: ΠΙ.2. 29: V 
6.4. (8.) ΥἹ. 6. 24: 1. 4. 16. (9.) I. 1. 3; 8. 4; 10. 14. (10.) V. 6. 14: IV. δ. 22 
(il.) 1Υ..7.8: 1. 6.1. (12) 1.7.5: IV. 7, 25: VI. 6. 13, (3) Π.1.10. (14) V 
6.35: 1. 4.9; 4.10, (5) VIL3.5: Υ͂. 4. 56, (6) 15.16: V.7.6. (17. V.7.21. 


VII. 7.63. (18.) Π. 1. 4: IV. 1.7. 
2 








GREEK LESSONS. 


IIT. 
1. Βουλεύεται. Βουλευόμεθα. Βουλεύεσθαι. Mav- 


θάνουσιν ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι... Βούλομαι. Εἰ 
βούλεσθε, λέγετε. “᾿Αλλὰ, εἰ βούλει, μένε. «Ἐθέλω 
πορεύεσθαι. “᾿Αλλὰ πορευώμεθα. ‘200 βούλεσθε συμπο- 
5 ρεύεσθαι. 

2. Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται. Πείθεται. Ou θέλετε 


IAN 


/ 7" his 
πείθεσθαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι. ““ Εἰ δὲ χρήξεις, πορεύου. Mn, 
πρὸς θεῶν, WE My οὖν οἴου.  Φαινέσθω. Σώ- 

/ > - Ἔξέ, τ 
ζοισθὲ τε ἀσφαλῶς. lov δὲ ἀπέρχομαι. ξέρχονται 
10 δὴ σὺν δορατίοις καὶ ἀσκοῖς. // Οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε οὔτε θεοὺς 


" 


οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπους ; 
IV. 
᾿ Κτησίας λέγει. Κῦρος συλλαμβάνει, ᾿᾽Ορόντην. 
᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς πέντε, παρασάγγας τρι- 
ἄκοντα. “ ° Ad γασίας Στυμφάλιος λοχᾶγὸς τι τρώσκεται. 
ἰδ ηστὴς δὲ προσέρχεται. 

2. Ἔξε -λαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας. Γράφει € ἐπέστ okay. Ση- 
σαμον καὶ μέλίνην καὶ κέγχρον καὶ seepens καὶ κριθὰς 
φέρει. Ἔκ θαχάττης εἰς θάλατταν. “ Στρατιῶται, μὴ 
θαυμάζξετε. Ἔρχεται Μιθριδάτ τῆς. Δέκα ἅμαξαι πετρῶν. 

90 Σεύθης λέγει. . Σεύθης πέμπει ᾿Αβροζέλμην. 
Wa 

1. Πάροδος στενή. Eis φιλίαν χώραν. Ὄ νοι ἄγριοι. 
ἽὭσπερ νεφέλη λευκή. δὸς ἁμαξιτὸς, ὀρθία ἰσχυρῶς. 
Πρὸς ἰσχῦρὰ χωρία. εἐτρακόσιοι ὁπλῖται. Paacctay 3 
yar χίλιοι. ᾿Ἐξέρχονται ὃ δὴ σὺν δορατίοις καὶ ἀσκοῖς καὶ 

25 θυλάκοις καὶ ἄλλοις ἀγγείοις , εἰς δισχιλίους ἀνθρώπους. 





GREEK LESSONS. 15 


. Οἱ στρατιῶται φέρουσι λίθου. Ἢ στρατιὰ. οὕτω 
γιγνώσκει. Teraprn δ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ καταβαίνουσιν εἰς τὸ πε- 
δίον. Συγκλείουσι τὰς πύλας, καὶ τὸν μόχλὸν ἐμβάλ- 
λουσιν. Κοινῆς σωτηρίας δεόμεθα. ᾿ΑΧλὰ φυγῇ λεί- 
πουσι τὸ χωρίον. δ 
3. Σημαίνει ὁ σαλπιγκτής. “Ἐνταῦθα δὴ Κύρου a ἅπο- 
τέμνεται ἡ κεφαλή. Αἱ σπονδαὶ μενόντων. Καὶ ὁ θεὸς 
ἴσως ἄγει οὕκως. Φεύγουσι δρόμῳ, καὶ ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς 
τὴν θάλατταν. 

4. ’AvaBaiver οὖν ὁ Κῦρος. Ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον. τὸ 
᾿Εξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Avéias. Πάλιν φαίνεται ὁ Μιθριδά- 

Ὃ δὲ ’Eredvixos εἰς τὴν ἄκραν ἀποφεύγει, "Ext 

πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ. Ἔν ταῖς κώμαις ταῖς 
ὑπὲρ. τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ fea τὸν Κεντρίτ nv ποταμόν. 


“ ? 


Ὃ ὃ δεσπότης ἑκάστης τῆς οἰκίας. Περὶ ὃ δὲ τοῦ κα- τς 


͵ 


9 
εἶν ἀποθνήσκειν ἀγωνίζονται. Διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ παρα- 


ἈΝ 
δείσου. Ἐπὶ bi ἡμετέραν χώραν ἔρχεσθε. Οἱ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 
ξ΄ 


ἀδελφοῦ φίλοι. Ar’ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας. Παύομαι ἐκεί- 
νῆς τῆς διαν olas. Ἔκ τῆσδε τῆς χώρας. ᾿Ξ 
6. “Ev τῇ γῇ ἄρχουσι “ακεδαιμόνιοι καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάτ- 30 
τῇ Tov νῦν χρόνον. Ἔν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ. ὋὉπλῖται 
μὲν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ δὲ ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχιλέ- 
ους. 3 Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελ- 
φόν. Μόλις διαβαίνουσι τὸν Κάϊκον ποταμόν. Δὲ γεται 
δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Πέρσας ψιλαῖς ταύς κεφαλαῖς ἐν τῷ 35 
πολέμῳ διακινδυνεύειν. 


᾿ς "Apya γόρας ὁ “Apyeios. Οἱ ἄλλοι στρατη γοΐ, Οἱ 


/ 
ὁ ἄλλοι στρατ ἰῶται παίουσι καὶ βάλλουσιν. Οἱ πολέ- 


- 


> 
pot ἐπιφαίνονται € ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. Tov τε Κλεάρετον. απο- 
ξ ΄ 
κτείνουσι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συχνούς. ἐτέρος τὸν ἕτερον 30 


παίει. ᾿Εκκλίνουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι, καὶ φεὺ ὕγουσ Ww. 





.15. (4) Ill. 2. 32: IV.2 
γ᾿ V. 7.25. 0.) I. 1. 2; 
(8) [Υ.3.1. G5.) VIL 4. 

. 18: V.6.31. 419.) VIL 
3. (24.) VIL. 8 18: L 8. 6. 
.) V. 7. 16. @O.) Υ 1. 5 


20.) VL 6.13. ὦ LO Bibs: . 9 : ᾿ 
oes 7: 15: Ill. 4. 49. @s. ν»ῦκ, ἃ 
8.39 





00 ie τὰν νὰν et των -οὐκονο 


16 GREEK LESSONS. 


8. Κῦρος τὴν Κίλισσαν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν ἀποπέμπει. 
Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπέμπεται τοὺς στρατηγούς. Aei- 
πουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι ἀμαχητὶ τὸν λόφον. Κῦρος δὲ μετὰ 
τῶν ἄλλων ἐξελαύνει διὰ Καππαδοκίας. Κλέαρχος καὶ 
5 οἱ ἐκείνου. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην καὶ ᾿Δριαῖον. Οἱ 
ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ οἰκιῶν. Πέμπει Αύκιον τὸν Συρακόσιον 
καὶ ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον. 

9. Ta v ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόφου. Τὰ ἡμέτερα. AapBavew τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια. Ἔχομεν γὰρ τὰ ἐκείνων. Τὰ περὶ Π ροξένου. 

10 ᾿άλλος ἄλλα λέγει. Τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικὸν ὁπλιτικόν. Ἔν 
μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ. Εἰς καλὸν ἥκετε. Oi i ἰἄτροὶ καί- 
ουσι καὶ τέμνουσιν ἐπ ᾿ ἀγαθῷ. Καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τὰ τὸ ἄκρον ava- 
βαίψει Χειρίσοφος. “Hxere εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ στρατοπέδου. 

10. Ὃ δὲ πείθεταί τε καὶ συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον. ‘O 

155€ τοὺς ἡμετέρους πόνους ἔχει, Δύκιος ὁ Πολυστράτου 
᾿Αθηναῖος. 

ΤῈ; Τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Ξυλιξόμενοι., ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ. 
Αὐτὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν ξύλα. Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται, 
οἵ τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι. Νῦν αὐτοὶ καίουσιν. 

20 Τισσαφέρνης καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. « Σὺν ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ 
αὐτόν. Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν 
ἀδεχφὸν, ὦ ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοι αὐτῷ. ᾿Αποστέλλει τοὺς ἀγγέ- 
λους, καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς Χειρίσοφον. Αὐτὸς δὲ τῶν πώλων 
λαμβάνει. Ὃὧ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ. "Ayovow αὐτὸν παρὰ τὸν 

25 Κλέαρχον, καὶ φράζουσιν, ἃ λέγει. 


VIL. 


A a 3 
1, Ἔλεγε τοῖς στρατιῶταις. Οἱ βάρβαροι ἐτόξευον 
r / Ν ( 
καὶ ἔβαλλον. ᾿Εκεῖνος ἐθήρευεν amo ἵππου. Ἔλεγον, 
drt θαυμάζοιεν. Ὃ Κλέαρχος ἐβουλεύετο. ᾿Εβουλεύ- 


dee 





CL. 1.) 1. 2.20. (2.) VII. 2. 14: IV. 2.15. (3) 1. 2. 90. (4) 1. 2. 15. > Ill. 5.1 
V. 2. 24. (6.) 1 10. 14, @) 110. 14: 3.9: V1.7. (ΘΟ V. 1.9: IL δ. 37. (410) 
I. 1.15: IV. 8. 18: 1.1.2. ΩΣ IV.7.3. V.8.18 12.) IV..1. 7. a3) ITI. 1; 46. 
(14.) 1.1.3: VIL 6.9. (15.) HL 3.20. 417.) 1. δ. 19: Π. 4. 11. (18) Π.9. 16:13.7, 
(19.) ΠΙ. 5. 5. @0.) UL6.3: 1.5. 12. Ql) L113. @2) Π.1. 6. (3) IV. 5. 35. 
(24.) IIL. 4. 39: I 418 (26) IV. 8, 14; 2.12 @7.) 1 2.7: V. 7.18 (59) 
Il. 3 $8: V. 1.2. 


αν tak. - 


oth) ee ey een ade 


GREEK LESSONS. 


μ᾽ A A Υ > al is. a 35 
ovTO περί τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας. Ἐνταῦθα δὴ κοινῇ ἐβου- 
, > " Inf 
Nevovto. Evrav@a ot πελτασταὶ ἐδίωκον. Οἱ δὲ ἡδέως 


> / 3 / A 3 , Ἃ ς Ν 
ἐπείθοντο, ἐπίστευον γὰρ αὑτῷ. ᾿Επιστευόμην δὲ ὑπὸ 


Λακεδαιμονίων." ᾿Ἐφαίνετο ἴ ἰχνια ἵππων. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον, 
ὅτι = σπονδῶν 4 ἥκοιεν. 

᾿Εθαύμαζον, ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ Κῦρος φαίνοιτο. ᾿Επὶ 
τὸν , ahaa ᾿Αρταξέρξην ἐ ἐστρατεύετο. Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶ- 
ται ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς στρατηγοῖς. Οἱ δὲ ,λοχᾶγοὶ ἐπὶ 
ταῖς θύραις ἔμενον. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἑ ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τοῦ 
πεδίου. Αὐτὸς δὲ σὺν τοῖς λουποὺς ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν 10 
δεύτερον λόφον. ‘O δ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐπίστευεν. ᾿Επίστευον 
γὰρ τοῖς χωρίοις. Καὶ πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο. 

9. Προέτρεχεν ἀπὸ τοῦ δένδρου. Προσέτρεχον δύο 
νεανίσκω. Μετεπέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον. Καὶ ἄλλοι ἐπὶ 
τὰς οἰκίας ἀνέβαινον. Κατέβαινεν εἰς πεδίον. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ 15 
ἡμέρα ὑπέφαινεν, ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ. Προσέβαλλον πρὸς 
τὸ χωρίον. Οἱ στρατιῶται ἀπέλειπον αὐτού»9) Οἱ δὲ 
ἄδικοι ἐπεβούλευον. Καὶ προσέβαλλον πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλ΄- 
τας ἀσφαλῶς. 

4, Δεξιὰν ἔλαβον. "Ἔλαβον τῆς ζώνης τὸν ᾿Ορόντην 20 
ἐπὶ θανάτῳ. Πληγὰς ἐνέβαλεν. ᾿Οκτὼ μόνους κατέλι- 
πον. Διέβαινον τὴν γέφῦραν. Αὐτὸς ἐπεβούλευεν. ‘Os 
δ᾽ ἡτροπὴ ἐγένετο, διασπείρονται καὶ ob Κύρου ἑξακόσιοι. 
Aeyerat τῆς τελευτῆς τυχεῖν. ᾿Αλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ 
ἐτράπετο. ᾿Απέθανεν ὑπὸ Ν ψικάνδρου. Διαλαμβάνουσι 
τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ἀργύριον γενόμενον. 


VIL. 


l. ᾿Ασιδάτης ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. ἽἙτοιμός εἰμι. 
᾿Ηλίθιοί ἐσμεν. ᾿Ανθρωπός εἰμι. ᾿Ελέγοντο δὲ ob Χαλ- 
δαῖοι ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι εἶναι. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἣν Tapa 





CL. 1.) IV. 7.4. (@) VL δ. 99: 1. 3. 3. (3) VIL6.33. 4)L61:1.34 (6) 
Ι ἸὸἍὄὕὄὔ16: Π|ΙῪ 71.412 ΟΡ @) I. 4 18 (0) IV. & 13 
(LL) VIL 8. 2: V.4.2. (2) VE 4.20. (13) IV. 7. 10; 3.10. (14) 1. 3. 8: V. 
2.22. 5.) 1.2.22: 1V.2.7. (16) Υ. 3. 4. C7.) VL 5. 4: Π. 6. 20. (18) ΥἹ. 3. 7. 
20.) 1. 6. 6; 6.10. @1.) 1.5.11: V3.5. (22) Π. 4. 34: V. 6.29: 1. 8. 95, @4) 
IL. 6.29: 1V.8.19. @5.) V.1.15; 3.4. (7) ΥἹΙ. 8. 9: IV. 6.17. @8) IL δ. 21: 
VI. 1.26: IV.3.4. (9.01. 9. 13. : 

9* 





18 GREEK LESSONS. 


Ἢ eat , 5 x ξ , , > , 
τὴν odov κρηνη. ᾿Ην yap ἡ πάροδος στενή ᾿Εμπόριον 
δ᾽ ἦν τὸ χωρίον. ᾿Αγωνοθέται δ᾽ οἱ θεοί εἰσιν. 

κ᾿ os ς ΝΑ Λ 

2. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι. Οὕτω δὲ ἔχει. Φίλος τε καὶ 

σύμμαχος εἶναι βούλεται. Καὶ οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ ἐπυν- 

“5 θάνοντο περὶ τοῦ Σεύθου, πότερα πολέμιος εἴη ἢ φίλος. 

᾿Ελέγετο δὲ 6 στόλος εἶναι εἰς Πεισίδας. Παρὴν δὲ και 

Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος. Καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν, 7 
εἴη. 

by / 

3. Ὑποψίαι μὲν ἦσαν. (Ἦν δὲ παρὰ τὸν Μέφράτην 

10 πάροδος στενὴ μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τάφρου. 

μ / e 

3 Avaynn ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι. ε. Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν δείλη, ἐξαπίνης οἱ 

/ 3 ; ᾽ 5 , ΡΝ LN ary 3 
πολέμιοι ἐπιφαίνονται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. / ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὄρθρος ἦν, 


ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον. ( ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα ἦν ὀγδόη." 


7 Καὶ ἢ ἣν μὲν σκότος ἤδη. Μέχρι σκότος ἐγένετο. Οὐ γὰρ 
ism χόρτος. Ov γὰρ ἔστι πλοῖα. ᾿Ακούω δὲ, κώμας εἶναι 
καλάς. Ἔνθα δὴ πάλιν ἀθυμία ἢ ἦν. 

+, ᾿Ερραῦθα Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἢ ἣν καὶ ; παράδεισος. Τοῖς 
δὲ ὑπυψία μὲν ἣν. ‘Aro TOU αὐτομάτου δρόμος € ἐγένετο 
τοῖς στρατιώταις. ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς. "Hy αὐτῷ πόλεμος 

so mpos Πεισίδας καὶ Μυσούς. 

5. ᾽Οψὲ γὰρ ἦν. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ ἦν. ‘Ove ἐγέ- 
γνετο. Καὶ ἤδη μὲν ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἦν. “Ἥλιος 
edvero. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἦν. 

6. Ἔστι λαμβάνειν. Οὐκ ἣν λαβεῖν. Ἔξεστι 

:5 περὶ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι. Τὰ γὰρ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ ἔστιν 
ἔχειν. 

7. ἽὭρα δὲ βουλεύεσθαι. ᾿Ανάγκη δὲ πορεύεσθαι ἤδη. 
Καὶ ἀνάγκη μάχεσθαι. “Ὥρα λέγειν. Σχολὴ τοῖς πο- 
λεμίοις λῃΐζεσθαι. Τοῦ δὲ κύκλου ἡ περίοδος ἕξ παρα- 

80 σάγγαι. 





( 1})1.4.4; 4.6. @) ML 1. 51. (3.)}1. 4. 19: Υ͂. 6. 12: ΥἹΙ. 6. 3. (4) VILL 
14. (6.) ΠΙ. 1.9: 1.4.3, (7.0) IV. 5. 34. (9.) IL. δ. 1:1. 7.156. (11.) IV. 6. 10: ΠῚ. 
6.2. (12.}1Υ΄.. 8. 8.1 (13.) 1Υ΄ 6.1. (14.) IV. 5. 17; 9. 4: 1, 5. 5. (15.) VI. 4. 12: II, 
2.34 (16.) 1.3.11. 7.) 12.7;3.21. G8) 1.2.17. G9.) 1.9.14. (21.) VI. 5. 31: 
Π. 2.16: 1.4.36. (22) ΥἹ. 4. 96: 1. 10. 15. (23.) 1Υ. 5. 91. @4) 1 δ. 3;5 2: 


Π. 6. 28, @5.) Π. 9. 3. (27.) IV. 6.7: VI. 4.12. @3) VL 4,91: 1. 3. 12: V. 1.9. 
{29.) ΠΙ. 4. 11. 





GREEK LESSONS. 


VIII. 


1. Σὺ λέγεις. Συμβουλεύω ἐγώ. Συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν. 
Ἡμεῖς οἰόμεθα. Οὐκ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὧ Κλέαρχε, οὔτε ἀλό- 
γίστοι οὔτε ἠλίθιοί ἐσμεν. “Ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε στρατηγοι, 
ὑμεῖς Ταξίαρχοι καὶ λοχᾶγοί. ᾿Απόπεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. 
Ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐ θέλετε πείθεσθαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι. “Ἕπεσθαι 
ὑμῖν βούλομαι. Σὺ ἐμοὶ ἐπιβουλεύεις καὶ τῇ σὺν ἐμοὶ 
στρατιᾷ. Πλοῖα δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. Ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν 
ἡμετέραν χώραν ἔρχεσθε. Ἢ μηκέτι με Κῦρον νομίζετε. 

2. Αὐτὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβάλλειν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Aéo- 
μαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσθαι σὺν ἐμοί. Σχολὴ τοῖς πολεμίοις 10 
ληΐξεσθαι . καὶ δικαίως ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ἔ ἔχομεν γὰρ 
τὰ ἐκείνων. Καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν πίστὰ λαβεῖν" παρ 
ἡμῶν. Ὃ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν στόλος ἐστὶ καὶ ἡμῖν. Μὴ ava- 
μένωμεν ἄλλους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν. 

9. ᾿Αφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνήν. Ποίαν δ᾽ ἦλι- τ5 
κίαν ἐμαυτῷ ἐλθεῖν ἀναμένω; ἍΩρα ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι 
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν. ᾿Εφυλάττοντο δὲ ἀμφότεροι ὥσπερ 
πολεμίους ἀλλήλους. Πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον ἀλλήλοις. Οὐ 
γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι ἄρχω, ἀλλὰ Δακεδαιμόνιοι. 


IX. 


1. Abvporepos ἦν. ἮΗσαν πολὺ προθυμότεροι. Ba- 20 
σιλικώτατός τε καὶ ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος. ᾿ ἾΩ θαυμασιώτατε 
ἄνθρωπε. φοβερώτατον δ᾽ ἐρημία. Φεύγειν αὐτοῖς 
ἀσφαλέστερόν ἐ ἐστιν, ἢ ἡμῖν. Καὶ θρασύτερός εἰμι νῦν ἢ 
τότε. Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἔκοπτόν τε τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἔλε- 
γον, ὅτι ἀδικώτατα πάσχοιεν ἐκβαλλόμενοι εἰς τοὺς πολε- 95 
μίους. 

2. ἾὮ κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων ᾿Αριαῖε, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἦτε 





(L. 1.) Il. 1, 20: 1. 6. 98:5 3. 20. @) IL 1. 20; 8. 421 (3.) ML 1. 37. (4) 
VIL 7.51. 6.) 13.6: 1.1.25. (6. IL 5.25. 7.) 1.2.3: IV.8.6. (8.) I. 4. 16. 
Θ.) V. 6. 29: VI. 3. 10. (10.) V. 1. 9. (12) Π. 3. 26. 413.) IL 9, 10: ΠΙ. 1.24 
(15.) 1. δ. 12: ΠΙ. 1. 14. (6) V. 7. 12. (17. IL 4. 10. (8) IL. 4. 11: VIL 7. 10. 
20.) 1.4. 9; 7.8; 9.1. ΟἹ IIL. 1.27. (22) 1.5.9: ΠΗ. 5 19. (23.) V. 8. 19. 
(24.) VII. 1. 16. (27.) IL. 5. 39. 





18 GREEK LESSONS. 


τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη. "Hy γὰρ ἡ πάροδος στενή, ᾿Εμπόριον 
δ᾽ ἦν τὸ χωρίον. ᾿Αγωνοθέται δ᾽ οἱ θεοί εἰσιν. 

2. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι. Οὕτω δὲ ἔχει. Φίλος τε καὶ 
σύμμαχος εἶναι βούλεται. Καὶ οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ ἐπυν- 
θάνοντο περὶ τοῦ Σεύθου, πότερα πολέμιος εἴη ἢ φίλος. 
᾿Ελέγετο δὲ 6 στόλος εἶναι εἰς Πεισίδας. Παρὴν δὲ και 
Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος. Καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν, 7 
εἴη. | 

oe Ὑποψίαι μὲν ἦσαν. “«ἮΙν δὲ παρὰ τὸν φράτην 

10 πάροδος στενὴ μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τάφρου. 

3 ᾿Ανάγκη € ἐστὶ μάχεσθαι. ε“ Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν δείλη, Ἐξαπίνης οἱ 
πολέμιοι ἐπιφαίνονται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. ν΄ ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὄρθρος ἢ ἣν, 
ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον. ( ‘Enel δ᾽ ἡμέρα ἣν ὀγδόη. : 

7 Καὶ ἢ ἣν μὲν σκότος ἤδη. Μέχρι σκότος ἐγένετο. Οὐ γὰρ 

ι ἦν χόρτος. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστι πλοῖα. ᾿Ακούω δὲ, κώμας εἶναι 
καλάς. Ἔνθα δὴ πάλιν ἀθυμία } ἦν. 

4.° ‘Farida Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἦ ἣν καὶ παράδεισος. Τοῖς 
δὲ ὑπυψία μὲν ἦν. ‘Aro TOU αὐτομάτου δρόμος ἑ ἐγένετο 
τοῖς στρατιώταις. ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς. *Hy αὐτῷ πόλεμος 

sompos Πεισίδας καὶ Μυσούς. 

ὅ. ‘Owe yap ἦν. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ ἦν. ‘Ove € ἐγέ- 
γνετο. Καὶ ἤδη μὲν ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἦν. Ἥλιος 
ἐδύετο. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἦν. 

6. Ἔστι λαμβάνειν. Οὐκ ἦν λαβεῖν. Ἔξεστι 

2% περὶ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι. Τὰ γὰρ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ ἔστιν 
ἔχειν. 

7. “Ὥρα δὲ βουλεύεσθαι. ᾿Ανάγκη δὲ πορεύεσθαι ἤδη. 
Καὶ ἀνάγκη μάχεσθαι. “Ὥρα λέγειν. Σχολὴ τοῖς πο- 


λεμίοις λῃΐζεσθαι. Τοῦ δὲ κύκλου ἡ περίοδος ἕξ παρα- 
30 σάγγαι. 





( 1.) 1.4.4; 4.6. @) ΠΙ. 1. 91. (3.) I. 4. 19: Υ 6. 12: VIL 6. 3. (4.) VIL 1 
14 (6.) Π|. 1.9: 1.4. 3, (7) IV. 5. 34. (9.) Π. 6. 1: 1. 7. 15. (110 IV 8. 10: 1π. 
6.2. (12.)IV.3.8 (413.1γΥ.6.1. (14.) IV. 5.17; 2.4: 15.5. (5) VL 4. 19: Il. 
2.34. (16.) ΠΠ. 3.11. 7.) 1.2.7; 3.21. (8. L 2. 17, (19.) 1.9.14. (21.) VI. δ. 31: 
Nl. 2. 16: [Π. 4. 36. (22.) VI. 4. 98: 1. 10. 15. (23.) IV. 5.21. (4) 1 5.3;5 2: 


Π. 6. 28. (25.) 1.2.3. (27.) IV. 6. 7: VI. 4. 12. 
(29.) ΠΙ. 4. 11. @3.) VL. 4.21: L 3, 12: Υ 1. 9. 


GREEK LESSONS. 


VIII. 
1. Σὺ λέγεις. Συμβουλεύω ἐ ἐγώ. Συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν. 


Ἡμεῖς οἰόμεθα. Οὐκ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὦ Κλέαρχε, οὔτε ἀλό- 


γίστοι οὔτε ἠλίθιοί ἐσμεν. “Ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε στρατήγοι, 
ὑμεῖς ἰῳξίαρχοι καὶ λοχᾶγοί. ᾿Απόπεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. 
Ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐ θέλετε πείθεσθαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι. ἽἝπεσθαι 
ὑμῖν βούλομαι. Σὺ ἐμοὶ ἐπιβουλεύεις καὶ τῇ σὺν ἐμοὶ 
στρατιᾷ. Πλοῖα δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. μεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν 
ἡμετέραν χώραν ἔρχεσθε. Ἢ μηκέτι με Κῦρον νομίζετε. 

2. Αὐτὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβάλλειν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Aéo- 
μαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσθαι σὺν ἐμοί. Σχολὴ τοῖς πολεμίοις 10 
ληΐξεσθαι . καὶ δικαίως ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ἔχομεν. “γὰρ 
τὰ ἐκείνων. Καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν πὶστὰ λαβεῖν! παρ 
ἡμῶν. Ὃ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν στόλος ἐστὶ καὶ ἡμῖν. Μὴ ava- 
μένωμεν ἄλλους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν. 

3. ᾿Αφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνήν. Ποίαν δ᾽ 71-15 
κίαν ἐμαυτῷ ἐλθεῖν ἀναμένω ; Ὥρα ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι 
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν. ᾿Εφυλάττοντο δὲ ἀμφότεροι ὥσπερ 
πολεμίους ἀλλήλους. Πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον ἀλλήλοις. Οὐ 
γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι ἄρχω, ἀλλὰ Λακεδαιμόνιοι. 


IX. 


kL, ᾿Αθυμότερος ἦ ἣν. ἮΗσαν πολὺ προθυμότεροι. Βα-30 
σιλικώτατός τε καὶ ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος. ἮἾΩ θαυμασιώτατε 
ἄνθρωπε. Φοβερ ὦτατον δ᾽ ἐρημία. Φεύγειν αὐτοῖς 
ἀσφαλέστερόν ἐστιν, ἢ ἡμῖν. Καὶ θρασύτερός εἰμι: νῦν ἢ 
τότε. Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἔκοπτον τε τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἔλε- 
yous ὅτι ἀδικώτατα πάσχοιεν ἐκβαλλόμενοι εἰς τοὺς πολε- 25 


μίους. 
2. Ὦ κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων ᾿Αριαῖε, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἦτε 





dL. 1.) I. 1. 20: 1.6. 9: 1. 3.20. @) IL 1. 20;5.21. @)HL1. 37. @) 
VIL. 7.51. 6.) 1.3.6: 1.1.25. (6) Π. 5.25. (7.) 1.2.3: IV.8.6. @) 1 4. 16. 
(9.) ¥. 6. 29: VI. 3. 10. (10.0 V. 1. 9. 2.) Π. 3. 26. 3.) Π. 2, 10: TIL 1. 94. 
5.) 1. δ. 12: ΠΙ. 1. 14. G6) V. 7. 12. (17) IL 4 10. (8) IL 4. 11 : Vil. 7. 10. 
(20.) 1.4.9; 7 8; 9. 1. (QL) ΠΙ. 1.27. (22.) 1.5.9: 1.2.19 (3) V.8. 19. 
(24.) VII. 1. 16. (27.) II. 5. 39. 





id “—-..c.2..— ς; 
, a +. ὦ 


tee 


20 GREEK LESSONS. 


΄, ᾽ > / Μ \ oe) , 
Κύρου φίλοι, οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε οὔτε θεοὺς οὔτ ἀνθρώπους ; 
? A - Ν Λ ᾽ ‘ / > 
Ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος τὴν Κίλισσαν eis την Κιλικίαν ἀπο- 

΄, Ν / tas Υ > ε - 

πέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδὸν. ᾿Αδειπνοι ἦσαν οἱ πλεῖστοι. 

- Ἁ ΄ > & > 7 A > 
3. Ὃ Κῦρος σὺν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρίστοις καὶ εὐδαιμο- 

/ yy / ᾿ ἈΝ » a] Ν 4 
δνεστάτοις. A€toi εἰσι τὰ ἔσχατα παθεῖν. Τὰ βέλτιστα 

4 A Ἃ \ \ / ec a] 

ξυμβουλεύειν. Πρῶτον μὲν yap καὶ μέγιστον, δι θεῶν 


ε 


ἡμᾶς ὅρκοι κωλύουσι πολεμίους εἶναι ἀλλήλοις. Πλησι- 
αἔτατος γὰρ ἦν. 
4, ᾿Ανωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν. Πολὺ γὰρ τῶν ἵππων 
ιοέτρεχον θᾶττον. Εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω κώμας. “Evyyutepov 
eyiyvovto. Πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ὁ Κλέαρχος ἔσπευδεν. Τῇ 
ὑστεραίᾳ Κῦρος ἐπορεύετο ἠμέλημένως μᾶλλον. 


Χ, 


1, ᾿Εγὼ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τιμῶμαι. “Opa ἀετόν. Ἡμεῖς γε 
νικῶμεν. Πολλαπλασίους ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἐνικῶτε σὺν τοῖς 
Geos. Τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἐβόα. Ἔβόα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ 
Ἑλληνικῶς. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσβάλλειν εἰς τὴν 


/ eat 9 \ 9 Ν ‘ ew Ad a 
Κιλικίαν + ἡ δὲ eta Born ἣν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτὸς, ὀρθία ἰσχυρῶς. 
πὶ a / 7 “ 
Πειράσθω νικᾷν. Ἔλεγε τῷ Σεύθῃ, ὅτι ἐν πονηροῖς τό- 
- 4 / 9 e ’ὔ, 
ποῖς TKNV@EV, καὶ πλησίον εἶεν οἱ πολέμιοι. 
e “ a / / ἈΝ “ 
2 2. Οἱ στρατιῶται φέρουσι λίθους, καὶ ποιοῦσι κολω- 
7 ξ x a , \ , \ a 
νὸν. Ο ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαρσύας. Διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ 
/ cn ¢ / ’ ς “A ἈΝ > 
παραδείσου ῥεῖ 6 Μαίανδρος ποταμός. Ἡμᾶς δὲ ἀπο- 
A ‘ 7 - > | a a) 
otepes τὸν μισθὸν. Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα. 
> “ > “ > 
3. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἀφικνεῖται Ἐπύαξα. Λίθους εἰς τὸν πο- 
Ν 36} > A > / ς a =% Ἁ 
wTapov ἐρρίπτουν. Εφοβοῦντο αὐτόν. «Ὥς αὐτὸς σὺ 
ε “ 2 ’; > \ “Ὁ ϑ a 
ὁμολογεῖς. Autos εἰμι, ὃν Enreis. ᾿Εμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ 
Ψ 3 ec a / Ian? > a A - 
ὥρα εἶναι ἡμίν καθεύδειν, οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν. ‘O 
A ; > / Ν a » 
Κῦρος συλλαμβάνει Ορόντην, καὶ συγκαλεῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυ- 
An ‘ τιν Ἁ 9 / - Ἀ Ν᾽ “Ὁ, 
tov σκηνὴν Περσῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν περὶ αὑτὸν ἑπτά. 





(L. 2.) I. 3. 90. (3.) I. 10. 19, (4) 1 δ. 7. (δ.) IL. δ. 24: V. 6. 2. (6.) If. δ. 7, 
7.) 110.5. (9.) 1. 4. 17; δ. 5. (10.) IL. 2.16: 1. 8. 8. (11.) IL 3.13:1. 7. 19. (13.) 
V. 7. 10: VI. 5, 2: IL. 1. 4. (14.) ΠΙ. 2.14. (15) 1. 8,12; 8.1. (16.) L. 2. 21. 
C18.) ΠΙ. 2, 39: VII. 4. 19. (20.) IV. 7. 25. (QL) L. 2. 8; 2.7. (22. VIL 6. 9. 


@3.) 13.14. @4) 1.2.12: 1V.8 3. @5)E9.9; 6.7. (6) Π. 4.16: 1.31] 
ΩΤ.) 1. 6. 4. 


GREEK LESSONS. 21 


/ ἌΝ aa , a A 
4, ᾿Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν αὐτῷ, ὅτι μάχης δεῖ πρῶτον. 
/ 3 “" A 
‘HSéws ἐπόνουν, καὶ θαῤῥαλέως ἐκτῶντο. Σ᾽ κηνοῦμεν 
Ἁ e 7 3 as Ν . 
ὑπαίθριοι. “Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγείσθω, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ae 
/ 3 > 7 A tat ν. νθα 
δαιμόνιδός ἐστιν. Ov δικαίως Y ἂν μοι φθονοῖε ἅν 
Κῦρος αἰδημονέστατος μὲν πρῶτον τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐδόκει 
; Ν a ς “A 
εἶναι, τοῖς Te πρεσβυτέροις καὶ TOV ἑαυτοῦ ὑποδεεστέρων 
Ἁ 
μᾶλλον πείθεσθαι" ἔπειτα δὲ φιλιππότατος, καὶ τοῖς 
+ 
σ 5 a 
a χρῆσθαι. 
ἑπποὶς ἄριστ' A a Sacra tie Ewe) 3 Ak vob 
Qo. ᾿Αξιοῦμεν. Οἱ κράτιστοι ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦνται. ξιοῦν. 
᾿Εχίλου τοὺς ἵππους. ᾿Εσπουδαιολογεῖτο; ὡς δηλοίη ovs 10 
τιμᾷ. - 3 / lal x 
6. Τοῦ δὲ λόγου ἤρχετο ade.  Hadever “Δαρεῖος καὶ 
“ / > / —- A a 
ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου. Ὥργιξοντο ἰσχῦρως τῷ 
iis ns 
Κλεάρχῳ. Kai ἠρώτα αὐτὸν, πόσον χρυσίον ἔχει. Ou 
Sard 7 x ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν. Καὶ πα- 18 
λοχᾶγοὶ πάλιν συνῆλθον. Οὐκ εθέλω € ew. Καὶ π' 
n ; 9 Ν e / ω 
ρελθεῖν οὐκ ἦν βίᾳ" ἦν γὰρ ἡ πάροδος στενή. Anny 
ὲ, ὅτι ἐπίαινοίη αὐτοὺ i ᾿Αναξίβιος ὁ ναύαρχος 
γέλλε δε, ὅτε ἐπαινοίη αὑτους καὶ «ἀναξιβιος PX 
Ν δ δὲ 
καί Ob ἄλλοι. : ¥ : ἢ 
7. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἧκεν ἄγγελος. Κῦρος ε οὕπω 
: ΜΝ / " a a 
ἧκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ETL. προσήλαυνεν. Χωρία γάρ ᾧκουν ἰσχυρᾷ 
᾿ < » 
ot Τάοχοι. Ἐϊκαζον δὲ ἀλλοι ἄλλως. οι μεν ᾧχοντο, 
/ a 
Κλέαρχος δὲ περιέμενεν. Εὑρίσκετο δὲ καὶ νεῦρα πολλὰ 
n /. i a “A 
ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ μόλυβδος" ὥστε χρῆσθαι εἰς τὰς 
, ¢ ἃ 
σφενδόνας. “Ov ᾧετο πιστὸν οἱ εἶναι, ταχυ αὐτὸν εὕρε 
! ἡ éavto. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὸ 35 
Κύρῳ φιλαίτερον, ἢ εαυτῳ. Tel O€ € 
2 iy 3 " i Ν > 
αὐτὸ, ἄσμενοί τε εἶδον ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἠσπάξοντο ὥσπερ 
ἀδελφούς. : Pes fia : 
8. Οὐκ dvéwyov tas πῶλας. Ewpa αὐτοὺς. Kai 
PRs » A / 
ἄλλος ἄλλον εἷλκεν. Eta Κῦρος. Συνήγαγεν CRATES 
A : a Ν Ἀ A »“ ν 
τῶν αὑτοῦ στράτιωτῶν. ᾿φελε μὲν Κῦρος ζην. Ene 30 
a ϑυ ἢ , 3 Ἶ 
yovto δὲ οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἐλεύθεροι τε καὶ ἀλκιμοι εἰναι 
> soe Ν Ν ᾽ ς 
ὅπλα δ᾽ εἶχον γέρῥα μακρὼ καὶ λόγχας. 





(L. 1.) 138. @) 1.9.19: V.5. 21. (3) Ππ| 8. ἃ 4) V.7.10:19.5. 60 
V. 5.9.: 1V.6.16:1.3.19 10.) VIL2.21:1.9.23. G2)ML27:L11. (3) 
1.5.1. (14) VIL8& 1: 105.14 (5) 13.10;4.4 (16) VI 1.16. (19) hes 
21: δ. 15, QO) IV.721. QL)L6 U:IL 1.6. (2) UL4. 17. ΕΝ " 
(25.) VL 3. 24. ΩΒ V.5. 20: ΥἹ. 6, 35: V.2.15. (29) 14.7532. (30.) 14: 
IV. 3. 4. 





“».. 
“τινας οἰ - «οὐδόν ΘΝ 
4 


-ποτ΄.--- omens see ee 


22 GREEK LESSONS. 


\ @ Ν y ς > Ψ 3 f 
9, Και οὗτοι μὲν ἔμενον, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο. Νο- 
Υ / Ν ‘ , lal , 
μος γὰρ ἣν οὗτός σφισιν. Ταύτην δὴ τὴν. πάροδον Κῦρος 
τε καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ παρῆλθε, καὶ ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρου. 
Τούτω ἀπεθανέτην. Τοῦτο ἔστω. Καὶ κελεύει αὐτοὺς 
7 - “Ὁ / Ν » 7, 
δλέγειν ταῦτα τοις στρατιώταίς, καὶ ἀναπείθειν ἕπεσθαι. 
“ > > Ἀ / e ‘N Ν “a 
10. Τοσοῦτοι δ᾽ εἰσὶ ποταμοί. Οὗτος μεν δὴ τοιαῦτα 
π Ἀ ‘ a , 53 A / 
εἶπε" μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε τοσοῦτον. Τοιαύτην 
» / \ 3 A e ‘al ay > Mf 
ἔχετε γνώμην περὶ ἐμοῦ. Kai οἱ στρατιῶται ταῦτα εβού- 
e i ae i “ 
λοντο. Οὕτος δε ὁ αὑτὸς κελεύει. 
Ν ‘4 fA \ , 
10 11], Καὶ ἄνεμος βορρᾶς ἐναντίος ἔπνει. Καὶ λέγετε, 
Jen / A 3 
ὅταν βορρᾶς πνεῇ, ὡς καλοὶ πλοῖ εἰσιν. Εὔνοι ἦσαν. 
- Ν > 4 3 3 / > ,» 
‘Hyeiro δ᾽ αὐτῶν Tapas Αἰγύπτιος ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου. ᾿Επειδὴ 
, ‘ fy = / ¥ 
δὲ ἕως ἐγένετο, διέβαινον τὴν γεφῦραν. “Ὥς τάχιστα ἕως 
\ ¢ ἈΝ &. 9S 
ὑπέφαινεν, eOvovto. ἫΝ οἱ θεοὶ thew ὦσιν. 


ΧΙ. 


is 1. Ἡμεῖς ἐρεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα. ᾿Επειδὰν 
ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, βουλευσόμεθα. Σὺ οὖν, πρὸς θεῶν, συμ- 
βούὔύλευσον ἡμῖν. Οἱ Σκύθαι τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν. Ὁ ᾿Ανα- 
ξίβιος ἔκλεισε τὰς πύλας. Ἡμᾶς Βυζαντίου ἀποκλείσει. 
᾿Εκάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους. Κλέαρχον δὲ καὶ εἴσω παρε- 

2Kddece σύμβουλον. ᾿Ακούσατε οὖν μου, πρὸς θεῶν. 
“Ἢδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι. 

2. ᾿Ἐπεμψέ με ᾿Αριαῖος. Πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο. 
Συνέπεμψεν αὐτῇ στρατιώτας. Πρόξενος αὐτὸν μετε- 
πέμψατο. ἽἝψονται Κύρῳ. ‘Ey γὼ δὲ αὐτίκα ἥξω. 

ος ἀλλὰ, μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς, οὐκ ἔγωγε αὐτοὺς διώξω. “Ἐκεῖνος 
λέγει, ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν εἰς χωρίον, ὅθεν 
ὄψονται θάλατταν. Διατρίψομεν τὴν τήμερον ἡμέραν. 


Οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ λήψομαι. Καὶ εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε 





Β. 17 ἃ, τὶ {0} 


(10.) IV. 5. 3: 


(L. 1) VL5.4:V.43. @Q)17. 16. δα 30: L 
5.18: 1.3.14. (7.) VIL. 6.35. (&) VIL2.2. (9) VIL 3. 


Il. 
ws 
I. 


] 
. 7. (11.} I. 6.20. (12.) L 4.2: IL 4.24. 13.) IV. 3.°9. a4) VI. 6. 32, 15.) 
l 


3. 20: VI. 1. 33, (16.) Π. 1. 17. (17.) 1Π. 4.15: VIL 1. 36. (18) ΥἹ. 6. 13, (19) 
IL. 3.3:1. 6. δ. (20.) Υ. 7. 5. Ql.) I. δ. 15. (22.) Π. 4. 16; δ. 41. (23.) 1. 2. 20: 
ΠΙ. 1. 4. (24.) 1. 4.18: Π. 1.9. (26.)1. 4. 8: ΙΓ. 7.20. (27. IV. 6.9. 28.) 1. 7, 9; 
8. 24. 


GREEK LESSONS. 23 


τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους. ᾿Ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς ἡ στρατιὰ πρὸς σε, 
ὦ Κλέανδρε. 

9. Ἐν TE λέγετε, καὶ ποιήσω ταῦτας ‘O δὲ αὐτῷ 
λέγει " “Μὴ ἢ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα." ᾿Ἡγήσομαι δὲ αὐτὸς ἐγώ. 
Καὶ σοὶ αὖ δηλώσω, ὅθεν ἐγὼ περὶ σοῦ ἀκούω. Κῦρον 
δὲ μεταπέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἧς αὐτὸν σατρώπην 
ἐποίησεν. “Envovtat ὑμῖν, καὶ πειράσονται μιμεῖσθαι. 
᾿Ἐνταῦθα Τισσαφέρνης καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ καίειν ἐπεχείρη- 
σαν τὰς κώμας. ᾿Αλλὰ τούτους μὲν οἱ θεοὶ ἀποτίσαιντο. 
᾿Ακούω, Δέξιππον λέγειν πρὸς Κλέανδρον, ὡς οὐκ &V10 
ἐποίησεν ᾿Αγασίας ταῦτα, εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσα. 

4, Εἶπεν οὖν Σεύθης ° τ ᾿Ορθῶς τε λέγετε, καὶ ἐγὼ. 
τῷ νόμῳ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πείσομαι." ᾿Ἐθήρευεν. ἀπὸ ἵ' ὑππτου, 
ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλοιτο ἑαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς ἵππους. 

5. Ὁ δὲ πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς Ἡράκλειαν. Χαλεπὸν é ἔσται 15 
καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀποπλεῖν " καὶ yap ἐν τῇ γῇ ἄρχουσι Aaxe- 
δαιμόνιοι καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ TO νῦν χρόνον. 

6. ᾿Εκποριοῦσι τῇ στρατιᾷ" μισθόν. Οὐ δυνήσεται 
ταχέώῶς πορεύεσθαι ’ ἴσως δὲ κἀΐ: τῶν ἐπιτηδείων σπανιεῖ. 
“Ὥρα δὲ βούλεύεσθαι, ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιούμεθα. 30 
‘Tyas, ὁπόταν γαλήνῃ ἢ, ἐμβιβῶ. Οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα 
ἡμερῶν. ᾿Ησπάζξετο αὐτὸν, ὡς ἀποπλευσούμενος ἤδη. 

7. , Mopious € ἔδωκε δαρεικούς. Κῦρος δ᾽ εἶπεν, ς Οὐκ 

: 
apa ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ ἐν ταύτᾶις οὐ μαχεῖται ταῖς ἡμέραις " 
ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληθεύσῃς, ὑ ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι δέκα τάλαντα." Tov-% 
το τὸ χρυσίον τότε ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ παρῆλθον αἱ δέκα 


ἡμέραι. 
XI. 


1. Εἶχον δὲ θώρᾶκας-λινοῦς. Κήρῦκας ἔπεμψε περὶ 
σπονδῶν. Πρὸς τοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐπολέμησα. Ἡ γυνὴ 
αὐτὸν ἔπεισεν. Καὶ πέμπουσι Καλλίμαχον ᾿Αρκάδα. 80 





(L. 1.) VI. 6. 20. (3.) VII. 1.32; 1. 8. (4.) Υ. 6. 94. (5.) 11 5.26:11.2 (7) ΠῚ], 
1.36. (8) ΠΙ. δ. 3. (99) 10.2.6, (0. 0Ἱ. 6.15. (12) VIIL3.39. (13.1.32.7. (15. 
VI. 1.33; 6:13: (18) V. 6.19; I. 2.12 (0) 1V.6.7. Ql.) V.7.8: 17. 18. 
22.) VIL 1.8. @3)13.3;7.18 ΟΩΒδ.) ΙΓ. 7.16: Π. 8.1. @9) 1. ὃ. 4; 2, 26. 
(30.) V. 6. 14. 








24 GREEK LESSONS. 


Καὶ τοῦτο ἐννοήσατε, ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις τῆς ᾿Ελλάδος 
ἐσμέν. Τὰ δὲ ἄθλα ἦσαν στλεγγίδες χρυσαῖ. Ὅτε δὲ 
ταῦτα ἦν, σχεδὸν μέσαι ἦσαν νύκτες. 

ῳ Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος γίγνονται παῖδες δύο, 
δπρεσβύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος. ᾿Επεὶ 
δὲ ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος καὶ ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, 
ἐβούλετο τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέ τέρω παρεῖναι. 

3. ἜἜπλεον ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα πνεύματι καλῷ. Τὸ δὲ 
στράτευμα ὁ σῖτος ἐπέλεπεν. “Hoo ἂν ἀκούσαιμι τὸ 

Ιϑὔνομα. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο, ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἱ 
Κερασούντιοι, καὶ λέγουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα. Ταῖς ἄσπισι 
πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἐδούπησαν. Τὸ γὰρ ἐπίχαρι οὐκ εἶχεν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ χαλεπὸς ἣν καὶ ὠμός. 

4. Καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι μὲν λοχᾶγοὶ συνῆλθον, οἱ μὲν σὺν 

τὸ πράγμασιν, οἱ δὲ a ἄνευ πραγμάτων'᾽ οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες, ἐπεὶ 
εὐτύχησαν τοῦτο τὸ εὐτύχημα, συνεβόων TE ἀλλήλους, καὶ 
συνελέγοντο ἐῤῥωμένως τῆς νυκτός. 


XITT. 


A ΑΞ “Ὁ 
1. Ταῦτα ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ. Ὃ δὲ πάλιν ἠρώτησε" 
a Σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον ἀπαγγελῶ ;" ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμεινε 
20 Κῦρος ἡμέρας τριάκοντα" καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχος ὁ ὁ Δακεδαι- 
μόνιος φυγάς. Ταχύ Τοι ὑμῖν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. ᾿Απεκρί- 
vato Κλέαρχος. Καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ “Appin ἔμειναν οἱ 
στρατιῶται ἡμέρας πέντε. Οὐκ ἔμειναν τοὺς ὁπλίτας. 
A > / > Λ / \ / 
Kai ἀποβαίνουσιν εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα, κατὰ μέσον 
- ͵ ε \ @ 
πὼς τῆς Θράκης. Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς 
κ - \ , ἈΝ φ 2 ¥ 
σκηνὰς ἦλθον. Καὶ λέγει, ὅτε δαρεικὸς ἑκάστῳ ἔσται 
Ν A i An 
μισθὸς τοῦ μηνός. “Δαρεικὸν ἕκαστος οἴσει τοῦ μηνὸς 
e aA - δ Ἃ 
ὑμῶν" Noyayos δὲ τὸ διπλοῦν" στρατηγὺς δὲ τὸ τετρα- 
A ξ a κ᾿ 
πλουν. Ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν «Ἑλλήνων καὶ στέφανον ἑκάστῳ 
“ ’ 
80 χρυσοὺν δώσω. 





dL. 1.) VL 6.239. @) 1. 2.10: ΠΙ|.1. 33. G@) LLL @) ΥἹ.1.14:1.5.6. (9.) 
Il. 6.15. (10.) V. 7.20. (11.) 1.8.18. (12.) Π. 6. 1325. (14) ΥἹ. 3. 6. (18.) IL 3.24; 
1.23. (19.) 1.2.9. (21.) VI. 6. 94: IL. 1.22 (22.}) ΥἹ. 1. 17, (3.) IV. 4.20. (24) 
VI. 9.17. (25.) 1.2.18. (26.) VIL6.1. (27.) VI. 6.7. (29. I. 7. 7. 


GREEK LESSONS. Qh 


3. Avo λόχοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ἀπώλοντο. 
Εὐθὺς μεταπέμπεται, ἐκ Χαλκηδόνος φρουρούς. ᾿Ἡγεμόνα 
αἰτεῖν Κῦρον. Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεὔοντο. 
Ἔλεγε δὲ Κλεάνωρ. ᾿Ενταῦθα ὃ δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἡ 
κεφαλὴ καὶ χεὶρ ἡ δεξιά. ΓἜπεμψας πρὸς ἐμὲ, ὦ Σεύθη, 5 
εἰς Χαλκηδόνα πρῶτον Μηδοσάδην τουτονίἔ. Καὶ ἐκέλευε 
Κλέαρχον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγεῖσθαι, Μένωνα δὲ τὸν 
Θετταλὸν τοῦ εὐωνύμου . αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ διέταξεν. 
+, Πατέρα ἐμὲ ἐκαλεῖτε. Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἡ ἢ μήτηρ 
ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ. Τὸν ἄνδρα 6po. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ ἄνδρες 10 
Ἕλληνες, γείτ ν οἰκῶὼ τῇ Ἑλλάδι. ᾿Ενταῦθα λέγεται 
Ζῇ ὁ ἀνήρ. Ταῦτα οἱ 


ὧ 


᾿Απόλλων ἐκδείραι "Μαρσύαν. νῇρ a οἱ 
στρατηγοὶ Κύρῳ ἀπήγγελλον <8) pe ὑπέσχετο, ανδρὲ 
ἑκάστῳ δώσειν πέντε ἀργυρίου μνᾶς, ἐπὰν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα 
ἥκωσιν. 15 

δ. Τέτταρα στάδια διειχέτην τὼ φάλαγγε ἀπ᾽ ada} 
ov. Ἅἢ Κῦρε, λέγουσί τινες. ᾿Ενυκτέρευσαν ἄσϊτοι καὶ 
ἄνευ πυρός". καὶ ἐνταῦθά τένες ἀπώλοντο τῶν στρατιω- 
τῶν. Στρουθὸν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔλαβεν. ᾿ποψίαι μὲν ἦσαν, 
φανερὰ δὲ οὐδεμία ἐφαίνετο ἐπιβουλή. Οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτα- 30 
νεν ἀνδρός. Μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω. ᾿Ηδικήσαμεν τοῦτον 
οὐδέν. 

6. Τίς οὕτω μαίνεται, ὅστις οὐ βούλεταί σοι φίλος 
εἶναι ; Πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι, ὅ τι οἱ ἄλλοι “Ἕλληνες ἀπο- 
κρινοῦνται Κύρῳ. Μένων δε, πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι, τί ποιή- 25 
σουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι “στρατιῶται, πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ: ἢ οὔ 
συνέλεξε τὸ αὑτοῦ στράτευμα χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ 
ἔλεξε τάδε, Εἰπὲ, τίνα γνώμην ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας. 

ff Acar € οὖν πρός με, TL ἐν νῷ ἔχετε, ὡς φίλον τε 
καὶ εὔνουν, καὶ βουλόμενον κοινῇ σὺν ὑμῖν τὸν στόλον 20 


ποιεῖσθαι. Αὗται ἠρώτων αὐτοὺς, τίνες εἶεν. Σὺ οὖν, 
πρὸς θεῶν, συμβούλευσον ἡμῖν, ὅ τι σοι δοκεῖ κάλλιστον 





(L. 1.) : 2.25. (2) VIL 1.20:1.3.144. @) IV. 2.24 @) IL 6.39: 1 10:3, 
(5.) VII. 2.24. (6) 1.7.1. @.) VIL 6. μα 1.1.4. Πὺ)17 8. 26: IL. 3 18. (11) L 
2.8 2.) V.8. 10.14 τ, ene L817. (7) 1. 7.5: IV.5.11. (9) 15.3: 
I. 5.1. (20) 111. 4.15. (21) 1.3.15: VIL 6.22. (23) Il. 5. 12 (24.) I. 4. 14. 
(25.) 1.4.13. 8.) I. 2.10. @9.) IL. 3.2. Gl.) IV. 5. 10: TE. 3. 37. 


3 


Oe ὦν - μὰ ee 








΄ 
Ὑ- τ΄ - ee 


ON a ee iy in ae en et A EGO — art .πτΦ“5....- 





26 GREEK LESSONS. 


\ δὰ > \ Ψ oe. ” , hae 
καὶ ἄριστον εἶναι, καὶ ὃ σοι τιμὴν οἰσέι εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα 
χρόνον. Ὅ τι δὲ ποιήσοι, οὐ διεσήμηνεν. “Ὅτῳ δοκεῖ 
ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χείρα. 

8. Εἰ δέ τις ἄλλο ὁρᾷ βέ Ariov, λεξάτω. “Dore τῆς 
δἡμέρας ὅλης διῆλθον οὐ πλέον πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι σταδίων, 
ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὰς κώμας. Πλείους ἢ ἢ δισχί- 
wot. Κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνους. 


XIV. 


i Εἰσεδύοντο εἰ εἰς τοὺς πόδας οἱ ἱμάντες. ‘O δὲ Κὶ ἔενος, 


φῶν τὸν μὲν ἄρχοντα, τῆς κώμης ταύὔύτης σύνδειπνον ἐ €7T OL- 


Ve A 


10 sari καὶ θἀρρεῖν αὑτὸν ἐκέλευεν. 


. Πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ, οἱ πρόσχωροι ἄνδρες καὶ 
γυναῖκες μετεῖχον τῆς “ἑορτῆς. ἮΗρχον δὲ τότε πάντων 
τῶν “Ἑλλήνων οἱ “ακεδαιμόνιοι. Οὐ γὰρ ἣν χόρτος, 
οὐδὲ ΤῊΝ οὐδὲν δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ ἢ ἦν ἅπᾶσα ἡ χώρα. 


6 3. ᾿Αναβαίνει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος, λαβὼν Τισσαφέρνην ὡς 
Ι΄ 
φίλον. Οὗτος γὰρ καὶ τὴν πατρίδα κατάμσχύνει, καὶ 


A τ 
πᾶσαν τὴν Ελλάδα, ὅτι Ἕλλην ἃ ὧν τοιρῦτος ἐστιν, ὋὉ 


μὲν οὖν “πρεσβύτερος παρὼν ἐτύγχανεν. Αἱ δὲ πέλται 
αὐτῶν ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε διεφαίνοντο, χαλκαὶ οὖσαι. 
20” Επεὶ γὰρ ἡμέρα og ἐπορεύοντο, ἐν δεξιᾷ € ἔχοντες τὸν 
ἥλιον, λογιξόμενοι ne ἕξειν ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι εἰς κώμας τῆς 
Βαβυλωνίας χώρας. “Apa ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι κήρῦκας 
ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. 

4. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φαλῖνος ἐγέλασεν. Ὁ δὲ 
5 Κῦρος ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας, συλλέξας στράτευμα, 
ἐπολιόρκει Mirnrov καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. 
Καὶ ὃς προσελθὼν τῷ Σεύθῃ δεῖται, μὴ ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν 
παΐδα. ‘OS a ἀνὴρ αὑτῆς Aayas @XETO θηράσων. Ἔξέ.- 
TEL ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χεῤῥονήσου καὶ Περίνθου 


80 Θρᾳξίν. 





CL. 2.) IE. 1. 23: ΠΙ. 9. 38. (4.0) ΠΙ.9 ΑΝ @) L137 W148 @y IV. 
5. 14; δ, 28. (1) Υ. 3. 9. (12.) VI. 6. ~ “a 15.5. (5) 11.2. 16.) ΠΙ.1. 30. 


(17.) 1. 1.9, 8) V. 2. 29. @0.) IL 2. 13. (22.) I. 8. 1. 24.) 1.1.18: 1 1. 7 
(27.) VII. 4.8. (28.) IV. 5. 24: IL. 6. 2. 


GREEK LESSONS. 27 


5. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῦ ηὐλίζοντο ἐπὶ 
τοῦ αἰγιαλοῦ πρὸς τῷ χεβένι. Τὸ “δὲ χωρίον τοῦτο, ὃ 
καλεῖται Κάλπης λιμὴν, ἔστι μὲν ἐν τῇ Θράκῃ τῇ ἐν τῇ 
᾿Ασίᾳ . ἀρξαμένη ὃ δὲ ἡ Θράκη αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ “στόμα- 

τος τοῦ Πόντου μέχρι “Ἡρακλείας, ἐπὶ δεξιὰ εἰς τὸν Ποὸν- 4 
τον εἰσπλέοντι. 

6. Νωζῶν τυγχάνει. Καὶ ἀριστῶντι τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι 
προσέτρεχον δύο νεανίσκω. “Ὅστις τε iv, ἐπιθυμεῖ, πει- 
ρώσθω νικᾷν . τῶν μὲν γὰρ νικώντων τὸ κατακαίνειν, τῶν 
δὲ ἡ ἡττωμένων τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν ἐστίν. Καὶ ἔπεμψε. τινα 10 
ἐροῦντα, ὅτι ξυγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ χρῇζοι. Συλλαμβάνει 
ΝΣ ως ἀποκτενῶν. 

1. Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἡ μήτηρ ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ, φι- 
λοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν βασιλεύουτα ᾿Αρταξέρξην. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον ἐκ τῆς νικώσης ἔπραττον πάντα τδ 
οἱ στρατηγοί. 

8. "Σὺν ὑ ὑμῖν, ὅ τι ἂν δέη, πείσομαι. “O δὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι 
σπεΐσασθαι βούλοιτο. 

XV. 

1. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ Βελέσυος βασίλεια, τοῦ Συρίας 
ᾶ ρξαντος. ᾿Ἐπύαξα δε, ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνὴ, πρότερα Κύ-ὦ 
ρου πέντε ἡμέραις εἰς Ταρσοὺς ἀφίκετο. Ἔτυχε δὲ διὰ 
μέσου ῥέων τοῦ χωρίου ποταμὺς. Σελινοῦς - καὶ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ 
δὲ παρὰ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος νεῶν Σελινοῦς ποταμὸς πα- 
ραῤῥεῖ, καὶ ἰχθύες δὲ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἔ ἐνεισι καὶ κόγχαι. 

2. Ταῦτα δὲ τὰ θηρία οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐνίοτε ἐδίωκον. ' Anj- 25 
λον ἦν, ὅτι ἐγγύς που βασιλεὺς ἦν. Βασίλέα σε ἐποίη- 
cav. Πορεύεται ὡς βασίλέα. ῳὋὉ δ᾽ ᾿Ορόντης, νομίσας 
ἑτοίμους εἶναι αὑτῷ τοὺς ἱππέας, γράφει ἐπιστολὴν Tapa 
βασιλέα. Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν SevOns πέμπει ᾿Αβροζέλμην τὸν 
ἑαυτοῦ ἑρμηνέα πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, καὶ κελεύει αὐτὸν κατα- 30 





(L. 1.) VL 4.1. C7.) Π. 1.8: IV.3.10. () 1.2.39. (10) IL5.2. Gl) LLG 
a3.) 1.1.4 5.) VI. 1.18 (7. 1. 3. 6: IV. 4. 6 (9) 14.10. (20.) L 2 25. 
Ql) V.3.8. @5.) 1.5.2: 1.3.6. @6.) VIL 7.22 @7.) 1.2.4;6.3 (9. VIL. 
f& 43 


SS Se eer 


ee ee oe 


ae 


pa 
«4 


τ ang = 


ane -- OE τυ TS 
RR a pt ce 


ee ere mee tee 


ee ΗΝ 


- an ee ne " 
oo Fe a re me ... - ----΄ .ς.ς. «-.. 


ὃς 
- 





28 GREEK LESSONS. 


a > a . th 7 
μεῖναι παρ᾽ éavto. Σφενδονητῶν τε τὴν ταχίστην δεῖ 


‘9 , 
Καὶ LTTTTEWV. 


» 3 Ν ‘ / 5 / Nh , an 
9. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πάλιν ἦλθε, reyes τὴν μαντείαν, τῷ Zo , 


+ a 


κράτει. Καὶ ἤδη τε ἣν περὶ πλήθουσαν ἀγορὰν, καὶ ἔρ- 
δχονται παρὰ βασίλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους κἠρῦκες . οἱ μὲν 
ἄλλοι βάρβαροι, ἣν δ᾽ αὐτῶν Φαλῖνος εἷς “Ελλην, ὃς ἐτύγ- 
χανε παρὰ Τισσαφέρνει ὧν, καὶ ἐντίμως ἔχων... ᾿Αλλ᾽ 
ἕπεσθε ἡγεμόνι τῷ Ηρακλεῖ, καὶ ἀλλήλους παρακαλεῖτε 
ὀνόμαστί. ᾿Εν τούτοις τοῖς χωρίοις οἱ Κρῆτες χρησιμώ- 
loTaTou ἐγένοντο" ἦρχε δὲ αὐτῶν Στρατοκλῆς Κρής. Οἱ 
στρατηγοὶ τῶν “Ελλήνων ἐξένιζον τοὺς τῶν Σινωπέων 
πρέσβεις. 
: +, Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐξελαύνει, σταθμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας 
δέκα, εἰς Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἣν παρὰ 
15 τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη ἡ Μίδου καλουμένη, τοῦ Φρυγῶν βασιλέως: 


ἐφ᾽ ἢ) λέγεται Μίδας τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι, οἴνῳ κεράσας 
ἘΠ 


Ὁ Κῦρος ἀπέπεμπε τοὺς γι γνομένους δασμοὺς βα- 


ὩΣ ἐκ τῶν πόλεων, ὧν Τισσαφέρνης ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. 
20 Καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη πρόφασις ἣν αὐτῷ τοῦ ab poigew στρά- 
τευμα. “Ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος, Σιλανὸν καλέσας, τὸν ᾿Αμβρα- 
κιώτην μάντιν, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δαρεικοὺς τρισχιλίους. 
6. Ἦν δὲ τῆς χιόνος τὸ βάθος ὀργυια. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ 
μὲν Καρδοῦχοι, ἐκλιπόντες τὰς οἰκίας, ἔχοντες καὶ yuvat- 
ὁ κας καὶ παῖδας, ἐφευγον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. Τέλος δὲ εἶπεν. 
Εἶχον δὲ πάντες κράνη χαλκᾶ, καὶ χιτῶνας φοινϊκοῦς, καὶ 
κνημῖδας. 
1. Τούτου τὸ εὖρος δύο πλέθρα. ᾿Ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ 
Συεννέσιος βασίλεια, τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως" διὰ μέσης 
80 δὲ τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμὸς, Κύδνος 6 ὄνομα, εὖρος δύο πλέ- 
θρων. ᾿᾿παγγέλλει, ὅτι φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ Kparos. Ἦν 


4 
δὲ, ὅτε ἐτελεύτ α, ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκοντα ἔτη. Ὅτε δὲ ἀπέ- 
¢ ; 
θνησκεν, ἦν ἐτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 





(L. 1.) ΠΙ|.8.16. @) ΠΙ. 1.7. (4) Π.1.7 
V. 5.25. (13. 1. 2. 135. G8) 1.1. 8. 
1.8. (5.11. 3. 26. (6.) 1. 2. 16. 
II & 20. 





GREEK LESSONS. 


8. ᾿Αγίας δὲ ὁ ᾿Αρκαᾶς, καὶ Σωκράτης ὁ ὃ ᾿Αχαιὸς, και 
τούτω ἀπεθανόγῃ. Τούτων δὲ οὐ ὕθ᾽ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ κακῶν 
οὐδεὶς κατεγέλα, οὔτ᾽ ἐς φιλίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμέμφετο. ὃ ἤστην 
δὲ ἃ μῴω ἀμφὶ τὰ πέντε καὶ ᾿ τριάκροῃτα ἔτη ἀπὸ γενεᾶς. 

9. Ἔν δὲ ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν αἶγες, vies, βόες, opvides, 5 
καὶ τὰ € ἔκγονα τούτων. "Ev δ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ χώρῳ καὶ 
Near καὶ ἄλση καὶ ὄρη͵ δένδρων μεστὰ, ἱκανὰ καὶ σῦς 
καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς τρέφειν. is 

10. “Ἐντεῦθεν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀναγόμενοι πεύμανθθρεον 
καλῷ ἡμέρας δύο παρὰ γῆν. Καὶ παραπλέοντες eVewpovv 10 
τήν τ Ιασονίαν ἀκτὴν, ἔνθα ἡ ” ᾿Αργὼ λέγεται ὁρμίσα- 
σθαι, καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν τὰ στόματα. 

11. Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κλέανδρος ἀφικνεῖται, Sic τριήρεις 
ἔχων, wise δ' δ ΝΣ ταῦτα μὲν ψευδῆ ἦν. 
᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν apavers, διῆλθε λόγος, ὅτι διώκει αὐτοὺς 15 
Κῦρος πριήρεσιν. Οἱ ; πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς φεύγουσι κατὰ τοῦ 
πρανοῦς. Ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν ἐπιθυμοίη, συν- 
τομωτάτην @ETO ὁδὸν εἶναι διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν τε καὶ ψεύ- 
Seo Pau καὶ ἐξαπτᾷν. τὸ δ᾽ ἁπλοῦν καὶ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἐνόμιζε 
τὸ αὑτὸ τῷ ἠλιθίῳ εἶναι. 90 

12. Χαράδρα i ἰσχῦρῶς βαθεῖα. Αἱ δ᾽ οἰκίαι ἦσαν κα- 
τάγειοῖϊ, ΤΟ μὲν στόμα ὥσπερ φρέᾶτος, κάτω δ᾽ εὑρεΐαι. 
Καὶ ἦν δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ τοῦ ὅλου στρατεύματος 
᾿Αρκάδες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί. Κῦρος γὰρ ἔπεμπε βίκους οἴνου 
ἡμιδεεῖς πολλάκις, ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι, λέγων, ὅτι 25 
ἐς οὔπω δὴ πολλοῦ χρόνου " τούτου ἡδίονι οἴνῳ ἐπιτύχοι ᾿ 
τοῦτον οὖν σοι ἔπεμψε, καὶ δεῖταί σου, τήμερον τοῦτον 
ἐκπιεῖν σὺν οἷς μάλιστα φιλεῖς." ' 

18. ᾿Αριθμὸς δὲ συμπάσης τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ 
καταβάσεως, σταθμοὶ διακόσιοι δεκαπέντε, παρασάγγαι 2 
χίλιοι ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα πέντε, στάδια τρισμύρια τετρα- 
κισχίλια ἑξακόσια πεντήκοντα. Χρόνου πλῆθος τῆς ava- 
βάσεως καὶ καταβάσεως, ἐνιαυτὸς καὶ τρεῖς μῆνες. 





(L. 1.) IL. 6.30. (5.) IV. 5.25. (6) V. 3. Il. (9.) ΥἹ. 9.1. 413.) ΥἹ. 6.56. (4) 
1.4.24. (5) 1.4.7. (6 VI. 5, 31. (17.) IL 6. 22. (21.) V. 2.3: IV. 5. 25 
23.) VI. 2.10. (4) 1.9.25. (@9.) VIL. 8. 26 


3 * 


ere tlt mn ome 


εὐ ete eels Elle. ὧὐ΄...5 5.5." sents io i taal anette ila AAA 


τ eR ee te ge me nee © at nt ee ..-..-.. 





GREEK LESSONS. 


XVI. 


1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ κατέβαινεν εἰς πεδίον μέγα καὶ καλον; 
ἐπίῤῥυτον, καὶ δένδρων παντοδαπῶν ἔμπλεων καὶ ἀμπέ- 
λων" πολὺ δὲ καὶ σήσαμον καὶ μελίνην καὶ κέγχρον καὶ 
πυροὺς καὶ κριθὰς φέρει. Ὄρος δ᾽ αὐτὸ περιέχει ὀχυρὸν 

5 καὶ A ct πάντη ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 

. Μετὰ ταῦτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τέτταρας, 
παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν, ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταμὸν, ὄντα τὸ 
εὖρος πλέθρου, πλήρη δ᾽ ἰχθύων μεγάλων καὶ πραέων, 
οὺς οἱ Σύροι θεοὺς ἐνόμιζον, καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴων, οὐδὲ τὰς 

Ι0περίστ εράς. 

3. Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ὡς εἶδον τὸν Ξενοφῶντα, προσ- 
πίπτουσιν αὐτῷ πολλοὶ, καὶ λέγουσι . % Νῦν σοὶ ἔξεστιν, 
ὦ Ξενοφῶν, ἀνδρὶ γενέσθαι. Ἔχεις πόλιν, ἔχεις τριὴ pels; 
ἔχεις χρή ματα, ἔχεις ἄνδρας τοσούτους. Νῦν ἂν, εἰ βού- 

ἰδλοίο, σύ TE ἡμᾶς ὀνήσαις, καὶ ἡμεῖς σὲ μέγαν ToL Ἴσαιμεν.᾽" 

4, ᾿Εδάκρῦε πολὺν χρόνον. Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι πυρὰ 
πολλὰ ἔκαιον κύκλῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων. Καὶ ὕδωρ πολὺ ἦν 
ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. Στρατοπεδευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν, γίγνεται τῆς 
νυκτὸς χιὼν πολλή. 

2 5. Οὕτως ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον πάντες σῶοι 
ὄντες. "Hy δὲ τοῖς μὲν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπικούρημα τῆς χιόνος, 
εἴ τις μέλαν τι ἔχων πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν πορεύοιτο. 
᾿Εθύετο τῷ Aut τῷ Βασιλεῖ. Πέμψας Τλοῦν εἶπεν. 
᾿Ἐνταῦθα ἦν πόλις ἐρήμη, μεγάλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ Κορ- 

5 σωτὴ " περιερῥεῖτο δ᾽ αὕτη ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάσκα κύκλῳ. 

6. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας 
πεντεκαίδεκα, εἰς ᾿Ἰσσοὺς, τῆς Κιλικίας ἐσχάτην πόλιν 
ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. Ἔν- 
ταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς " καὶ Κύρῳ παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ 

89 Πελοποννήσου νῆες, τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε, καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς 
ναύαρχος Πυθαγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος. ᾿Ηγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐτῶν 





(L. 1.) £2.22. (6.) 1. 4,9, (110) ΥἹΈ, 1. 21. (16.)13.2:IV.1. 11. (17.) IV.2.2. 


(18.) 1Υ.. 4. 8. (0.) V. 2.32 (Ὡ1.) IV.5.13. (23.) ΥἹΙ. 6. 44:1. 4. 16. (4.0) 1. 5.4. 
486.) 1.4.1. 





GREEK LESSONS. 31 


Tapes Αἰγύπτιος ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, ἔχων ναῦς ἑτέρας Κύρου 
πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν, αἷς ἐπολιόρκει, Μίλητον, ὃ ὅτε Τισσαφέρ- 
VEL φίλη ἣν, καὶ συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ πρὸς αὐτόν. Παρῆν 
δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος ὁ Aaxedarpovios ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν, peta 
πέμπτος ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας, ὧν ἐστρα- 
τήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ. Αἱ δὲ νῆες ὥρμουν παρὰ τὴν Κύρου 
σκηνήν. 


XVII. 


1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν οἱ “Ἕλληνες διὰ Maxpo- 
νῶν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς, παρασάγγας δέκα " τῇ πρώτῃ δὲ 
ἡμέρᾳ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃς ὥριξε τὴν τῶν Μα- iC 
κρώνων καὶ τὴν TOV Σκυθινῶν. Τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπο- 
ρεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας " ἡνίκα δὲ τὸν πέμπτον ἐπο- 
ρεύοντο, εἶδον βασίλειόν Th, καὶ περὶ αὐτὸ κώμας πολλάς. 
Οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος δὲ τῶν Ἕχχή νων ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ ἔπαθεν 
as οὐδὲν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ Τοξευθῆναί τὶς ἐλέγετο. 15 

2. Κατεπέμφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης Δυδίας. 
Tévy ὀλίγοι ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν κατέλείφθησαν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν a ἂν- 
θρωποι μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἐλήφθησαν, βόες δὲ καὶ ὄνου 
πολλοὶ καὶ πρόβατα. > υχληφθήσεται. 

9. Τοιγαροῦν κράτιστοι δὴ ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου 20 
Κύρῳ ἐλέχθησαν γενέσθαι. Τί πραχθήσεται ; ὋὉ δὲ 
Κλέαρχος | ἀκούσας ἐταράχθη σφόδρα καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο. 
᾿Ετάχθησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων " εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν 
Μένων καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ δ᾽ εὐώνυμον. Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ 
ἐκείνου, τὸ δὲ μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. 

4. Πολλάκις δὲ χῆνας ἡμιβρώτους ἔπεμπε, καὶ ἄρτων 
ἡμίσεα, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐπιλέγειν. κελεύων. τὸν φέροντα. 


᾿οὸ Τούτοις ἥσθη Κῦρος + βούλεται οὖν καὶ ce τούτων γεύ- 


σασθαι." ᾿Ηναγκάσθην διώκειν. Θώρᾶκες αὐτοῖς ἐπο- 
erage 8 
. Καὶ λέγεται δεηθῆναι ἡ Κίλισσα Κύρου, ἐπιδεῖξαι 





“.8) IV.8& 1 Gl) 14.23 οὐὐ1890. 4869519.1 Ο701. 86 25: IV. 
7.14. Οὐ VIL 2.14. (20.) 1.9.18. 41.) VIL6.8: IL 4.18 @3.) 12.15. @6.) 
L 9.26. (29) 11.8.12: 3.20. Gl.) L2.-. 





32 GREEK LESSONS. 


a ͵ 3 y > , 
τὸ στράτευμα αὐτῇ ‘O Κλέαρχος οὐκ nOerev ἀποσπά- 
᾽ ΩΝ 
σαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ δε εξιὸν κέρας, φοβούμενος μὴ 
κυκλωθείη ἑκατέρωθεν " τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι αυτῷ 
μέλοι, ὅπως καλῶς ἔχοι. Καὶ κατεκαύθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις. 
5 6. Δείσαντες μὴ ἀποκλεισθείησαν, φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κρά- 
τος. ᾿Αναμνήσθητε γὰρ, ἐν ποίοις τισὺ πράγμασιν ὄντες 
ἐτυγχάνετε. Τότε δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσθη, ὅτι οἱ βάρβαροι τὸν 
Μ / 
ἄνθρωπον ὑποπέμψαιεν. 
- / / 4 
᾿Εντεῦθεν ὁ “Hpaxreidns ἠχθέσθη τε, καὶ ἔδεισε μὴ 
᾽ A ; ͵ ξ Ἀ 
loex τῆς Σεύθου φιλίας ἐκβχηθείη. Oi μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ 
> / ¢ / Ν ᾽ / 
οὕτω ληφθέντες, avnyOncav ὡς βασίλέα, Kat ἀποτμηθεν- 
κ > / 
Tes Tas κεφαλὰς ἐτελεύτησαν. 
; > 7 
8. Φαρναβάζῳ παραδοθήσεται. Καὶ ὃ ὅτε ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου 
a / 7 / 
δὲ ὡρμᾶτο Κύρῳ συσταθησόμενος, ἀετὸν ἀνεμιμνήσκετο 
a / 
ι6 ἑαυτῷ δεξιὸν φθεγγόμενον. 
( Ἢ a ¢ / > > , ¢ / δὲ al 
9. Τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἱ πολέμιοι, οὐδὲ τῇ 
- -- 7 / ¢ ‘ a 
τρίτη. Φάνητε τῶν λοχᾶγῶν ἄριστοι. Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶ- 
> / ‘ ‘ / / 
ται συλλεγέντες εβουλεύοντο, THY λοιπὴν πορείαν πότερον 
A 3 Λ ‘ 7 3 An / 
κατὰ γῆν ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν χρὴ πορευθῆναι ἐκ τοῦ Πόν- 
? / Ἁ κ 4 [χ4 “Δ 
~Tov. Εἰ βουλευόμεθα Evy τοῖς Κερασουντίοις, ὅπως ἂν 
/ ε a ¢ , / 
ταφείησαν οἱ Tov Ελλήνων νεκροί. 
> \. 9 > “ / al / 
10. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, 
e Ἁ Ν 7 yy / / 
οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήθησαν εἰσω, ἸΙρόξενος Βοιωτιος, 
Μένων Θετταλὸς, ᾿Αγίας ᾿Αρκὰς, Κλέαρχος Λάκων, Σω- 
25 κράτης ᾿Αχαιός: οἱ δὲ λοχᾶγοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ἔ ἔμενον. 
7 v > ἃ 
Ov πολλῷ δὲ ὕ ὕστερον, ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σημείου, οἵ τ΄ ἔνδον 


¢ 


‘ 
ξυνελαμβάνοντο, καὶ οἱ ἔξω κατεκόπησαν. 


XVIII. 


τῷ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ 
λέγει. Οἱ γὰρ πολέμιοι ἀνατεθαῤῥήκᾶσιν. Οἱ δὲ πο- 
80 λέμειοι ἐπιωρκήκαᾶσί τε, καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους 
λελύκᾶσιν. ᾿Εγώ σε, ὦ Φαλῖνε, ἃ ἄσμενος ἑωρᾶκᾶ, οἶμαι 





(.1.}1. 8. 13. 4) V. 2. 27. (5.) 1Υ-. 3. 21. 6) VIL 6. 24 (7) IL 4 
(9.) VIL. 5.6. (10.) Π.6.1. (13.} VII. 2. 11: VL 1.93, (16.) ΠΙ. 4.37. (7. ΠΙ.1.9 


VI. 2. 4. (20.) Υ. 7.20. (22.) IL 5.31. (23.)}1. 6, 9. (29.) VE. 4. 12: ΠΙ. 2. 10. G31.) 
TT. 1. 16. 





GREEK LESSONS. 33 


δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες. Κῦρος δε, ἔχων ods εἴρηκα, 
ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σάρδεων. Ἢ μὲν γὰρ εὐταξία “σώζειν δοκεῖ, 
ῇ ἕξ arabig πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπολώλεκεν. 
᾿ἀπολελοίπᾶσιν ἡ ἡμᾶς Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων. Βασι- 

λεὺς νικᾷν ἡγεῖται, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτονεν. Καὶ στήλη : 
ἕστηκε παρὰ τὸν ναὸν, γράμματα ἔχουσα. Εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ 

ἤδη ἐγγὺς αἱ “Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις " τῆς δὲ Ἑλλάδος Aaxe- 
δαιμόνιοι προεστήκᾶσιν. Προηγεῖσθε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς 
ἐναντίους, ὡς μὴ ἑστήκωμεν, ἐπεὶ ὥφθημεν καὶ εἴδομεν 
τοὺς πολεμίους. 
9. Ἔνθα δὴ προσέρχεται τῷ Ξενοφῶντι τῶν πέλτα- 
στῶν τις ἀνὴρ, ᾿Αθήνησι φάσκων δεδουλευκέναι, λέγων, ὃ ὅτι 
γιγνώσκοι τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Πρὶν δὲ πεντεκαί- 
δεκα στάδια διεληλυθέναι, ἐ ἐνέτυχον ἤδη vepots. 

4, Mera ταῦτα οὔτε ζῶντα ᾿᾽Ορόντην οὔτε τεθνηκότα 15 
οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε, οὐδ᾽ ὅπως ἀπέθανεν οὐδεὶς εἰδὼς ἔλε- 
γεν. εἴκαξον δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως" τάφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε 
αὐτοῦ ἐφάνη. ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος εἶπεν, ὅτι 
A ἔξιππον μὲν οὐκ ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ταῦτα πεποιηκὼς εἴη. Τῇ 
δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἧκεν ἄγγελος ) λέγων, ὅτι λελοιπὼς εἴη Συέν- 20 
νεσις τὰ ἄκρα, ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο ὅ ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος στράτευμα ἤδη 

ν Κιλικίᾳ 7 ἣν εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων. Πάντες δὲ @ @OVTO ἀπολω- 
Bia, ὡς ἑαλωκυίας τῆς πόλεως. “ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκὸς 
τοὺς πολεμίους ἥξειν. “ἢ 

ὅ. Τούς τε πολεμίους ἐπεποιήκεσαν θρασυτέρους. Εἰ- 3 
λήφεσαν πρόβατα πολλά. ᾿Ετεόνϊκος εἱστήκει παρὰ τὰς 
πύλας. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἤδη τετελευτήκει, φάρμακον͵ 
πιὼν, πυρέττων. τὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνου Νέων ὁ ᾿᾿Ισιναῖος͵ παρέ- 
λαβεν. Καὶ ἄλλος ἀναβεβήκει, καὶ ἡλώκει, τὸ χωρίον, ὡς 


ἐδόκει. Συνεβούλευσεν οὖν αὐτῷ θύεσθαι καθὰ εἰώθει. 30 


Χιτωνίσκους δὲ ἐνεδεδύκεσαν ὑ ὑπὲρ γονάτων. 
6. Πανθ᾽ ἡμῖν πεποίηται. ἾΏ θαυμασιώτατε ἄνθρω- 





(L.1.) 1.25. (2) 11.38. 4) 1.4.8: I. Lil 6) V. 3.13. (6) VI. 6.12. 
(8.) VI 5.10. (11.) IV.84 (13) VL 5.5. (5) 1.6. 11. αὐ VI. 6. 25. 
(19.) 1.2.21. (22.) VIL 1.19 δ ΗΙ 1.1.8 Ὁ V.4.18: VI.6.5. (26. VIL 
1. 12, (27.) VL4 11. (29.) V. 2.15. (30.) VIL 8.4 (8l.) V. 4.13, (32.) I. 8, 12: 
IE. 1. 27. 











34 GREEK LESSONS. 


πε, σύ γε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώσκεις, οὐδὲ ἀκούων μέμνησαι. 
“Ὅπως οὖν ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες ἄξιου τῆς ἐλευθερίας, 7 ἧς κέκτη- 
σθε, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἧς ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονίξω. “Ὅστις τε ὑμῶν 
\ 3 - 
τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπιθῦμεϊ ἰδεῖν, μ μεμνήσθω ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι" 
> ‘ 5 » 
δοὺ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄλλως τούτου τυχεῖν " ὅστις τε ζῆν ἐπιθυ- 
pet, πειράσθω νικᾷν. 
- 95 5. +9 - 
ὋὉμολογεῖς οὖν, περὶ ἐμὲ ἄδικος γεγενῆσθαι; (στε 
” . - ᾽ ΄, Ins / ait, / A 
ἔγωγε, εξ ὧν ἀκούω, οὐδένα κρίνω ὑπὸ πλειονων πεφιλη- 
σθαι οὔτε “Ἑλλήνων οὔτε βαρβάρων. Νῦν μὲν ἡμᾶς 
lo ὑπάγεται μένειν, διὰ τὸ διεσπάρθαι αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα. 
8, At δὲ κῶμαι, ἐν αἷς ἐσκήνουν, Παρυσάτιδος ἦσαν, 
? , / Ν A 7 / 
εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι. Mera ταῦτα περιέμενον Τισσαφερ- 
“ 7 > rn > \ > 4 > 
VNV OL TE ἔλληνες καὶ Αριαίος, eyyus ἀλλήλων ἐστρατο- 
“- ‘ / 
πεδευμένοι, ἡ ἡμέρας πλείους ἢ εἴκοσιν. Οὗτος δε τεταγμε- 
15 VOS ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ, τοῦ ἱππικοῦ a prov’ ὡς 
δ᾽ ἤσθετο Κῦρον πεπτωκότα, ἔφυγεν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἕως 
ree is διέβαινον τὴν γέφῦραν, ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις τριά- 
κοντα καὶ ἑπτά. 
3 7 Ν 3 7 ᾿ς - = 
9. ᾿Εγὼ αὐτὸν εἶδον, ὥσπερ. Avoov, ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα 
: / 7 / ? / 
90 τετρυπημένον. “Awad ἔδειξε συντετριμμένους ἀνθρώπους 
Ν Z \ , , Sue 7 
καὶ σκέλη καὶ πλευράς. ΤΠορευόμενοι δ᾽ ἐντυγχάνουσι 
x , ς Χ - “ὃ n λ 7 δ ΙΝ a x / a 
ὀφῳ ὑπερ τῆς ὁδοῦ κατειλημμένῳ ὑπὸ TOV πολεμίων, OUS 
XK 3 ἤ 3 Ψ Ἃ - oy. a ” 
ἢ ἀποκόψαι nv avayKn, ἢ διεζεῦχθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων 
ς 
Ελλήνων. 
Ν > Ν »+ Ν a) 3 n > 
2% 10. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤχθησαν παρὰ Ἐενοφῶντα, ἐρωτᾷ av- 
‘ ν A +x / Μ ¢ 5 
τους, εἰ που ἤσθηνται ἄλλου στρατεύματος ovtos EXXn- 
A ¢ \~ Se 7 N 7 Ν a 7 
νικοῦ,, Οἱ. δὲ ἔλεγον πάντα τὰ γεγενημένα, καὶ νῦν ὅτι 
a > 4 , ¢ as r , 
πολιορκοῦνται ἐπὶ λόφου, ot δὲ Θρᾷκες πάντες περίκεκυ- 
͵ 2 , i 
κλωμένοι εἶεν αὐτούς. 
a 3 / Ν δὲ ὦ / > ΝΜ 
Ὁ 11, ᾿Ετετίμητο γὰρ ὑπὸ Κύρου δι᾿ εὑνοιάν τε καὶ 
’ ¢ > / 4 4 
πιστότητα. At οἰκίαι κύκλῳ περιεσταύρωντο μεγάλοις 
Ν / > 
σταυροῖς τῶν προβάτων ἕνεκα. Οἱ yap μάντεις ἀποδε- 
δειγμένοι ἦ ῇσαν, ὅτι μάχη μὲν ἔσται, τὸ δὲ τέλος καλὸν 





(L. 2.) 17.3. (δ) TL 2.39. (7.) 1.6.8; 9.28. (9.) 1.43 (11.)»1. 4.9. (19. 
1. 4. 1, (14.) 1. 9. 81. (16.) IL 4. 24. C9.) ΠΙ. 1. 31. @0) IV. 7. 4. Ql.) IV. 2 
10. (25.) VI. 3.10. (30.) I. 8.29. (31.) VII. 4. 14. 22.) V.2, 9. 


GREEK LESSONS. 3D 


τῆς ἐξόδου. Αἱ πύλαι ἐκέκλειντο, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τειχῶν 
ὅπλα ἐφαίνετο. 

tr. ᾿Εντεῦθεν διέπλευσαν εἰς Δάμψακον" καὶ ἀπαντᾷ 
τῷ Ξενοφῶντι Εὐκλείδης μάντις Φλιάσιος, ὁ Κλεαγόρου 
υἱὸς τοῦ τὰ ἐνύπνια ἐν Δυκείῳ ιγεγραφότος. Οὗτος συνή- 
δετο τῷ Ξενοφῶντι, ὅτε ἐσέσωστο" καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτὸν, 
πόσον χρυσίον ἔχει. 

19.. Καὶ ἅμα ταῦτα ποιούντων ἡμῶν aie ᾿Αριαῖος 
ἀφεστήξει ὥστε φίλος ἡμῖν οὐδεὶς λελείψεται. Εἰ γάρ 
ΤῊΝ ἀλλήλοις μάχην συνάψετε, νομίξετε; € εν. τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 10 
ἐμέ τε κατακεκόψεσθαι, καὶ ὑμᾶς οὐ πολὺ ἐμοῦ ὕστερον. 


XIX. 


1. Οἱ μὲν pera ᾿Αριαίου οὐκέτι ἵστανται, ἀλλὰ φεύ- 
γουσιν. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτό γε ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι βορέας 
μὲν ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν “Ἑλλάδα φέρει, νότος δὲ εἴσω 
εἰς Φᾶσιν . καὶ λέγετε; ὅταν βοῤῥᾶς VEN, ὡς καλοὶ πλοῖ τ 
εἰσιν εἰς τὴν “Ελλάδα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγώ φημι, ταῦτα μὲν φλυ- 
apias εἶναι. Καὶ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτὸς τὸ τραῦμα φησιν. “ἅμα 
δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθόντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐθαύμαζον, ὅτι 
Κῦρος οὔτε ἄλλον πέμποι σημανοῦντα, ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν, 
οὔτε αὐτὸς φαίνοιτο. 2 
2. Τῶν δὲ Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν ξύλα σχίζων τις, ὡς 
εἶδε τὸν Κλέαρχον διελαύνοντα, ἱ ἵησι τῇ ἀξίνη. ἪΝν οὖν 
σωφρονῆτε, τοῦτον τἀναντία ποιήσετε, ἢ τοὺς κύνας που-᾿ 
οὗσι" τοὺς μὲν γὰρ κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς τὰς μὲν ἡ ἡμέρας 
διδέασι, τὰς δὲ νύκτας ἀφιᾶσι . τοῦτον δὲ, ἣν σωφρονῆτε, 95 

 % ν᾿ as i face a ey. 
την νύκτα μεν δήσετε, τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν ἀφήσετε. 
3. Aidwar δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦρος μυρίους δαρεικούς. Καὶ τὸν 


ἡγεμόνα δήσάντες παραδιδόασιν αὑτοῖς. 

4͵ ᾿Ἀλλήλοις συμμιγνύᾶσιν. Καὶ αὐτόν τε τὸν Σ μί- 
KpnTa ἀποκτιννύᾶσι, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας. Ta on- 30 
μεῖα δεικνύουσι τῆς καταβάσεως... “Τοῦτο δὲ λέγοντος 





(L. 1.) V.L2.8 () VIL&1. @)IL45. @)L5.16. (12)1101. 3) 
V.7.7. (16)1.3.18 (17) .8.26:1L1.2 τ διὰ (22) V.8.24 (27) 
I. 6.4: 1V.2.1. (29.) IV. 6. 24: ΥΙ. 3. δ. -@0.) VI. 22 1.) IIL 2. 9. 








96 GREEK LESSONS. 


αὐτοῦ, πτάρνυταί τις " ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται, πάν- 
τες si ὁρμῇ προσεκύνησαν Tov, Geogr. 
ὃ, Kpavyn τ πολλῇ ἐπίᾶσιν. Ἥμεϊς, ἢ ἢν σωφρονῶμεν, 
ἄπιμεν ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῆς τούτων ἐπικρατείας.  ἰξαγγέλ 
δλει τις τῷ Ξενοφῶντι ὅτι, εἰ εἴσεισι, συλληφθήσεται. 

6. Κῦρος δε, ψιλὴν ἔχων τὴν κεφαλὴν, εἰς τὴν “μάχην 
καθίστατο. Οὐκ ἐδύνατο καθεύδειν. ᾿ἘΕντεῦθεν ἐπορεύ- 
OVTO ὡς ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. Ἔκ τούτου Ξενοφῶν avi- 
OTaTal, ἐσταλμένος ἐπὶ πόλεμον ὡς ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα. 

10 ““ "Ἐρώτα τοίνυν, ἐφη, “ αὐτοὺς, τί ἀντιτετάχαται, καὶ 
χρίξουσιν ἡμῖν πολέμιοι eiva.” - ‘Qs αὐτὸς ἔφησθα. 
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν, ἐπήρετο τὸν Μηδοσάδην, εἰ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ 
εἴη" ὁ δ᾽ ἔφη. ᾿Επήρετο αὐτὸν, εἰ ὁπλιτεῦοι * οὐκ ἔφη. 

rf Οὐκέτι ἐπετίθεντο οἱ πολέμιοι τοῖς καταβαίνουδι, 

15 δεδοικότες μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν. ᾿Ῥίψαντες γὰρ. τοὺς πορ- 
φυροῦς κάνδυς, ὅπου ἔτυχεν ἕκαστος ἑστηκὼς, ἵεντο, ὧσ- 
περ ἂν δράμοι τις περὶ νίκης. Καὶ τῷ κωμάρχῃ ἐδίδοσαν 
λαμβάνειν, 6 τε βούλοιτο. Καὶ μισθὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐδίδου 
) “AvakiBuos. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο λέγειν τῷ βουλομένῳ. 

2 ὃ, Καὶ ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κεφαλὰς. τῶν νεκρῶν, ἐπεδεί- 
Pid τοῖς Τὰ Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίοις, καὶ ἅμα 
ἐχόρευον, νόμῳ τινὶ ἄδοντες. "Hy δὲ χιὼν πολλὴ, καὶ 
ψῦχος οὕτως ὥστε τὸ ὕδωρ, ὃ ὃ ἐφέροντο ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἐ ἐπή- 
γνυτο. Οὐδεὶς ἀπῇει πρὸς βασίχέα. Ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ NTE 

95 εἰς τήνδε τὴν χώραν. 

9. Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο θεῖν, οὐκέτι ἔστησαν, 
ἀλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο. Καὶ ἅμα ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν 
ἀνέστη. Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. “Ὥς δ᾽ ἀνέβη- 
σαν, θύσαντες καὶ τρόπαιον στησάμενοι, κατέβησαν εἰς 

80 τὸ πεδίον, καὶ εἰς κώμας πολλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν γεμούσας 
ἦλθον. ᾿Αφίκοντο εἰς τὰς κώμας " καὶ , ἰἄτροὺς κατεέστη- 
σαν ὀκτὼ, πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ob τετρωμένοι. 





(L. 3.) I 7. 4: VIL. 6. 42, (4.) ΥΠΙ. 2. 34, (8δ.)} 1. 8. 6. Gu) Μὲ. 1, 112 4, ὦ, 


(8.) III. 2. 7. eet IV.8.5. (11.) ΥἹΙ. 7.9. (12.) VIL 2.25. 3.) Υ͂. 8. δ. (14.) 
ΠΙ. 4.29. (15.) 1. 6. 8. (17.) IV. 5. 32. (18.) ΥἹΙ. 1. 7. (19.) VII. 3. 13. (20.) Υ. 4. 
17, (22.) VIL 4.3. (24.) 1. 9. 29: VIL 7.6. (26.) IV.8. 19. 27.) 111. 1.47. @3.) 
I. 2. 22: IV. 6.27. (31.) HI. 4. 30. 


GREEK LESSONS. 37 


10. Οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα. Τοῖς τελευταίοις 
ἐπέθεντο, καὶ ἀπέκτεινάν τινας. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἡ θυσία ἐ ἐγέ- 
νετο, τὰ δέρματα, “παρέδοσαν τῷ Apaxovrip. ETE. δὲ 
ταῦτα , ἐκηρύχθη, ¢ ἔγνωσαν οἱ στρατιῶται, ὅτι κενὰς ὁ φό- 
βος εἴη, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες σῶοι. Καὶ ἵπποι ἥλωσαν εἰς 
εἴκοσι, καὶ 7 σκηνὴ ἡ Τιριβάζου ἑάλω. Κῦρός τε καταπη- 
δήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος, τὸν θώρᾶκα ἐνέδυ. 

11. Κῦρος δε, συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς, εἶπεν . 
᾿᾿Απολελοίπᾶσιν ἡμᾶς Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων" ἀλλ᾽ εὖ γε 
μέντοι, ἐπιστάσθωσαν, ὃ ὅτι οὔτε ἀποδεδράκᾶσιν, οἶδα γὰρ 10 
ὅπη οἴχονται" οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγᾶσιν; ἔχω γὰῤ τριήρεις, 

ὥστε ἕλειν τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον." 

12. Ἐενοφῶν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἶδε Χαρμῖνον καὶ Πολύνϊκον, 
“ Τ᾿ αῦτα," ἔφη, “3 καὶ σέσωσται δι᾿ ὑμᾶς τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ 
παραδίδωμι αὐτὰ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν" ὑμεῖς δὲ διαθέμενοι διάδοτε 15 
τῇ στρατιᾷ." Ἴθι δὴ, ἀναμνήσθητι, πῶς μέγα ἡγοῦ τότε 
καταπράξασθαι, ἃ ἃ νῦν καταστρεψάμενος ἔχεις. Nov μὲν 
οὖν ἄπιτε, ᾿καταλεπόντες τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα" ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγὼ 
κελεύσω, πάρεστε πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν. ᾿Αλλὰ! ἰόντων, ᾿εἰδό- 
τες ὅτι κακίους. εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνδυς. ὃς 

13. ‘Os δ᾽ ἦν ἥλιος ἐπὶ δυσμαῖς, ἀνέστησαν οἱ “Ἑλλη- 
νες, καὶ εἶπον, ὅτι ὥρα νυκτοφύλακας καθιστάναι, καὶ σύν- 
θημα παραδιδόναι. Καὶ τελευτῶν ἐχαλέπαινεν " ot δὲ 
σφάττειν ἐκέλευον . οὐ γὰρ ἂν δύνασθαι πορευθῆναι. Τὸ 
δὲ στράτευμα ὁ σῖτος ἐπέλιπε, καὶ πρίασθαι οὐκ ἦν, εἰ μὴ 
ἐν τῇ Αυδίᾳ a ἀγορᾷ, ἐν τῷ Κύρου βαρβαρικῷ. ᾿Εγὼ οὖν 
φημι, ὑμᾶς χρῆναι διαβῆναι τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν. 

14. Καὶ τοὺς τῶν “Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευεν 
ὁπλίτας ἀγαγεῖν, τούτους δὲ θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα περὶ τὴν 
αὐτοῦ σκηνήν. Τὴν δίκην ἐφη vpn cen ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτῷ. 30 
Οὐκ ἤθελε τοὺς φεύγοντας προέσθαι. 

15. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἀφικνεῖται ᾿Επύαξα, ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνὴ, 
τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως, παρὰ Κῦρον" καὶ ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ 


; 





(L. 1.) V. 2.19: IV. 1.10. @) IV. 8. 26. ηπ8δ9ι.. 6.) IV. 4.21. 6) 18.3. 
(8.) 1.4.8, (13.) VIE. 7. 56. (16.) VII. 7.27. (17.) VI. 6.26. (19. 1.4.8. (@l1.) 
VII. 3.34. @3.) IV.5. 16. ΘΕ 15.6. @Q6) 1.4.14. @8) 1.64. (G0) I. 3, 20, 
(31.) 1.9.9. G2.) 1.2. 12. 4 


—- 


Dm ee nett tno Fae eet st eee enti te onan ee 





a 
38 GREEK LESSONS. 


δοῦναι χρήματα πολλά. “Nore ὥρα καὶ σοὶ ἐπιδείκνυ- 
σθαι τὴν παιδείαν{ Tis γὰρ ἐθελήσει κήρυξ ἱέναι, κήρῦ 
κας ἀπεκτονώς ; Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔφη ἰέναι. 
16. Ζιελέγοντό τε ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγέλων ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, 
5 Kat ὠρχοῦντο ἐφιστώμενοῖ, ὅπου τύχοιεν, ὥσπερ ἄλλοις 
ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. Καὶ ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους, ὥχοντο 
ἀπελαύνόντες εἰς τὸ ἑαυτῶν ,φτρατόπεδον. Καὶ δέδοικα, 
μὴ συστάντες ap oop, που κακόν τι ἐργάσωνται οἱ πολέ- 
μιοι. Ts, νυκτὸς. ἀποδρὰς ὦ OXETO. 
δὴ, 1. ᾿Ἐμελέτων τοξεύειν a aves ἱέντες μάκράν. ᾿Ενταῦθ᾽ 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἑπτώ" καὶ Ξενίας, ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς στρατηγὸς καὶ 
Πασίων ὁ Μεγαρεὺς, ἐμβάντες εἰς πλοῖον, καὶ τὰ πλεί- 
στου ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι, ἀπέπλευσαν. Τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας 
αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι, τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ γόνατα θέν- 
15 τᾶς; ἀκούσαντες Ταῦτα, καὶ δεξιὰς δόντες καὶ λαβόντες, 


ἀπήλαυνον - καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ. 


‘O μέντοι Ξενοφῶν, ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἀνακοινοῦ- 
ται Σωκράτει τῷ ᾿Αθηναίῳ περὶ τῆς πορείας. ᾿ἙΕπορεύ- 
ovTo ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα τὸν ddovra ἄνθρωπον. | 

2 18. Kai ἄνεμος βοῤῥᾶς ἐναντίος ἔπνει, παντάπᾶσιν 
ἀποκαίων πάντα, καὶ πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Ταῦτα δὲ 
λέγων, θορύβου ἤ ἥκουσε διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰ ἰόντος, καὶ ἤρετο, 
τίς ὁ θόρυβος εἴη. ᾿Ὥιίχετο τῆς νυκτὸς ἀπιών. ᾿Εδόκει 
yap, εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω ἥξειν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύ- 

25 ματι μαχούμενον. 

19. Τὰς δὲ ὠτίδας, a ἂν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ, ἔστι λᾶμβά- 
νει" πέτονται γὰρ βραχὺ, ὥσπερ πέρδικες, καὶ ταχὺ 
ἀπαγορεύουσι" τὰ δὲ κρέα αὐτῶν ἥδιστα ἢ Ἦν. Πειρά- 
σομαι, ὅ τι ἂν δύνωμαι, ὑμᾶς ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖν. Ἔπεμψε 

30 με ᾿Αριαῖος καὶ ᾿Αρτάοζος, πιστοὶ ὄντες Κύρῳ καὶ ὑμῖν 
εὔνοι, καὶ κελεύουσι φυλάττεσθαι, μὴ ὑμῖν ἐπιθῶνται τῆς 


νυκτὸς οἱ βάρβαροι . ἔστι δὲ στράτευμα πολὺ ἐν τῷ πλη- 
σίον παραδείσῳ. 





(L. 1.) IV. 6. 16. (2.0 V. 7. 30. (3.) 1.3.8. (40 V. 4. 34.- ©.) VIL 6. 42. (7.) VII. 
(9.) IV. 6.3. (10.) ΠΙ. 4. 17: 1. 4, 7, 13.) I. 5. 13. (5. ὦ ΤῈΣ. 3.1. (17.) ΠΙ. 


3. 4 
1.5, (18.) IV. 4.19. (20.) IV. 5.3. (10 1.8.16. @3) IV. 7.97:L 7.1. 8091 
5.3. (28.) VI. 1.33. (29.) II. 4, 16, . 7.1. (6.}1. 





GREEK LESSONS. 39 


\ > ¥ rl aN 4 > - , 

20. Kai οὐκ epacay ἱέναι, ἐάν μή τις αὐτοῖς χρήματα 

a d 2 
διδῷ. “Ὥστε ov τοῦτ ο δέδοικα, μὴ οὐκ ᾿ ἔχω ὅ τι δῶ Kar 
στῳ τῶν φίλων, ἂν εὖ γένηται, ἀλλὰ μὴ οὐκ ἔχω ἱκανοὺς, 
οἷς δῶ. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐξῆλθον, ὁ “Ἀναξίβιος. ἔκλεισε τὰς πύ- 
λας, καὶ eK? puter, ὁ ὅστις ἂν ade ἔνδον ἃ ov τῶν στρατιω- 
τῶν, ὅτι πεπράσεται. Καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν μὴ ἐκδῶτέ με, ἐγὼ 
δὲ ἐμαυτὸν, ὥσπερ Ξενοφῶν λέγει, παρασχήσω κρίναντι 
Κλεάνδρῳ, ὅ τι ἂν βούληται, ποιῆσαι. ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
oe ͵΄ ͵ Ἄ δ A ” 5 7 
ἄνδρας. Σεύθης δὲ φησιν, ἂν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον inte, εὖ ποιή- 
σειν ὑμᾶς. νων : 

21. Ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτό σε οὐχ ὑπέμε- 
νον, εἴ πως δυναίμην φθάσαι, πρὶν κατειλῆφθαι. τὴν ὑπερ- 
βολὴν . οἱ δ᾽ ἡγεμόνες, ous ἔχομεν, οὔ φασιν εἶναι ἄλλην 
ὁδόν. Συγκαλέσαντες τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἐβουλεύοντο, ὃ ὅπως 
ἂν κάλλιστα διαβαῖεν, καὶ τούς τε ἔμπροσθεν νικῷεν καὶ 15 
om. se ὄπισθεν μηδὲν πάσχοιεν κακόν. 

Ψ Λ > 7 
ye 3 Oras φόβον ἐνθείη καὶ ἄλλοις. Τέλος ἀπεδει- 
ξαντο οὗ μάντεις πάντες γνώμην, ὅτι οὐδαμῆ προσίοιντο 
οἱ θεοὶ τὸν πόλεμον. ᾿Επέδειξεν αὑτὸν, ὅτι περὶ πλείστου 
ποιοῖτο, εἴ τῳ σπείσαιτο, καὶ εἴ τῳ ὀύνθοιτο, καὶ εἴ τῷ 30 
€ 7 7 Ν 4 
UTOTYOLTO TL, μηδεν ψεύδεσθαι. 
6) 3 / 3 a γ val x "Ἢ Ν ᾽ὔ ὃ 
23. ᾿Ηρωτων ἐκεῖνοι, εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά " Ob 
a ω 3 4 3 a 
ἔφασαν, καὶ δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν ἐθέλειν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν 
ὧδ , Ν / » ὦ 
διδόᾶσιν ot Maxpwves βαρβαρικὴν λόγχην τοῖς “Ελλησιν, 
? / 
ot δὲ “Ελληνες ἐκείνοις ᾿Ελληνικήν. 
x. 3 / / XN > Ν 

24. ἜἜνθα δὴ ἀπεκρίνατο Κλεάνωρ μὲν ὁ ᾿άρκας, tpe- 

/ XN vA /, Ἃ > 7 x a 
σβύτατος ὧν, ὅτε πρόσθεν ἂν. ἀποθανοιεν, ἢ, τὰ ὅπλα 

7 ᾽ 5) > > As 3. ᾧ , A Jeet 
mapadoincav. “Ar, οἶμαι, εἰ εδίδου, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἂν ἐδίδου, 
Ψ ἢν ὁ Ὅἴας \ | a. M5 an ae Ν » ¢ \ 
ὅπως ἐμοὶ δοὺς μεῖον, μὴ ἀποδοίη ὑμῖν τὸ πλεῖον. Ὃ δε 
Κλέαρχος. ἐβουλεύετο, Πρόξενον καλέσας (πλησιαίτατος 30 
yap ἦν), εἰ πέμποιέν τινας, ἢ πάντες ἴοιεν ἐπὶ TO στρατό- 
πεδον ἀρήξοντες. 





(L. 1.) 1. 4.12. @) 1.7.7.ὄ (4.) VIL 1. 36. (6.) ΥἹ. 6. 18. @) VI. δ. 21. @.) 
VIL 3.4. (11) IV.1.21. (4) IV.3.14 ΟΥΥΥ 4.1: V.63 G.)L97 
(22.) IV.8. 7. (26.) I. 1.10, @8.) VII. 6.16. (29) 1.10.5. 





GREEK LESSONS. 


XX. 


1. Kai a ἄλλοι δὲ ἐφέστασαν ἔξω τῶν δένδρων : οὐ γὰρ 
ἦν ἀσφαλὲς ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑ ἑστάναι πλεῖον ἢ τὸν ἕνα λό. 
xov. Καὶ νῦν δύο Ka τε κἀγαθὼ ἄνδρε τέθνατον, Kat 
οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι οὔτε θάψαι. αὐτὼ ἐδυνάμεθα. ᾿Ανδρες 

ὃ στρατιῶται, τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων, οἱ μὲν τεθνᾶσιν, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ 
ἐπὶ λόφου τινὸς πολιορκοῦνται. + 

4 ᾿Εδάκρῦε πολὺν χρόνον. ἑστώς Εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος 

ἀπελαύνει τοὺς περιεστῶτας τῶν στρατιωτῶν, καὶ. λέγον- 
, τᾶς, ὅτι δημοσία, ταῦτ᾽ εἴη. "Ἔλεγεν, Sti οἰοίτο τεθνεῶ- 
19 TAS πολλοὺς εὑρήσειν. 

9. Πολλὰς προφάσεις Κῦρος εὕρισκεν, ὡς καὶ σὺ εὖ 
οἶσθα. Κλέαρχε, καὶ Πρόξενε, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες 
“Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἔστε; ὅ τι ποιεῖτε. Ὦ ἄνδρες, οἱ πολέμιοι 
ἡμῶν οὐκ toast To τὴν ἡμετέραν συμμαχίαν. Σύνοιδα 

1 ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος, αὐτὸν. 

4, Ἴσθι μέντοι ἀνόητος ὧν, εἰ οἴει, τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀρετὴν 
Περιγενέσθαι ἂν τῆς βασιλέως δυνάμεως. Εὖ γὰρ ἴ ἰστε, 
ὅτε τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἑλοίμην ἂν, ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω πάντων καὶ 
ἄλλων πολλαπλασίων. ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε, εἰς οἷον ἔρ- 

2 χεσθε ἀγῶνα, ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς διδάξω. 

Ὁ. Παρῆν δὲ καὶ Σεύθης, βουλόμενος εἰδέναι τί πρα- 
χθήσεται. ᾿Ἐπεμελεῖτο, ὅ τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς " καὶ γὰρ 
moet αὐτὸν, ὅτι μέσον ἔχοι τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος. 
Οὐ yap ἤδεσαν αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα. Δεδιὼς, μὴ γένηται 

5 ταῦτα. 


6. Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἠπορεῖτο, Ott ποιήσοι" καὶ γαρ 
ἐτύγχανεν, ὡς τιμώμενος, ἐν τῷ πλησιαιτάτῳ δίφρῳ Σεύ εὖ- 
θη καθήμενος. ᾿Ενταῦθ᾽ ἐκτραπόμενοι ἐκάθηντο, καὶ οὐκ 
ἔφασαν πορεύεσθαι. 

7 / 

30 Κῦρος δὲ αὐτός τε ἀπέθανε, καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ ἄριστοι 

τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἔκειντο ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. ᾿Αλλὰ κατακείμεθα, 





(. 1.) 1V.7.9. @) IV.1.19. (4.0 ΥὙἹ. 8. 19. (7) 1.3.2: ΥἹ. 6. 6. (9.) VII. 4. 19. 
(11.) IL 3.21. (12.) 1. 6.16. (13.) ΥΠ.. 3. 35. (4) L 3. 10. (16.) I. 1. 13. (17) 
1.7.8. (21.) ΥἹΙ. 6. 8.1. (22.)1. 8. 231. (24.}}1, 10. 16: V. 6. 17. (26.) VII. 3. 29. 
(28.) IV. 5.15. @0.) 1. 8. 27. (31.) ΠΙ. 1. 14. 


nt ay 





_GREEK LESSONS. 4] 


ΓΙ 
Lic d ζ, a 


ὥσπερ ἐξὸν ἡ ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. Καὶ θαμιγὰ ARI ONE, O 
Ξενοφῶν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπικέοιντο. 
XXI. 

1, Καὶ ἕως δε μένομεν αὐτοῦ, σκεπτέον μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, 
ὅπως. ἀσφαλέστατα μένωμεν. Ἔκ τούτου Ξενοφῶντι ἐδό- 
κει διωκτέον εἶναι" καὶ ἐδίωκον. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόκει, 5 
πορευτέον εἶναι, ὅπη δύναιντο τάχιστα, πρὶν ἢ συλλεγῆ- 
var ὅν στράτευμα πᾶλιν. 

. Ἡμῖν δέ γε οἶμαι πάντα ποιητέα, ὡς μήποτ᾽ ἐπὶ 
τοῖς + Bap Bdge γενώμεθα, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον, ἢν δυνώμεθα, 
ἐκεῖνοι ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅπως τοι μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνῳ γενησό- 10 
μεθα, πάντα ποιητέον. “Ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα, ἃ γιγνώσκω " 
Ἔμπειρος γάρ εἶμι καὶ τῆς χώρας τῶν Παφλαγόνων, καὶ 
τῆς δυνάμεως. 


ΧΧΙΙ. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ σπονδαι τ᾽ ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπαιώνισαν, ἀνέστη- 
σαν πρῶτον μὲν Θρᾷκες, καὶ πρὸς αὐλὸν ὠρχήσαντο σὺν τὸ 
τοῖς ὅπλοις, καὶ ἥλλοντο ὑψηλά τε καὶ κούφως, καὶ ταῖς 
μαχαΐραις ἐχρῶντο" Τέλος: δὲ ὁ 0 ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον. παίει, 
ὡς πᾶσιν ἐδόκει πεπληγέναι τὸν ἄνδρα" ὃ δ᾽ ὄτεσε τέχνυ" 


7m whet 


κῶς πως. Καὶ ἀνέκραγον οἱ Παφλαγ ὄνες. Καὶ ὁ μὲν 
σκύλεῦσας τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ ἑτέρου, ἐξήει ἄδων τὸν Σιτάλκαν "30 
ἄχλοι δὲ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν τὸν ἕτερον ἐξέφερον ὡς τεθνηκότα. 
ἣν δὲ οὐδὲν πεπονθώς. Μετὰ τοῦτο Αἰνιᾶνες καὶ Μαγνη- 
τες ἀνέστησαν, οὶ ὠρχοῦντο τὴν καρπαίαν καλουμένην ἐν 
τοῖς ὅπλοις, ὋὉ δὲ τρόπος τῆς ὀρχήσεως ἦν ὅδε * ὁ μὲν 
πᾶραθέμενος τὰ ὅπλα σπείρει καὶ ξευγηλατεῖ,. πυκνὰ μέτα" 25 
στρεφόμενος ὡς φὀβούμενος ; λῃστῆς δὲ προσέρχεται, " ὁ δ᾽ 
ἐπειδὰν προἴΐδηται, ὦ ἁπαντᾷ ὡρπάσας τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ μάχεται 
πρὸ τοῦ ζεύγους " (καὶ οὗτοι ταῦτ᾽ μἐποίουν ἐν ῥυθμῷ πρὸς 
τὸν αὐλόν *) | καὶ τέλος ὁ λῃστῆς δήσας τὸν ἄνδρα᾽ καὶ τὸ 
» is 


ζεῦγος ἀπάγει" ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ὁ ζευγηλάτης τὸ τον λῃστήν; εἶτα 30 
παρὰ τοὺς βοῦς ξεύξάς, ὁ ὀπίσω τὼ χεῖρε δεδεμένον ἐλαύνει. 





CL. 1.) IV. 1.16. (3) I. 3. 11. 41 Il, 3.8 ©.) IV.5.1. (8) TL. 1.35. 0.) 01 
1.18 dl) V.6.6 4) VL15 
4 % 





GREEK LESSONS. 


XXITTI. 


3 4 ‘ > A - ee, ‘ “Ὁ “ 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ εἰσῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον τῶν τε Θρᾳκῶν or 
’ »" la \ e ~ 
KPATLOTOL των πᾶροντων, καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχᾶγοὶ 
μδ΄ τῇ , ee ae / A “Yah - 
τῶν Ελλήνων; καὶ εἰ τις πρεσβεία παρὴν πο Toews, 


τὸ δεῖπνον. μὲν ἦν καθημένοις κύκλῳ " ἔπειτα δὲ τρίπηδες 


ὁ εἰσηνέχθησαν πᾶσιν" οὗτοι δ᾽ ἦσαν κρεῶν μεστοὶ γενεμη- 
μένων, καὶ ἄρτοι Cupitas μεγάλοι προσπεπερονημένοι ἦσαν 
πρὸς TOUS κρέασι. Μάλιστα δ᾽ αἱ τρώπεζαι κατὰ τοὺς 
ξένους ἀεὶ ἐτίθεντο" νόμος γὰρ ἦν. Καὶ πρῶτος ᾿ τοῦτο 
ἐποίει Σ᾿ εύθης " ἀνελόμενος τοὺς ἑαυτῷ, παρακειμένους ap- 


10 TOUS, διέκλα κατὰ μικρὸν, καὶ διεῤῥίπτει, οἱ οἷς αὑτῷ ἐδόκει. ‘ 
καὶ Ta κρέα ὥσαυτως, ὅσον μονόν γεύσασθαι ἑ ἑαυτῷ κατα- ] 


3 


Nerv. Καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἐποίουν, κἄθ᾽ ovs αἱ 
τράπεξαι ἔκειντο. ᾿Αρκὰς δέ τις, “Αρύστας ὅ ὄνομα, φαγεῖν 
δεινὸς, τὸ μὲν διαῤῥιπτεῖν εἴα χαίρειν, λαβὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν 
6 χεῖρα’ ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον, καὶ κρέα θέμενος΄ ἐπὶ τὰ 
γόνατα, ἐδείπνει. Κέρᾶτα δὲ οἴνου περιέφερον, καὶ πάντες 
ἐδέχοντο" ὁ ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αρύστας, ἐ ἐπεὶ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν φέρων τὸ κέρας 
ὁ οἰνοχόος ἧκεν, εἶπεν, ἰδὼν τὸν Ξενοφῶντα οὐκέτι δει- 
πνοῦντα" “ ᾿Εκείνῳ," ἔφη, ςς δός - σχολάξει γὰρ ἤδη, ἐγὼ 
20 δὲ οὐδέπω." ᾿Ακούσας ὁ Σεύθης τὴν φωνὴν, ἠρώτα τὸν 
οἰνοχόον, τί λέγοι. ‘O δὲ οἰνοχόος εἶπεν" ἑλληνίζειν yap 


ἠπίστατο. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν δὴ γέλως ἐγένετο. 
ΧΧΤΥ. 


7 ‘ Ν Ν / e ral e ~ ΓΙ 
Πρῶτον μεν yap καὶ μέγιστον, οἱ θεῶν ἡμᾶς ὅρκοι κω- 
γ᾽ , 3 2 , Ψ Ν / Seed 4 
λύουσι πολεμίους εἶναι aAANAOLS* ὅστις δὲ τούτων σύνοι- 
¢ 7 Ἃ ~ _ a ΝΜ > = > 
ἐδ δὲν αὑτῷ παρημέληκως, τοῦτον ἐγὼ οὕποτ᾽ ἂν εὐδαιμονί- 
Ν ‘ = ; ? a0 y¥o> 9% , 
σαιμε. Τὸν γὰρ θεῶν πόλεμον οὐκ οἶδα our amo ποίου 
ἂν τἄχους τις φεύγων ἀποφύγοι, οὔτ᾽ εἰς ποῖον ἂν σκότος 
ἀποδραίη, οὔθ᾽ ὅπως. ἂν εἰς ἐχυρὸν χωρίον ἀποσταίη. 
Πάντη γὰρ πάντα τοῖς θεοῖς ὕποχα, καὶ πανταχῆ πάν- 
Ξ3οότων ἴσον οἱ θεοὶ κρατοῦσιν. 





(L. 1.) VI. 3.21. (@3.) IL. 5. 7. 








5. 


[a. Learn the Greek System of Orthography, and the English Method οἱ 
pronouncing Greek (unless one of the other methods is preferred). TT 1, 3; 
§§ 10-18, 24-26, 676-680, 688, 689. 

ὃ. Read Lesson I. in Greek. 

c. Learn the General Principles of Conjugation. §§ 164-170; ΤΊ 26, 
27. 

d. Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Active, in all the modes. 
7 29. 

e. In βουλεύω (1 34), what is the affix? What is then the root (ὃ 170. 
«)? What is the characteristic (i. 6. the last letter of the root)? Is the 
verb pure or impure (i. 6. does its root end with a vowel or a consonant) ? 

f. Inflect the Present Active of βουλεύω through all the modes, by adding 
to the root the affixes learned from 7 29. Write this inflection, comparing 
it with 1 34 (see 7 4. I. 3); and also repeat it vivd voce, carefully observing 
the pronunciation. Learn the corresponding English through all the mute, 
numbers, and persons (71 33, 4. IITI.). 


Remark. A similar method is recommended in learning all the para- 
digms ; viz. (1.) to ascertain the root, affixes, &c.; (2.) from these elements 
to construct the forms, both writing them, and also repeating them vivd voce 
till they become perfectly familiar ; and (3.) to learn at the same time the 
corresponding English.] 


1. [Page 13.] Line 1. Ἐπιβουλεύει, he ts plotting, or he plots. 
In parsing a verb compounded with a preposition, time may be saved 
by not repeating the preposition with each form; thus, ᾿Επιβουλεύει 
is a regular verb, from ἐπιβουλεύω, βουλεύσω, βεβούλευκα ; com- 
pounded of ἐπί and βουλεύω ; root βουλευ-, affir -e.; in the present 
indicative active; βουλεύω, βουλεύω, βουλεύοιμι, βούλευε, βουλεύειν, 
βουλεύων - Reidel, βουλεύεις, βουλεύει, βουλεύομεν, βουλεύετε, Bov- 
λεύουσι, βουλεύετον - in the third person singular, agreeing with a 
pronoun wunplied in the affix (§ 545). Ru.e xxix. A verb agrees with 
ats subject in number and person (J 64, § 543). —— ᾿Επιβουλεύουσιν, : 





44 NOTES ΟΝ 


δ 66.1. By, in the rule, simple «is to be understood. 2. Sup 
βουλεύω, Ξυμβουλεύετε, ὃ 54. 1. The preposition here found ir 
composition has two forms, the earlier ξύν, and the later σύν 
($70. v.). In the Vocabulary, its compounds are arranged under σ. 

3. καί, R. xxxv., ᾧ 654.— — Male, . . βάλλε, Strike! strike : 
throw ! throw ! 


2 L. 4. ov, R. XXXIII., } 646. 5. Mn θαυμάζετε, do not 
wonder. The use of μή shows that θαυμάζετε is in the imperative. 
The indicative you do not wonder would be expressed by οὐ θαυμάζετε 


(9 647). The following is the general rule in respect to the use of 


ov and μή in negative sentences: If the sentence expresses assertion 
(whether directly or indirectly, whether with or without condition), use 
ov ; otherwise, μή (as in expressions of wish, prohibition, condition, 
purpose, &c.). ‘The rule extends to οὐ and μή in composition with 
other words. Οὐκ, ᾧ 68. 2. Καίωμεν, let us burn, δ 597. B, 
598. 6. Μὴ μέλλωμεν, let us not delay. ἄρχειν, to rule, R. 
Xxx., § 620. ὁ. 7. Συλλαμβάνει, § 54. 3. Ei μὲν & Here 
μέν corresponds to δέ in a subsequent clause not quoted, 


ΠῚ, 


a. Learn the Principles and General Rules of Declension. δῷ 73 - 82. 

ὃ, Learmrthe Affixes®f the Second Declension. Ὁ 5. 

c. In λόγος, word, Gen. λόγου, what is the affix of the genitive? What is 
then the root (§ 79)? What is the characteristic? Decline λόγος, by adding 
to the root the masculine affixes of Dec.*II. Write the forms thus obtained, 
and compare them with those in 7 9 (see T 4. 1. 1), 

εἰ. Learn the paradigms d705, ὁδός, σῦκον, *rieovy, and μόριον (1 9); and 
illustrate from them the general rules in δῷ 80, 82.] 


I. L. 9. Κῦρον, R. χχι., ᾧ 493. Κῦρος, R. πι., ᾧ 342. 
11. ᾿Επιβουλεύει Κύρῳ, he plots against Cyrus, R. Xvil., $$ 401, 405. 
12. Ὦ Κῦρε, R. xxv., §§ 442, 443. a. 13. Λακεδαιμόνιοι, 
the Lacedemonians. For the omission of the article which properly 
belongs here, see § 485. a. 


2. L. 14. Πλοῖα, accusative. 15. σταθμούς, R. xxut., § 439, 
B. Πλοῖα yap οὐκ ἔχομεν, Jor we have [not] no vessels. 16. 
Ἥλιος, the sun, $$ 471. 4, 485. a. ἀνίσχει (ἀνα-ίσχει), § 41. 1. 
—— 17. θορύβου, a noise (ὃ 469. 2), R. xu., § 375. 18. ᾿Απαγ- 
γέλλετε ᾿Αριαίῳ, carry back word to Ariaus, § 402. 


ΣΕ, 


[Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Middle and Passive, in all the 
modes ; and the Present Middle and Passive of βουλεύω. TT 30, 35.) 


1. [P.14.] L. 9, ἄρχεσθαι, passive. 3. λέγετε, imperative. 
βούλει, § 210. 3. ὁ. ἈΝ 


3. L.8. θεῶν, R. χχχιν., ᾧ 648. See § 485. a. Σώζοισθέ τε 
ἀσφαλῶς, and may you arrive safely! § 597. 8, 600. 10. Οὐκ 

- ἀνθρώπους ; Are you not ashamed before either gods or men? οὔτε, 
ᾧ 664..β : θεούς, § 428 ; οὔτ᾽, $$ 30, 41. 











LESSONS I.-V. 


IV. 


[a. Learn the Affixes and the Special Rules of the First Declension. Ἵ 5; 
§§ 92, 93. : ΠῚ ᾿ 

ὃ. Learn the paradigms σαμίας, ναύτης, ᾿Αφτρείδης, σκιά, θύρα, γλῶσσα, and 
«μή (1 7); and illustrate from them the general rules in ὃ ὃ 80, 82, and also 
the special rules in §§ 92, 93. 

6. In parsing words of Dec. I., give the reason for the particular method 
of declining the singular. ] 


A. L. 14. Στυμφάλιος λοχᾶγός, R. 1., ὃ 331. 


2. L. 18. φέρει, it [the plain of Cilicia] bears or produces, — 
"Ex, § 68. 1. θαλάττης, ᾧ 70. 1. 


v. 


[a. The Declension of Adjectives. δῷ 128-131. αἱ 
ὃ, Learn the paradigms ἄδικος, φίλιος, and σοφός (TT 17, 18), noticing 
1 4. I. 2, and observing what general and special rules of declension are 


illustrated. } 


Z. L. 21. Πάροδος στενή, a narrow pass, R. xxvi., § 444. 
25. εἰς δισχιλίους ἀνθρώπους, to the number of 2,Q00 men. This sub 
stantive phrase (§ 658) is in the nominative, in apposition with the 
subject of ἐξέρχονται. 


[c. The declension and general use of the Article. Ὑ 24; §§ 147, 148, 
469 f.] 


2. [P.15.] L.1. οὗ R. xxvir., § 469. 2. Τετάρτῃ δ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ, 
and on the fourth day, R. xx., ὃ 420. For the omission of the 
article, see § 486. e. 3. Συγκλείουσι, ὺ 54. 2, 49. 1. 4 
σωτηρίας, R. νιι., § 357. φυγῇ, R. χιχ., δὲ 415, 418. 


3. 1,.6. Κύρου, R. χνι., §§ 382, 390. : Ai σπονδαὶ μενόν 
τῶν, let the truce remain, § 213. 3. 8. ἄγει οὕτως, thus [leads] 
directs. δρόμῳ, [by running] at full speed. ' 


4 1,. 10. 6K., δὲ 471. 6, 469. 1.——13. Μαρσύου, § 471. 5. 


ταῖς κώμαις ταῖς, § 472. I. » 


5. L. 15. ἑκάστης τῆς, §§ 470. N., 472. a. Tod καλῶς ἀπο- 
θνήσκειν, the dying honorably, δὲ 445, 470. 3, 622. 16. μέσου δὲ 
τοῦ, §§ 456, 472. a. 17. τὴν ἡμετέραν, ὃ 473. a. Οἱ .’. 
φίλοι, the friends of my brother, §§ 389, 472, 473. α. ----- 18. ἐκεί- 
νης τῆς, ᾧ 473. β. 19. διανοίας, R. 1v., §§ 346, 347. τῆσδε, 
§ 160, 4] 94. 


6. L. 91. τὸν νῦν, § 475. "Ev . . λόγῳ, in the preceding narra- 
tive. 22. ἀμφὶ τοὺς ὃ., § 480. 2. 23. τὸν ἀδελφόν, [the] his 
brother, ᾧ 482. 24. Λέγεται... διακινδυνεύειν, and it is said that 
the other Persians also expose themselves in war with their heads unpro- 
tected (by defensive armour ; the Persians commonly wearing tiaras or 
turbans instead of helmets, and ψιλός often signifying, not ahsolute- 








46 NOTES ON 


ly ‘uncovered, but not covered with armour). “Λέγεται, δῷ 546. β, γ: 
621. a; Πέρσας, R. χχχι., § 626; ψιλαῖς ταῖς; δὴ 472. a, 482; τῷ 
πολέμῳ, § 470. 2. 


¥. L. 27. Οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί, the [other] rest of the generals, 

- => ’ . ἢ = ς 9rQ 

§ 488. —— 28. πολέμιοι, § 447. a, ἃ. 30. ἄλλων, R. 1x., δὲ 358, 
362. ¢. ——‘‘O . . παίει, § 542. . 


S. [P.16.] L.1. Κίλισσαν, § 447. β. 2. ὑστεραίᾳ, δῇ 447. Β, 
490. 5. οἱ ἐκείνου [sc. ἄνδρες ΟΥ̓ στρατιῶται]. his men, § 447. a. 
Oi δὲ ἀμφὶ T., § 476. N. Oi ἀπό, δὲ 476, 469. 1.——6. 

ἐν δεξιᾷ [sc. χειρί], on the right [hand], 447. β. 


9. 1.8. Τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόφου [sc. πράγματα], the things over or beyond 
the hill, \§ 447. y, 477. Ta ἡμέτερα, our affairs. τὰ ἐπιτη- 
δεια, § 447. γ. 9, τὰ ἐκείνων [sc. χρήματα], their property. Τὰ 
περὶ ΤΙ... § 477. a. 10. ἔΑλλος ἄλλα, § 542. ὃ. Td ᾿Αρκαδικὸν 
ὁπλιτικόν [Sc. πλῆθος or στράτευμα], the Arcadian [heavy-armed force] 
infantry, ᾧ 447. y. 11. τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, δὲ 394, 475. Eis κα- 
Adv, [for good] opportunely, § 449. β. ἥκετε, ὃ 579. i Ἔ 
larpoi, physicians (the class, § 470. 1). —— 12. ex ἀγαθῷ, for the 
good of their patients. 13. “Here, come, imperative. 


10. *L. 14. Ὁ %: § 490. 15. τοὺς . . ἔχει, has the fruits of 
our toils. ὁ Πολυστράτου, §§ 332. 2, 385. γ. 


[d. Declension, composition, and use of αὐτός. T 24; §§ 149, 508 ἢ] 


An. L. 17. Τῇ - - ἡμέρᾳ, § 508. 1. ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ [SC. χωρίου], 
from the same place. 18. Αὐτὰ... ξύλα, § 509. 19. αὐτοῦ 
ἐκείνου, § 510. 1. αὐτοὶ καίουσιν, § 510, 1. 20. οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, 
those with him, §§ 510. a, 502. Su. . αὐτόν, § 472. a.— 
22. ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοι αὐτῷ, [that he was plotting] of plotting agaist 
him. The optative is used because διαβάλλει (falsely accuses) 15 
the historical present (§) 608, 567. a). 23. Αὐτὸς . . λαμβάνει, 
and he himself takes some of the colts, § 366. 25. καὶ φράζουσιν, 
ἃ λέγει, and tell, what he says. For the declension of the relative, 
see Ἵ 24, § 148. 2; for its complementary use here, ᾧ 535. 


Vi. 


[a. The Augment. §§ 187, 192. ve 
b. The Euphonic Affixes of the Imperfect, in each voice. TT 29, 30. 
c. The Imperfect of βουλεύω, in each voice. TT 34, 35.] 


1. L. 26. Ἔλεγε, he said, impf. of λέγω. In looking for words in 
the Vocabulary, allowance must be made for the augment, where it 
occurs. 27. Ἐκεῖνος, [that man] he, ᾧ 502. ἀπὸ ἵππου, [from 
a horse] on horseback. 28. ὅτι θαυμάζοιεν, that they wondered, 
ᾧ 608. [P. 17.] L.1. τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας, the [remaining jour- 
ney] rest of their journey. 3. αὐτῷ, ᾧ 406. ὑπὸ A., ᾧ 562. 

4. ᾿Εφαίνετο, § 549. 5. ὅτι ---- ἥκοιεν, that they had come, 
§§ 579. ¢, 608. ς 


2. Ι,. 8. στρατηγοῖς, ᾧ 406. 


LESSONS V.—VII. 47 


3. L. 13. Προέτρεχεν, impf. of προτρέχω, § 192. Προσέτρε- 
γον, § 337. a. 16. ἡμέρα, § 485. a. πρός, 652. γ. 


[d. Changes in the Root of the Verb. §§ 254-258, 265; 7 6]. 

e. Second Aorist Active and Middle. §§ 199. a, 215.1. 

Ff. Distinction in sense between the Aorist and the Definite Tenses (Pres. 
and Impf.). § 569f. See § 565.] 


4. L. 20. Δεξιὰν ἔλαβον, I took the right hand as a pledge. Ἔλα- 
Bov is the 2 aor. of λαμβάνω, being formed from the old root λαβ- in 
the same way as the impf. ἐλάμβανον from the new root λαμβαν 
(made from the old root by adding ay, and inserting ν, which becomes 
p before the labial 8, §§ 289, 290). ζώνης, ᾧ 369. a. 21. ἐπὶ 
θανάτῳ, for death (as a sign that he was condemned to death). 
ἐνέβαλεν, 2 aor. of ἐμβάλλω (roots Bad-, Badd-, ὃ 277). κατέλι- 
πον, they left alive, 2 aor. of καταλείπω (τ. λιπ-, λειπ-, FY 37, § 266). 

23. ἐγένετο, had taken place, 2 aor. of γίγνομαι (1. yev-, γιγν-» 
§ 286). See § 580. καί, also. 24, τῆς τελευτῆς, R. x, 
§§ 367, 368. τυχεῖν, 2 aor. of τυγχάνω (Tr. τυχ-, Tevy-, TVyxar-, 
§ 290), to have met with or come to. ᾿Αλλὰ... ἐτράπετο (2 aor. 
mid. of τρέπω, r. τραπ-, rpem-, § 259), but in flight one turned one way, 
and another another, § 542. 8. 25. ᾿Απέθανεν (2 aor. of ἀποθνή- 
oxo, Υ. θαν-, θνησκ-, § 281 8) ὑπὸ N., § 556. Διαλαμβάνουσ 
. + γενόμενον, they take each his share of the money [that had come from 
the prizes of war] obtained by the sale of their prizes, 


Vik 
(The Present and Imperfect of εἰμί, to be. Ἵ 55, § 230.] 


Ε. [P. 18] IL. 1. *Hv.. στενή, for the pass was narrow, 
Ἐμπόριον . . χωρίον, § 487. 3, 4. 


2. L.3. Οὕτω δὲ ἔχει, §§ 546, 555. Φίλος, σύμμαχος, in the 
predicate after εἶναι. 5. πότερα .. φίλος, whether he was a foe or - 
a friend. 7. τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν, 7 εἴη, he told the road, where it 
was, for he told where the road was, § 425, 4. 


3. L. 9. Ὑποψίαι μὲν ἦσαν, there were indeed suspicions. In 
translating into English, ‘there’ or ‘it’ is often to be supplied with 
the substantive verb. 10. ποταμοῦ, § 394. 11. ᾿Ανάγκη ἐστὶ 
μάχεσθαι, (there is a necessity to fight] ἐξ is necessary to fight. ἦν 
δείλη, it was evening. 14, ἦν --- σκότος, [there was darkness] it 
was dark, σκότος ἐγένετο, darkness came on, or it became dark. 

Οὐ .. χόρτος, for there was [not] no grass. 15. κώμας εἶναι 
καλάς, that there are beautiful villages, § 626. 


4. I. 17. Κύρῳ, § 408. βασίλεια, § 336. Τοῖς, § 408. 
—— 18. ᾿Απὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, § 449. β. 19. στρατιώταις, § 408. 
Ἦν dire πόλεμος, § 408. 


5. Li. 21. "Owe yap ἦν, § 546. "Owe is an adverb, modifying ἦν. 

"Owe ἐγίγνετο, tt was [becoming] growing late. 22. ἡλίου 

δυσμάς, sunset. —~23. édvero, was setting. —— πρὸς ἡμέραν, to- 
wards day. 





we 


7 SSR LT Ts, . aE ET eee ew 
—— any ope on — ι awe ms 


f 


ν΄ 


48 NOTES ON 


6 L. 24. Ἔστι, § 546. β. λαμβάνειν, λαβεῖν. In the first 


sentence, the action is viewed as going on, and hence the present 
tense is used; while the second denies the performance of the action at 
all, and hence employs the aorist. See δῷ 569, 570. 1. Ἔξεστι 
. » Ψεύδεσθαι, [it is permitted or pussible to falsify] one may falsify 
about him, ὃ 546, B. 


25. ἐπιτήδεια, as subst., object of ἔχειν. 


7. L. 27. Ὥρα δὲ βουλεύεσθαι [sc. ἐστίν], and it is time to con 
sider, In each of the sentences in paragraph 7, supply a substantive 
verb (§ 547). 28. Σχολὴ.. τοῖς πολεμίοις [sc. ἐστίν], the enemy 
have leisure, § 408. 


VIII. 


[α. The Personal Pronouns ἐγώ, σύ, and οὗ. Ἵ 23. A; ὃ 502f. 
RemMARK. In learning the paradigms, omit for the present the Homerie 
and other dialectic forms. } 


A. [P.19.] L.1. ὑμῖν, ᾧ 652. a. 2. οὔτε, ᾧ 664. B. 5 
ἐμοί, § 405. η. 6. ὑμῖν, R. xvir., δὲ 398, 399. ag .» 
νομίζετε, or think me no longer Cyrus, § 434. Why is μηκέτι used, 
rather than ovxerz? 


2. L. 10. ὑμῶν, § 357, Nn. 13. Ὁ... ἡμῖν, there is the same 
journey to you and to us. Μὴ . . ἐλθεῖν (2 aor. of ἔρχομαι), let 
us not wait for others to come to us. 


[δ. The Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns. Ἵ 23. B, C; §§ 144, 145, 
504 f.] 


Φ. L. 15. ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνήν, to [the tent of himself] his own 
tent, §§ 504, 505. 2. Ποίαν . . ἀναμένω ; and [for what age to 
come to myself do I wait?] what age do I wait for? 17. Ἔφυ- 
λάττοντο . . ἀλλήλους, both were on their guard against each other, as 
against enemies, § 428. Observe the force of the middle voice (watch- 
ed each other for their own safety, ὃ 558).—— 19. ἔγωγε, § 328. b. 


ΙΧ, 


[α. Comparison of Adjectives in -σερος, -rares. §§ 155-158. 

ὃ, Use of the Degrees. § 460 f. 

Remark. In parsing a comparative or superlative, give the special rule for 
its formation. ] 


Ε. L. 21. θαυμασιώτατε, § 465. - 22. Φοβερώτατον δ᾽ ἐρημία. 
δῷ 450, 485. β. Φεύγειν . . ἡμῖν, it is safer for them to flee, than 
for us, § 403. 25. ὅτι... πολεμίους, that they were suffering most 
unjust [things] treatment in being cast out among their enemies, § 632. 


[c. Comparison of Adjectives in -ἴων, -eres. § 159.] 


2. L. 27. ἀνθρώπων, § 362. ὃ. καὶ of ἄλλοι [sc. ὑμεῖς, τοσοῦ- 
τοι] ὅσοι ἦτε Κύρου φίλοι, and [the rest of you] ye others, as many as 
were friends of Cyrus, R. xxvut., δῷ 494, 521, 523. The second 
person ἦτε shows that ὑμεῖς is understood. gh "γὴν": 





LESSONS VII. —x. 49 


τὴν ταχίστην dddv, the quickest (or shortest) way, R. xxtv., § 440. 
— πλεῖστοι, most, sup. of πολύς. 


[d. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. §§ 160, 161.] 


SB tn fiw 5. εὐδαιμονεστάτοις, with those about him of the 
highest excellence and fortune, 5. τὰ ἔσχατα, [the uttermost things] 
the severest punishment. παθεῖν, 2 aor. of πάσχω (r. παθ-, πενθ-, 
πασχ-, ᾧ 281. ε). 6. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ καὶ μέγιστον, Jor [indeed 
the first and greatest thing] first and greatest, § 334. 8. ὍΣ τ 
κωλύουσι, [the oaths of the gods] our oaths by the gods forbid us. 
΄. ἀλλήλοις, § 405. ¢. —— Πλησιαίτατος, δῷ 161. 2, 156. γ. 


[e. Comparison of Adverbs. $§ 162, 163.] 


4. L. 9. ᾿Ανωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν, higher than the [breasts] breast, 
eae § 351. Πολὺ... θᾶττον (comp. of ταχέως, from TAXUS ; 
see § 159. 8), ek they ran much faster than the horses. 10. Eis 
- + Κώμας, nto the nearest villages, \ 475. 12. ἠμελημέ a 
ΤΩΣ ges, § ἡμελημένως par 


d Χ, 


[α. Ἐπρμοπί Ghanges of Vowels. ὃ 97 ἢ, 

ὃ, Contraction. ὃ 31 f. 

6. Contract Verbs in -¢w. §§ 33, 216. 

d. Write the uncontracted forms of the Present and Imperfect of rizdéw, to 


honor, according to TT 29, 30; contract these forms according to ὃ 33; and 
then compare 7 45. , 


REMARK. Observe a similar method in learning all the contract paradigms ; 
and, in parsing contract words, give the rule of contraction. | 


i. LL. 13. id’, for ὑπό, δ 41, 65. ‘Opa, § 31. Nn. 14. 
ὑμῶν ree § 352. γ' : σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, with the aid of the gods. 

- ἐβόα, impf. of Boda. 16. ἐπειρῶντο, impf. of ἴομαι. 
—— 19. εἶεν, opt. of εἰμί. Ε ἐδὼ oer 


[e. Contract Verbs in -ἔω (paradigm φιλέω). § 36; 7 46.] 


2. L. 22. pei, §§ 13. 2, 216. 8.— ‘Hac . . ισθόν, § 436 
—— 23. K. .. mdoia, § 436. — 


: Be L. 25. ἐῤῥίπτουν, impf. of ῥιπτέω, § 64. 1.— 26. Αὐτός 
εἰμι, ὃν ζητεῖς, 1 am the very one whom you seek. Ἐμοὶ... ὥρα 
(subject of δοκεῖ) εἶναι ἡμῖν (§ 409) καθεύδειν, to me, then, it seems to 
be no time for us to sleep. 27. ἡμῶν, § 376. ὃ. 29. Περσῶν 

- ἑπτά, [of the Persians the seven best of those about him] the seven 
best of his Persian courtiers. 


_ 4. [P.21.] L. 1. ᾿Απαγγέλλετε, imperative. ἔχης δεῖ, there 
is need of a battle, §§ 357. 8. 546. 2, ἐκτῶντο, ἐβέυαν of at Ae: 
— 3. ὑπαίθριοι, § 457. B. 4. Οὐ... φθονοῖεν, [not justly] 
with no good reason certarnly could they envy me, §§ 406, 604. a, 
Ἔνθα, here, i. 6. at his father’s court. 5. αἰδημονέστατος . . τῶν 
ἡλικιωτῶν, in the at place, the most modest of the boys of his own 








50 NOTES ΟΝ 


age. 6. rois . . πείθεσθαι, and to obey his elders even more 1m- 
plicitly than those who were inferior to himself in rank. 7. φιλιπ- 
πότατος, SC. ἐδόκει εἶναι. τοῖς (ᾧ 470. 1) ἵπποις (§ 419. 5) ἄριστα 
χρῆσθαι (κ᾽ 33. a), to manage horses the best. . 

[ f. Contract Verbs in -όω (paradigm δηλόω). §§ 36,37. 3; T 47.] 


. 
/ 


ὥ. L. 9. ᾿Αξιοῦμεν, we claim. κράτιστοι, sup. of ἀγαθός. 
ἀξιοῦνται. are thought worthy. 10. δηλοίη, in order that he might 
show, δὲ 205. 2, a, 601. y. ovs (ὃ 535) τιμᾷ, whom he honors, for 
ods τιμῳη, whom he honored, § 610. 


[g. Temporal Augment. §§ 187-189.] 


Ὁ. LL. 12. Tod δὲ λόγου (§ 350. rR.) ἤρχετο (é-dpy-ero, impf. of 
ἄρχομαι) ὧδε, and he began his speech thus. σθένει (ἐ-ασθένε-ε), 
impf. of ἀσθενέω. 13. ὑπώπτευε (ὑπο-ε-όπτευ-ε, impf. of ὑπο- 
πτεὐω) τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, was apprehending a termination of life. 

14. Κλεάρχῳ, § 406. ἠρώτα (€-epwra-e), impf. of ἐρωτάω. 

ἔχε § 610. 15. συνῆλθον, 2 aor. of συνέρχομαι. 16. 
ἦν, 546. 3 ᾿Απήγγελλε, impf. of ἀπαγγέλλω. 17. ἐπαινοίη, 
§ 205. 2. καὶ ---- καί, both — and. 


Μ 


7. 1,. 10. ἧκεν, impf. of ἥκω. An initial 7 in an augmented tense 
leaves it doubtful whether the verb begins with a, e, or ἡ ; and an ini- 
tial w, whether it begins with o or o. 20. ἧκεν; ᾧ 579. ¢. 
Xwpia — ὥκουν (impf. of οἰκέω, § 188. 2), inhabited strongholds. 

21. Εἴκαζον (ὃ 188. Nn.) δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως, but some conjectured in one 
way, and others in another, ὃ 542. 8. Oi μὲν ᾧχοντο (impf. of oi- 
χομαι), § 490. 1. 22. Ἑὑρίσκετο, δῷ 549, 544. πολλά, neut. 
pl. of πολύς (YJ 20). Some of the forms of this adj. in the sing. are 
of Dec. III., and may be omitted for the present. 23. ὥστε 

σφενδόνας, so that they used them for their slings, § 628. 24. 
“ον wero (ᾧ 188. 2) πιστόν of (dat., δὲ 507. 6, 403) . . εὗρε (2 aor. of 
εὑρίσκω) Κύρῳ φιλαίτερον (ᾧ 156. y), ἢ ἑαυτῷ, the man whom he sup- 
posed to be farthf{ul to himself, him he soon found to be more friendly to 
Cyrus than to him. 25. ἀφίκοντο, 2 aor. of ἀφικνέομαι. εἰς 
τὸ αὐτό [sc. χωρίον], to the same place, or together. 26. ἄσμενοι; 


ᾧ 457. y. εἶδον, 2 aor. of ὁράω (ᾧ 301. 4). 


8. L. 28. Οὐκ ἀνέῳγον (ᾧ 189. 2), they did not open. ——‘Edépa, 
mpf. of ὁράω, § 189. 2. 29. ἄλλος ἄλλον εἷλκεν ( 189. 3), 
ᾧ 542. Εἴα (ᾧ 189. 3) K., C. permitted. Συνήγαγεν, 2 aor. of 
συνάγω ᾧ 194. Nn. 30. αὑτοῦ, contracted from ἑαυτοῦ, Ἵ 93. B, 
§ 144. This must be carefully distinguished from αὐτοῦ, gen. of αὐτός 

"Odere (2 aor. of ὀφείλω). . ζῆν (§ 33. a), § 567. γ. 32. 
ὅπλα δ᾽ εἶχον (} 189. 3), and they had [as arms] for arms, § 332. 3. 


[ἡ. Compounds of αὐφός ; otros, τοσοῦτος, &e. ὃ 150. a, B; T 24.] 


9. [P. 22.] L. 1. Νόμος γὰρ ἦν οὗτός σφισιν (ᾧ 507. 6), for this 
was [to them a custom] their custom. 2. τήν, § 473. B. 3. 
τάφρου, ᾧ 394. 4. Τούτω ἀπεθανέτην (2 aor. οἵ ἀποθνήσκω), these 
two died. Τοῦτο ἔστω, let this be. 








LESSONS X., XI. 51 


10. L.6. τοιαῦτα (neut. pl. of τοιοῦτος), such things. 7. 
εἶπε, ἃ second aorist associated with φημί (YJ 53, ᾧ 301. 7). το- 
σοῦτον (ᾧ 97. N.), thus much (merely). -—— 8. ἔχετε, indicative. 
ταὐτά, by crasis for τὰ αὐτά (δ 30, 38, 39. 1), the same things. This 
must be carefully distinguished from ταῦτα, neut. pl. of οὗτος. 9. 
Οὗτος . . κελεύει, and this same person commands. 


[. Contract Nouns of Dec. I. (paradigms ‘Eputas, βοῤῥᾶς, μνάα) . §§ 94, 
96.a; 7. 

). Contract Nouns of Dec. II. (paradigms νόος, ναός, ὀστέον, ἀνώγεων). 
§§ 98,97.3; 19. 

k. Contract Adjectives of Dec. II. and I. (paradigms ἀγηράος, χρύσεος, 
dim A005). TM 17, 18.] 


81. L. 10. ἄνεμος βοῤῥᾶς (ᾧ 485. a) ἐναντίος (§ 457) ἔπνει, [the 
wind boreas] the north wind was blowing directly against them, or in 
their faces. λέγετε, indicative. 11. ὅταν βοῤῥᾶς πνέῃ (§ 216. 
8), [when the north wind may blow] whenever the north wind blows, 
ᾧ 606. ὡς . . εἰσιν, that [there are fine sailings] it is fine sail- 
ng. 12. αὐτῶν, ᾧ 350. Tapas, of Att. Dec. II. ; thus, (Ta- 
pads) Ταμώς, (Ταμαοῦ) Tayo, &c, ——13. ‘Os τάχιστα (ᾧ 162), as 
soon as, ᾧ 525. a. - 14. Ἣν (before the subj., § 603) of θεοὶ ἵλεῳ 
ὦσιν (subj. of εἰμί, § 603. B), tf the gods are propitious. 


ΧΙ. 


[α. Classification and Analysis of the Affixes of Conjugation. § 195f, 
7 31. 

6. Tense-Signs. § 198 f. 

ce. Affixes of the Future and Aorist, Active and Middle. 1 29,30. Cf. 
7 31. 


d. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of βουλεύω. TT 34, 35.] 


Ι. L. 15. πρὸς ταῦτα, with reference to [these things, § 451] this, 
or in view of this. ᾿Επειδὰν. ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, when we [may have 
come thither] have arrived there, § 606. 17. Σκύθαι, ᾧ 448. 
ἐτόξευσαν, 1 aor. of τοξεύω. 19. Κλέαρχον... σύμβουλον, but 
Clearchus he even called within as a counsellor, § 332. 3.——21. 
Ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι, I should most gladly hear. 


2. L. 22. Ἔπεμψε (ἔτπεμπ-σε, § 51), 1 aor. of πέμπω. ------- 94. 
"Ewovrat (€m-covrat), fut. mid. of ἕπομαι. ἥξω (ἥκ-σω, ᾧ 51), fut. 
of ἥκω. 25. θεούς, ᾧ 426. ὃ. 26. ἄξει (ἄγ-σει), fut. of ἄγω. 

πέντε ἡμερῶν, in five days, R. xiv., ᾧ 378. ὅθεν, § 521. β, 

27. ὄψονται, fut. of ὁράω (§ 301. 4). THY τήμερον ἡμέραν, 
[the to-day day] the present day, ᾧ 475. 28. λήψομαι, fut. of λαμ- 
βάνω (τ. λαβ-, AnB-, λαμβαν-, δὲ 266, 290. B). 


3. [P.23.] L.3. λέγετε, indicative. ποιήσω, ᾧ 218. —— 4. 
Μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα. §§ 597, 598. B, 1. 5. σοί, ᾧ 404. γ. 6. 
ἀπὸ . . ἐποίησεν, δῷ 494, 434. 8. ἐπεχείρησαν (ἐπι-ε-χείρε-σανῚ, 
1 aor. of ἐπιχειρέω. 9. ἀποτίσαιντο, ὧδ 597, 600. ὃ. 10. 


, 


᾿Ακούω, Δέξιππον λέγειν, I hear, that Dexippus says. οὐκ... ἐκέ- 
λευσα, §) 603. ὃ, 5932. β. 





52 NOTES ON 


4. L. 12. ἐγὼ... πείσομαι (πείθ-σομαι, § 55; fut. mid. of πείθω) 
I will comply with your custom. 14. ὁπότε γυμνάσαι (γυμνάδ-σαι, 
§ 273. ν. 2; 1 aor. οἵ γυμνάζω) βούλοιτο, whenever he wished to exer 
cise, ᾧ 606. 


ὥ. L. 15. ἔσται, Ff 55, ᾧ 230. ἃ. 16. καὶ γάρ (stronger thar 
simple γάρ), and this because, for, § 661. 2. 


Ὁ. L. 18. ᾿Εκποριοῦσι, for ἐκπορίσουσι (σ᾽ becoming ε, which 15 

then contracted with the vowel following, δῷ 200. B, 50, 36), fut. of 
ἐκπορίζω. Observe § 200, r. a, and the paradigm κομίζω (51 40). 
19. τῶν . . σπανιεῖ (Att. fut. of σπανίζω), ᾧ 357. B. 20. ὅπως .. 
ἀγωνιούμεθα, how [we shall contend as well as possible, § 525. a, n.] 
we may contend most successfully. 21. Ὑμᾶς, ὁπόταν γαλήνη ἢ 
[subj. of εἰμί, ᾧ 606), ἐμβιβῶ (Att. fut. of ἐμβιβάζω ; full form ἐμβι- 
βάσω, by dropping o ἐμβιβάὼ, by contraction ἐμβιβῶ, § 900. 2), 1 
shall put you on board when there is a calm. μαχεῖται, Att. fut. of 
μάχομαι, ᾧ 222. a. 22. ἡμερῶν, ᾧ 378. —’Hordtero αὐτὸν, ds 
ἀποπλευσούμενος (Dor. fut. of ἀποπλέω, ᾧ 200. 3) ἤδη, he was taking 
leave of him, as now [about to sail away] upon the point of setting 
sail, 


ἢ. L.23. ἔδωκε, irregular 1 aor. of δίδωμι, §§ 201. 3, 284, 
q 51. Οὐκ dpa ἔτι μαχεῖται, [he will not then fight more] then he 
will never fight. 25. ἀληθεύσῃς, § 603. B. 


XII. 


[α. Review. Vowels and their Euphonic Changes. J 3.1.; δ 24-48, 

ὃ. Affixes of the Third Declension. 7 5; § 100. 

6. In the genitive γυσός, what is the affix? What is then the root? 
What is the characteristic? To which class of nouns of Dec. III. does it 
then belong (ὃ 100)? As it is masculine, what affix is added to the root to 
form the nominative singular? What is added to form the dative plural ὃ 
What do yiwr-s and yor-ci become, by § 51? 

d. Mutes of Dec. III. — Labials and Palatals. 11. 1, 2; ᾧ 101. 

6. In the genitive «i345 (masc. and fem. ), what are the affix and root? 
What do the theme (nom. sing.) rai}-; and the dat. pl. παιδ-σί become, by 
ὃ 55? As the voe. sing. has no affix ({{ 4. v., 5), what would be its form 
without euphonic change? What does x27} become, by § 63. 1 ? 

7. The Linguals παῖς and ἄναξ. 411.3; § 102.] 


E. L. 28. Εἶχον, they had. 29. γυνή, ᾧ 101. γ. 90. ἔπει- 
σεν; 1 aor. of πείθω. [P. 24.) L.2. Ὅτε... νύκτες, and when 
these things [were] had taken place, it was almost midnight, § 456. 
How is the theme νύξ obtained from the root νυκτοῖ 

[σ. As χάρις, wos, is a barytone (i. e. has no accent on the last syllable, 
§ 725), how many forms of the accusative singular has it (ὃ 102. +)? What 
does the old acc. xégir-» become, by § 63. Ε΄ Decline χάρις ( 11).] 


2. L.4. Δαρείου καὶ 1ι., R. vr, § 355. How many forms has 
Παρύσατις in the acc. sing.t What are they? 5. πρεσβύτερος 
μὲν °A., [elder on the one hand] the elder A. 








LESSONS XI.—XIII. 53 


[h. In the genitive σώματος (neut.), what are the affix ané root? What 
would be the theme without euphonic change? What law of euphony for- 
bids this form? What does it then become (§§ 63. 1, 103)? 

2. Decline cama, φῶς, and ἧπαρ ( 11), explaining their euphonic changes ; 
and also the adjective εὔχαρις (Ἷ 17, § 130), which drops ¢ in the nom. 
neut. | 


3. L. 8. Ἔπλεον . . καλῷ, they sailed through a day and a night 
with a fair wind, δὲ 439, 415. 9. ἐπέλιπεν, 2 aor. of ἐπιλείπω. 
12. δόρατα, ᾧ 103. ν. Τὸ γὰρ ἐπίχαρι (ᾧ 449. a) οὐκ εἶχεν, 

for [the pleasing he had not] he had nothing pleasing in manner. 


4. L.14. of .. μὲν (δ 490. R.).. πραγμάτων (ᾧ 347), some with 
trouble, and others without. 16. εὐτύχησαν (ᾧ 193. 111.) . . εὐτύ- 
χημα, § 431. συνεβόων, from cvpBodw.— 17. συνελέγοντο, from 
συλλέγω. νυκτός, ᾧ 378. 


XIII. 
(a. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of Liquid Verbs. ὃ 56; ὅ 41.] 


1. L. 19. Σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον ἀπαγγελῶ; Shall I report peace or 
war ? ἔμεινε (ἔ-μεν-σε, § 56), 1 aor. of μένω. 23. Οὐκ... émXi- 
tas, they did not wait for the heavy-armed. 


[4. In the genitive λιμένος (masc.), what are the affix and root? What 
would be the theme without euphonic change? What does it become, by 
§§ 57. 8, 105.1? What is the dative plural (§ 57. 4)? 

c. Decline λιμήν, δαίμων, θήρ, and ῥήτωρ (Y 12), and also appny (F 17), ex- 
plaining their euphonic changes. ] 


2. L. 24: Καὶ... Θράκης, and they disembark [into] at the har 
bour of Calpe, [somehow at the middle] about the middle of Thrace. 
25. γέλωτι. What is the ace. sing. of this noun (§ 102. y)? 
—— 27, τοῦ μηνός, δὺ 378, 470. N. οἴσει, fut. of φέρω, ὃ 301. 6. 
29. Ὑμῶν . . δώσω (fut. of δίδωμι), and of you [the] Greeks, I 

will even give to each one a golden crown. 


3. [P. 25.] L.1. ἀπώλοντο, 2 aor. of ἀπόλλῦμι, ᾧ 295. —— 2. 
“Hyepova . . K., § 436. 5. χείρ (roots χειρ- and yep-, § 123. γ: 
Ἵ 19) ἡ δεξιά, ᾧ 486. γ. 6. τουτονί, ᾧ 150. y, J 94. 7. κέ- 
pos, § 104, 7 11. ——8. διέταξεν (δια-έ-ταγ-σεν), 1 aor. of διατάττω, 
δῇ 274. y, 70. 1. 


[d. The Syncopated Liquids πατήρ, ἀνήρ, and μήτηρ. | 12; §§ 106, 
64. 2.] 


4. L.10. ὑπῆρχε (from ὑπάρχω) τῷ K., § 403. —— ἄνδρες, § 443, 
B. 11. γείτων οἰκῶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι, I dwell a neighbour to Greece, 
§ 399. λέγεται *A. ἐκδεῖραι (1 aor. of ἐκδέρω) M., § 551. 12. 
Zn, § 33. a. 13. ὑπέσχετο, from ὑπισχνέομαι. 


[e. How are the themes ῥΐς (€ 12) and εἷς (4. 21) obtained from the roots 
puv- and ἕν- ὃ δῷ 58, 105. 

Ff. Decline fis, εἷς (which has a feminine from another root, ὃ 137. 8), and 
its compound οὐδείς ( 21). 

g- Decline σέσσαρες. 4 21; §§ 59. 8, 70. 1. 


ῳ 





54 NOTES ON 


h. Decline ris, which has also irregular forms in the gen. and dat. sing., 
and in the neut. pl.  24.B; §§ 105. 6,152. See §§ 517, 518.] 


ὅ. L. 16. τώ, § 133. y, δ. 18. πυρός, ᾧ 108. For a plur 
of Dec. IL, see § 124. β. 20. Οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν ἀνδρός, no one 
[missed] failed of hitting a man, § 347. 21. Μηδείς. Why is this 
used rather than οὐδείς "Hécxnoapev τοῦτον οὐδέν, we have 
[wronged this man nothing] done this man no wrong, § 435. 


(% The Interrogative ris, and the Relative Indefinite Seris. 24. B; 
δὲ 152. 2, 153, 519 £ 535 ἢ, 539. 


Ὁ. L. 23. ὅστις οὐ βούλεται, [who does not wish] that he does not 
wish, ᾧ 531. 24. Πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι (ᾧ 657. ν. 2), 6 τι (δ 16. 9)... 
ἀποκρινοῦνται, ᾧ 535. 27. ἄλλων, ᾧ 347. 28. τάδε, § 513. 1. 

Εἰπὲ (ᾧ 747. c) .. πορείας, § 536. 


2. 4L.29. Λέξατε . . ἔχετε, ᾧ 536. 32. συμβούλευσον . . 
χρόνον, [advise us whatever seems] give us that advice, which seems to 
you to be most appropriate and useful, and which will bring you honor 
im coming time. [P. 26.] 2. Ὅ τι δὲ ποιήσοι, but what he would 
do, ᾧ 608. Ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, to whomsoever these things seem best. 


[j. Declension of Comparatives in -wy (paradigm μείζων). § 107; 117.] 


8S. L.4. ἄλλο ὁρᾷ Bédriov, sees [another thing better] another 
course which is better. 5. πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι, ᾧ 140. 1. 7. Ka- 


ε 


ld - 
κίους . . ἡμᾶς, they are worse towards us. 


XIV. 

[a. Review. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. §§ 155-163, 
460 — 466. 

6. In the genitive λέοντος (masc.), what are the affix and root? What 
would be the theme without euphonic change? In λέοντ-ς, what becomes of 
+? What then becomes of σ (§§ 57,109)? What doesthe dat. pl. atove-cs 
become (§§ 55, 58)? Why does afove become aéesin the voc.? Decline 
λέων (J 13). 

6. Decline ὁδούς, γίγας, and Ξενοφῶν ( 18), explaining their euphonic 
changes. | 


Ε. L.8. πόδας, FY 11, § 112. a. 9. ἄρχοντα --- σύνδειπνον, 
434. 


{d. Feminine of Adjectives of Dec. III. andI. ὃ 132. 

e. Decline σᾶς (ἢ 19), explaining its euphonic changes. ] 

2. L.11. Πάντες οἱ, ᾧ 472. a. 12. ἑορτῆς, ᾧ 367. —— 14. 
οὐδὲ ἄλλο οὐδὲν δένδρον, [nor no other tree] nor yet any tree, δῷ 457. ε, 
664. a. Wr? « . χώρα, ᾧ 472. a. 


[f- Decline the Participles βουλεύων, λιπών, and ἄρας (4 22), explaining 
their euphonic changes. See ὃ 133. 1, ν. 

3. L. 15. λαβών, [having taken] taking, ᾧ 631. 1). dees. 
ἐστιν, that being a Greek, he is such a coward. 18. παρὼν ἐτύγχα- 
vev, ᾧ 633. 19. ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε, ᾧ 542. y.——21. ἅμα ἡλίῳ 





LESSONS XIII. — Xv. 55 


δύνοντι, [at the same time with the sun setting] at sunset, δῷ 399, 
485. a. 


4. L. 25. Κῦρος .. Μ., § 631. 27. Καὶ ὅς, ᾧ 491. R. 
δεῖται, entreats him. 28. λαγὼς ᾧχετο Onpacar, had gone to hunt 
hares, δὲ 579. ¢, 583. a, 635. ᾿Ἐξέπλει, from ἐκπλέω. 


ὅ. [P.27.] L.1. αὐτοῦ, ᾧ 379. a. yas ripe ᾿Ασίᾳ, in the 
Thrace which is in Asia, a part of Asia Minor, so called from its hav- 
ing been settled by Thracians. 4. ἀρξαμένη . . Ἡρακλείας (ᾧ 394), 
and this Thrace {is having begun from the mouth of the P. as far as 
H.] beginning at the mouth of the Pontus, extends as far as Heracléa. 
— 5. ἐπὶ . . εἰσπλέοντι, ᾧ 410. 


[g. Decline σιμάων and φανῶν (uncontracted φανέων, ὃ 56), applying the 
rules of contraction.  22.] 


6. 1,. 7. Νικῶν τυγχάνει, he happens [conquering] to be victor, 
§ 633. Ξενοφῶντι. § 652. β, 1. 9. τῶν... ἐστίν, § 390. 
11. ἐροῦντα (Ff 53, ᾧ 301. 7) . . χρήζοι, to say, that he wished to have 
an interview with him. 12. ὡς ἀποκτενῶν, ᾧ 583. a. — 


7 Τῷ 14. rov..’A., § 474. 15. Tov .. orparnyot, but 
[during the dgfore time] previously the generals did every thing [from 
the prevailing opinion] according to the vote of the majority, § 447. B. 


5. L.17. ὅ τι ἂν δέῃ [sc. πάσχειν], πείσομαι (fut. of πάσχω), I 


will suffer, whatever [it may be necessary to suffer] may be necessary. 
How is πείσομαι formed from the root πενθ- (§§ 58, 281.¢)? The fut. 
of πάσχω must be carefully distinguished from the fut. mid. of πείθω, 
which has the same form (Less. XI. 4). 18. σπείσασθαι (σπένδ- 
σασθαι), from σπένδω. Show how this form is obtained. 


) 
XV. 
[a. Decline the Pures éas, ἥρως, xis, οἷς, and ixéds (4 14), observing the 
contractions which occur. See §§ 34, 84, 114. 2, 115. 2.] 


4. L.19. τοῦ Συρίας ἄρξαντος, who had ruled over Syria, §§ 469. 1, 
636. 20. προτέρα (ᾧ 457. a) Κύρου (ὃ 351) πέντε ἡμέραις (ᾧ 419), 
[sooner than C, by five days] five days before Cyrus. 21. Ἔτυχε 
(from τυγχάνω) δὲ διὰ μέσου (ὃ 456) . . Σελινοῦς, and there happened to 
be flowing through the midst of the estate (Xenophon’s at Scillus) a river 
Selinus. Σελινοῦς is contracted from Σελινόεις, properly an adjective 
signifying abounding in parsley. See ᾧ 109. 2, and also ᾽Οποῦς ({ 13). 

24. ἐν ἀμφοτέροις, in both the rivers named Selinus. 


[. Special Law of Greek Declension. § 110 f 

c. Change of -s0¢ to -εως, &e. § 116. 

d. Decline iwaeds, πῆχυς, and Σωκράτης, showing how all their forms are 
obtained. WT 14; §§ 111. 1,113 -116.] 


2. L. 27. ὡς βασιλέα, §§ 662. a, 485. a. [P. 28.] L.1. 
Σφενδονητῶν, § 357. B. τὴν ταχίστην [sc. ὁδόν], [the quickest way] 
forthwith, § 440. 





56 NOTES ON 


3 L. 4. περὶ πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν, about the time of full market, the 
latter part of the forenoon. 5. Τισσαφέρνους. This noun is of 
both the first and the third declensions (§ 124. a). The usual forms 
are, N. Τισσαφέρνης, G. -νους, D. -vet, A. -ynv, V. -νη. 6. ἦν ὃ 
αὐτῶν ®. εἷς Ἕλλην, [but there was of them P. one Greek] but one of 
them was a Greek, Phalinus, The construction is here changed from 
apposition to the form of a distinct sentence. 7. ἐντίμως ἔχων 
(= ἔντίμος ὦν, § 555. a), [having himself in a condition of honor] ¢o 
be held in honor. 8. ἡγεμόνι, § 472. a. Ἡρακλεῖ, § 115. 8, 
J 14. 12. πρέσβεις, δὲ 111. 1, 136. a. 


[e. Decline πόλις, explaining its forms. 14; §§ 111.2, 113.1, 114. 2, 
115. 2, 116. a,3.] 


ΑΔ. %L.l4. πόλιν οἰκουμένην, an inhabited city, as some of the cit 
les upon the route of Cyrus were desert. 15. Μίδου, ᾧ 390. 
16. κεράσας, 1 aor. of κεράννῦμι, ᾧ 293, 


5S. L.18. ἀπέπεμπε... βασιλεῖ, sent to the king the tribute ac- 
cruing. 19. ὧν, for ds, § 526. 20. αὕτη, ὃ 473, ν, τοῦ 
ἀθροίζειν, §§ 395. a, 620, 622, 


Lf- Decline τεῖχος; and ἄσευ, explaining their forms. 114,86; §§ 113 
2,115. 1, 116. a.] 


6. L. 25. Τέλος, § 440. 


δ. L. 28. εὐ εὖρος, SC. ἦν. 90. ὄνομα, εὖρος, R. ΧχτΙ., ᾧ 437. 
δύο (§ 137. γ) πλέθρων, ᾧ 387. 91. ἀνὰ κράτος, [up to their 
strength] with all speed. Ἦν . . ἔτη, and he was, when he died, 
about fifty years old, ᾧ 480. 2. 33. ἐτῶν, § 387. ὡς, 662.5. | 
8S. [P.29.] 1,. 9. τούτω, ᾧ 499. Τούτων (§652.a) . . ἐμέμ- 
gero, and these no one either sneered at as cowardly in war, or blamed 
[them] in respect to friendship. 3. ἤστην, ὃ 230. y. 4. ἄμφω, 
J 21. 


9. L.5. βόες, 14. Explain its forms (§§ 34, 112. 4, 113. 3, 
114. 2 and 3). dpvides, ὃ 123. γ- 6. Ἔνι, ἃ formof ἐν (ὃ ὃ 648. 
8, 130), used even in the common language with an ellipsis of the sub 
stantive verb, ὃ ὃ 652. ε, 653. e. 


[g- Decline ἠχώ and αἰδώς, explaining their forms. 4 14; δῷ 112. 4, g, 
113. 8, 114. 2, 115. 1, @. 
h. Decline reiens and σαφής, explaining their forms. 77 14, 17; 
§§ 112. 3, 113. 1, 114. 2, 115. 1.] 
Ak. L113. ἐν τούτῳ [sc. τῷ χρόνῳ, ὃ 447. a], [in this time] 
meanwhile. 15. ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, [were out of sight] had disappeared, 
διώκει, ὃ 610. 16. κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς, down the steep, ᾧ 447. γ. 
17. “Emi δὲ τὸ κατεργάζεσθαι [56. ταῦτα, ὃ 523] ὧν (δ 376. €) ἐπι- 
θυμοίη (ὃ ὃ 205. 2, 606), to the [accomplishing what he might desire] 
accomplishment of his desires. 18. διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν, through [the 
ra falsely] perjury. 19. τὸ δ᾽ ἁπλοῦν . . εἶναι, ὃ ὃ 449. a, 


»--»-" 





LESSONS ΧΥ. -- XVII. 57 


[ὦ - Decline ἡδύς, explaining its forms. 19; §§ 112. 3,.113.1, 114. 9, 
115. 2, 132. 1.] 


£2. L. 22. τὸ μὲν στόμα ὥσπερ φρέᾶτος, the mouth [as the mouth 
of a well] like that of a well. ‘The part στόμα is in apposition with the 
whole οἰκίαι, ὃ 333.5. A more regular construction would have been 
τὸ μὲν στόμα ἔχουσαι, having the mouth. 29. ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ, ᾧ 658, 
26. πολλοῦ χρόνου, ὃ 378. τούτου, ὃ 351. οἴνῳ, ὃ 652.1. 
27. ἔπεμψε, ὃ 609.8. A change is here made to the words put 

by Cyrus into the mouth of the messenger. 28. ois, § 526. a. 


13. L.29. ᾿Αριθμὸς . . ὁδοῦ, and the amount of the whole way 
travelled by the Greeks in the expedition with Cyrus and in their re- 


turn. 33. τρεῖς, J] 21. 


bh ie 2 


[a. Remarks on the Declension of Pures. §§ 117-119. 
6. Irregular Nouns. § 122 ἢ 
6. The irregular Adjectives μέγας and πολύς. $20; §135.] 


Ε. [P. 30] L. 2. ἔμπλεων, acc. sing. from ἔμπλεως, των of 
Att. Dee. IT. 


2. L.8. πλέθρου, ὃ 387. πραέων, 4] 20, § 135. 9. ἀδικεῖν 
οὐκ εἴων (from eda), did not permit any one to injure them, ὃ 627. 3. 
οὐδὲ Tas περιστεράς, SC. ἀδικεῖν εἴων. 


3. L.12. col. . γενέσθαι, it is in your power, X., to become aman 
(a great man), δῷ 408, 627. a. 13. Ἔχεις . - τοσούτους, § 660.a. 
The omission of the conjunctions (asyndeton) increases greatly the vi- 
vacity of the expression. 15. ὀνήσαις, from ὀνίνημι, § 284. 


4. 1.16. πυρά, 124.8. 17. κύκλῳ, [in a circle, ᾧ 418] round. 

ὀρέων, uncontracted form, ᾧ 115. 2. ὕδωρ . . οὐρανοῦ, [there 

was much water from heaven] much rain fell. 18. Srparomedevo- 

μένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν, and [they being encamped] while they are encamped, 
R. xxx, ᾧ 638. 


ὅ. L. 20. σῶοι, § 135.—— 21. τοῖς . . χιόνος, a protection to the 
eyes from the snow, δὲ 347, 403. 22. μέλαν, Ἵ 19. Explain its 
forms (δ 105, 132. 2). 23. Ai, Jf 16. Γλοῦν, Ἵ 16, ὁ 126. 
2. 25. Μάσκα (also accented Macxa), §§ 126. 2, 562. 


6. 1.29. Κύρῳ παρῆσαν, [were present to C.] came to the aid of 

Cyrus, § 652. 1. 30. νῆες, from ναῦς, Ff 14, $$ 34. a, 114, 121.6. 

ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς ναύαρχος, as admiral over them. [P. 31.] L. 1. 

ναῦς ἑτέρας Κύρου, other ships belonging to Cyrus. 2. ἐπολιόρκει, 

— συνεπολέμει. The subject of these verbs is a pronoun referring to 
Tamos ; while αὐτόν refers to Tissaphernes. 


a VEE. 


[α. History of Greek Declension. §§ 83-91, 141, 143; ὅ 6. 
ὃ, Use of the Numbers and Cases. §§ 335-341. 





58 NOTES ON 


6. The Affixes of the Aorist and Future Passive. 30; δ 198, 199. 
See 7 31. 
d. The Aorist and Future Passive of βουλεύω.  35.] 


EZ. L. 10. τὴν τῶν M., 56. χώραν, δὺ 385, 447. 8. ——11. Τούτῳ 
. τι, δῇ 572, 431. a. 


2. L.16. Κατεπέμφθη (κατα-ε-πέμπ-θη), § 52. 1.—— 18. ἐλή- 
φθησαν (ἐ-λήβ-θησαν), from λαμβάνω. 


3. L. 20. ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου, assistants [of] τη every work. 
21. Κύρῳ ἐλέχθησαν (ἐ-λέγ-θησαν, § 52. 2) γενέσθαι, [were said to 

be to C.] Cyrus was said to have, § 408. πραχθήσεται (mpay- 
θήσεται), from πράττω, “ 38, § 273. ——23. ἐπὶ τεττάρων, § 137. ε. 


4. L. 28. Τούτοις ἥσθη (ἑ-ἠδ-θη, § 52. 3), § 406. τούτων, 
ᾧ 375. 29. ᾿Ηναγκάσθην (ἐ-αναγκάδ- θην), ὃ 273. N.2. αὐτοῖς, 


§ 404. ὃ. 


ὅ. L. 31. δεηθῆναι, § 222. 3. ἐπιδεῖξαι, aor. Of ἐκιδείκνῦμι. 

[P. 39.] L. 1. ἀποσπάσαι, § 219. 2. μὴ κυκλωθείη (δ 218); 

§§ 601. γ, 602. 2. 3. ὅτι αὐτῷ μέλοι, δὺ 407. 1, 546. 4. ὅπως 

καλῶς ἔχοι, that [it should have itself well] all should be well, δῷ 546, 
555, 601. y. κατεκαύθη, ‘from κατακαίω, ᾧ 267. 3. 


6. L. 5. Δείσαντες, J 58. 2, § 989. ἀποκλεισθείησαν, ᾧ 221, 
ν 6. Avapyno Onre, aor. pass. of ἀναμιμνήσκω, δῷ 221. a, 285. 
ἐν ποίοις τισὶ πράγμασιν, in what kind of circumstances, ᾧ 517. 
7. Τότε δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσθη (from γιγνώσκω), [then now also] then it was 
at once perceived, 


2. L.9. ἠχθέσθη, ὃ 222. a. 10. ἐκβληθεΐη, § 223. 
11. ἀνήχθησαν (ἀνα-ε-άγ- θησαν), from ἀνάγω. ἀποτμηθέντες (from 
ἀποτέμνω, § 277. B) τὰς κεφαλάς, ᾧ 437. 


5. L.13. παραδοθήσεται, from παραδίδωμι. Kal . . συστα- 
θησόμενος (from συνίστημι), and also, when he was setting forth from 
Ephesus io be presented to Cyrus. 15. ἑαυτῷ (δὺ 410, 504) δεξιόν 
(ᾧ 457. 8), [on the right to himself] on his right. 


9. L. 16. ἐφάνησαν, Ἵ 42, δῇ 199. πι., 255. β. 18. τὴν λοι- 
mv πορείαν (ᾧ 431. a) . . χρὴ (ᾧ 284. 4) πορευθῆναι, whether [it is 
proper to travel] they should pursue the rest of their way. 20. ὅπως, 
how. 21. ταφείησαν, from θάπτω, δὲ 272. a, 263. 


10. 1.23. παρεκλήθησαν, from παρακαλέω, § 261. 26. Οὐ 
πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον, and [not later by much] not much after, or soon 
after. ἀπὸ . . σημείου, [from] at the same signal. οἵ τ᾽ ἔνδον, 
ᾧ 476. 27. κατεκόπησαν, from κατακόπτω, § 972. α. 


XVITT. 


[α. Review. Declension. δὲ 72-154; JY 5-24. 
6. The Reduplication. §§ 190, 191. 
5. The Affixes of the Perfect and Pluperfect, in each voice. 44 29, 30. 


LESSONS XVII., XVIII. 59 


d. The Perfect and Pluperfect of βουλεύω, in each voice. Φΐ 34, 35. 
e. Remarks upon the Complete Tenses. §§ 233 f, 577 f.] 


Ε. L. 28. τοιαῦτα, ὃ 432. β. πεποίηκε, perf. of ποιέω, ᾧ 948. 
In looking for words in the vocabulary, allowance must be made for 
the reduplication, wherever it occurs. 29. avarebappnxaow (ava- 
θε-θαῤῥέ-κασι-ν), § 62. 30. ἐπιωρκήκᾶσι (ἐπι-ο-ορκέ-κασι), § 191.4. 
— 3l. ἑώρακα, δὲ 189. 2, 190. οἶμαι (ὃ 222. 3) δὲσκαὶ of ἄλλοι 
πάντες [SC. ἄσμενοί σε ἑωράκᾶσιν), and, I think, all the others also. 

[P. 33.} L. 1. Κῦρος . . εἴρηκα (δὲ 191. 1, 301. 7), § 522. 2. Ἡ 

. ἀπολώλεκεν (δῷ 191. 2, 295), ᾧ 567. B. 


2. L. ἃ: ἐν τον, ὁ ἈΒῚ Ἵ 37, δὲ 199. 11., 236. 1. ——5. νικᾷν 
ἡγεῖται, [thinks that he conquers] considers himself victor. ἀπέκτο- 
νεν, from ἀποκτείνω. 6. ἕστηκε, stands, δὲ 191. 4, 233. 
γράμματα ἔχουσα, [having letters] bearing an inscription. 7. “EA- 
Anvides, § 134. 8. Προηγεῖσθε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους [sc. ὁδόν, 
ᾧ 4931. a] lead forward [the way against] directly against the enemy. 

9. ὡς μὴ ἑστήκωμεν (ὃ 234. a), ἐπεὶ ὥφθημεν (§ 301.4) . . πολεμίους, 
so that we may not be standing still (as if afraid), [since] now thgt we 
have been seen, and have seen the enemy. 


3B. L. 14. διεληλυθέναι, perf. of διέρχομαι, δῇ 301.3, 191. 2. 
ἐνέτυχον ἤδη, they already [happened upon] fell in with. 


[ἡ Decline εἰδώς, explaining its forms. 44 22. 7, 58.1; δ 103, 
112.@, 132. 1, «, 301. 4. N. 2.] 


4 1,. 15. τεθνηκότα, dead, from θνήσκω, § 281. 16. οὐδ᾽... 
ἔλεγεν, nor did any one [knowing] from knowledge say how he died. 
19. πεποιηκὼς ein, δὲ 234, 611. 2. 21. ἤἥσθετο... ἦν, Ὁ 614. 
α. 22. Πάντες δὲ ᾧοντο ἀπολωλέναι (from ἀπόλλῦμι), ὡς ἑαλωκυί- 
as (from ἁλίσκομαι, δῷ 301. 1, 198. 9) τῆς πόλεως, and they all thought 
they were lost, [as they would be, the city having been taken] as though 
the city had been taken by an enemy, or inasmuch as (in their opinion) 
the city was taken, ᾧ 640. 23. eixds [sc. ἐστι], ἐξ is probable. 


3. L. 25. Εἰλήφεσαν (λε-λήβ-κεσαν), §§ 61, 191. 1. 26. εἰ- 
στήκει (ἑ-ε-στά-κει), a second form of the plup. of ἵστημι, in which the 
augment is prefixed to the reduplication, δ 189. 3, 233. 27. τε- 
τελευτήκει, ᾧ 194. 1. φάρμακον πιὼν (from πίνω, ᾧ 978), πυρέτ- 
των, [having drank ἃ drug, being in a fever] through the effect of med- 
icine taken for a fever. 28. τὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνου, § 477. a. 29. ἡλώ- 
ket, from ἁλίσκομαι. 30. εἰώθει, δῷ 236. c, 297. 91. Χιτωνί- 
σκους δὲ ἐνεδεδύκεσαν (from ἐνδύνω, § 978. γ) ὑπὲρ γονάτων (ᾧ 103. ν.), 
and they [had put on] wore small tunics [above their knees] not reach- 
ing below the knee. 


[φ. Formation-of the Tenses. 4 28 (see 4.u.). Apply this table in 
parsing verbs, until it becomes perfectly familiar. | 


Ὁ. L. 32. dvd’ (for πάντα, § 65) ἡμῖν πεποίηται, § 417. 
[P. 34.] L. 1. οὐδὲ. . μέμνησαι (§ 233), not even [seeing know] 
understand what you see, nor [hearing remember] remember what you 
hear. 2. Ὅπως . . ἄνδρες, § 602. 3. ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευθερίας 





60 NOTES ON 


(R. xin, § 374.8), ἧς (ὃ 526) Κέκτησθε (ὃ 234.8), worthy of the free- 
dom which you [have acquired] enjoy. 5. οὐ... τυχεῖν, for it is not 
possible to attain this in any other way. 


7. L.7. ‘Opodoyeis . . γεγενῆσθαι (from γίγνομαι), § 627. a 
10. διὰ τὸ διεσπάρθαι (δια-ε-σπάρ-σθαι, ᾧ 60; from διασπείρω, 
δῷ 959. a, 268) αὐτῷ (ὃ 412) τὸ στράτευμα, on account of [the army 


having been dispersed for him] the dispersion of his army. 


8. L. 11. Παρυσάτιδος, ὃ 390. 12. εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι (from 
δίδωμι), having been given for the girdle, i. 6. in accordance with a 
Persian custom, their income was appropriated to supplying the queen- 
mother with girdles. 14. τεταγμένος, from τάττω. 16. K, 
πεπτωκότα (from πίπτω, δῷ 286, 236. a), that C. had fallen, § 633. 

ἔφυγεν, from φεύγω, § 270. 9. 17. ἐζευγμένην (from ζεύ- 
γνῦμι, § 294) πλοίοις (ὃ 416.1) .. ἑπτά, [connected by 37 boats] 
composed of thirty-seven boats connected together. 


[A. Connecting Vowels and Flexible Endings of Conjugation. §§ 202 - 
2155 731. 

t. Analyze the Affixes which have been learned in TT 29, 30, distinguish- 
ing in each the Tense-Sign, Connecting Vowel, and Flexible Ending (so far as 
they exist). Write the Affixes as analyzed, separating the elements by hy- 
phens, and verify the work by comparing 7 31. 

7. Analyze the Forms of Verbs which occur in reading, distinguishing the 
following elements, where they exist :— 1. the Preposition with which the 
Verb is compounded ; 2. the Augment; 3. the Reduplication ; 4. the Root, 
distinguishing all the additions made to the original root; 5. Letters 
inserted between the root and affix; 6. the Tense-Sign; 7. the Connecting 
Vowel; 8. the Flexible Ending; and 9. » paragogic. In Participles, the 
Flexible Ending of Conjugation may still further be resolved into (a) the Ad- 
dition to form the Root of Declension ; (5) the Connecting Vowel of Declen- 
sion ; and (6) the Flexible Ending of Declension (§ 133. 1.4.). Continue this 
analysis until it becomes perfectly familiar. | 


9. L.19. ἀμφότερα (§ 472. a) τὰ Sra (F 11, § 33. y) rerpumnpe- 
νον (τε-τρυπα-μέν-ο-ν), [bored as to both his ears} having both his ears 
bored, § 437. 20. ἔδειξε (ἔ-δεικ-σ-α-τ, δῷ 203. 8, 211), from δεί- 
κνῦμι. συντετριμμένους (συν-τε-τριβ-μέν-ο-νς, §§ 34, 53), from 
συντρίβω. 22. κατειλημμένῳ (κατα-ει-ληβ-μέν-ο-ι), from καταλαμ- 
βάνω. 23. διεζεῦχθαι (δια-ε-ζεῦγ-σθαι, δὲ 60, 52), from διαζεύ- 
γνῦμι. 

10. L. 25. ἤχθησαν (ἐ-άγ-θε-σαν, ᾧ 109), from ἄγω. 

20. ἤσθηνται (ἀ-αίσθ-η-νται, § 222. 1), from αἰσθάνομαι. ὄντος 
Ἑλληνικοῦ, [being Greek] composed of Greeks. 


A. L. 32. προβάτων ἕνεκα, R. χι., §§ 372. y, 674. 3. 
ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἦσαν (δῷ 53, 213. 2), perf. mid., had expressed their 
opinion, ᾧ 558. [P.35.] L. 1. ἐκέκλειντο (ἐ-κέ-κλει-ντο), were 
kept closed, ᾧ 577. 


£2, L.3. διέπλευσαν (δια-έ-πλε F-g-a-vr), § 220.—— 5. τοῦ... 
γεγραφότος, who painted the Dreams in the Lyceum. —~— 6. ἐσέσωστο 
ἐ-σέ-σω-σ-το, § 221. a), from cal, § 282. 





LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 61 


€ 


1S. L.8. ἅμα ταῦτα ποιούντων (ποιε-ό-ντ-ωνῚὴ ἡμῶν, [at the same 
time, we doing these things, ᾧ 638] as soon as we do this, § 616. a. 
9. ἀφεστήξει (from ἀφίστημι, § 239) . . λελείψεται (λε-λείπ-σ- 
e-rat), ᾧ 582. Ei γάρ twa ἀλλήλοις μάχην συνάψετε, νομίζετε, 
for of you [shall join any battle] engage in any battle with each other, 
consider, 11. κατακεκόψεσθαι, § 582. 


XIX, 


[α. Review. Consonants and their Euphonic Changes. 1 8. π., §§ 49 
bi 7 i 

6. The Nude Affixes of the Present and Imperfect, in each voice. TT 29, 
30. 

c. Verbsin-us. ὃ 224f.] 


I. L.12. ἵστανται (στα-νται), FY 48, §§ 283. c, 284. —— 13 
ἐπίστασθε, indicative. 14. φέρει, [carries] blows. 16. φημί 
(ha-pi, §§ 209, 224. 1, 284. R.), 41 53, § 301. 7. 17. αὐτός, ὃ 627. a. 

“Apa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, and [at the same time with the day] at day- 
break, § 399. 18. συνελθόντες, from συνέρχομαι. 19. οὔτε 
ἄλλον πέμποι (ὃ 608) σημανοῦντα (§ 583. α), ὅ τι χρὴ (ᾧ 284. 4) ποιεῖν, 
neither sent another to signify what they must do. 


2. L. 21. στρατιωτῶν --- τις, § 362. Ἢ, 22, ἵησι (ἴ-ε-σι, 
Ἵ 54, §§ 211, 224. 1, 229, 984) τῇ ἀξίνῃ (δ 416. 1), Lets fly with his 
are, throws his axe at C. 23. σωφρονῆτε, § 603. β. τοῦτον 
(ᾧ 435) τἀναντία (τὰ ἐναντία, ᾧ 39. nN. 1) .. ποιοῦσι (§ 546), [you will 
do to him the things contrary than they do to dogs] you will treat him 
in a manner the reverse of that in which they treat dogs. 24. τὰς μὲν 
ἡμέρας (ὃ 439) διδέαᾶσι (δί-δε-νσι, δῷ 58, 284; cf. τιθέᾶσι, 450), they 
tie up [through the days] by day. ἀφιᾶσι (drro-i-e-vor, § 229, ὁ). 


3. 1.27. Δίδωσι (δί-δο-σι), 41 51, ᾧ 284. —— 28. παραδιδόᾶσιν 
(παρα-δί-δο-νσι-ν), § 58. 


4. L. 23. συμμιγνύᾶσιν (συν-μίγ-νυ-νσι-ν), § 294; cf. δεικνύᾶσι, 

4“ 52. 30. ἀποκτιννύασι, § 295. 31. δεικνύουσι, § 225: Rp. 

Τοῦτο .. τις, § 638. [P. 36.] L. 9. τὸν θέον, the god, 
who was supposed to have caused the sneezing as an omen of good. 


5. L.3. ἐπίᾶσιν (ἐπί-ι-νσι-ν, ᾧ 58. a), they will advance, “J 56, 
§§ 224, 231. 4. ἄπιμεν (ἀπό-ι-μεν) . . ἐπικρατείας, we shall depart 
hence out of the power of these men. 5. εἴσεισι, ὃ 224. 1. 


[d. Formation of Words. §§ 302-316; Ἵ 62. A, B.] 


6G. L.6. ψιλὴν .. κεφαλήν, § 472. a. εἰς τὴν μάχην καθίστα- 
τος stationed geet for ὡς battle 8. ὡς ἄξει esha as fast 
as they could, § 525. a. Ἔκ τούτου, [from] upon this. ἐσταλ- 
μένος (from στέλλω, § 277. α) . . κάλλιστα, arrayed for war as hand- 
somely as [he could array himself] was in his power. 10. ἔφη 
(€-pa-r, §§ 211, 294, 1), said he, @ 53. τί (ᾧ 432. 3) ἀντιτετά- 
χαται (avri-ré-ray-vrat, § 213. 2, R.), why they are drawn up against 
us. 11, ἔφησθα, ᾧ 182. τι. 12. ἐπήρετο (émt-e-ép-e-ro), § 298, 

6 








62 NOTES ON 


13. ὁ δ᾽ ἔφη [se. ἀληθῆ ταῦτ᾽ εἶναι], and he smd [that they were 
true] ves, ᾧ 624. β. οὐκ ἔφη, § 616. ὁ. 


[e. Formation of Words (continued). §§ 317-328; 62,63. Ap- 
ply the rules of derivation and composition in explaining the forms and signi- 
fication of words until they become perfectly familiar. In this way, the labor 
of learning the language will be greatly diminished.] 


7 L.14. ἐπετίθεντο (ἐπι-ε-θί-θε:ντο, ᾧ 62), FJ 560, ᾧ 284. 
τοῖς καταβαίνουσι (xata-Ba-iv-o-vr-o1, § 278), those who were descend- 
ing, δὺ 636, 215. 2. 15. δεδοικότες, Ἵ 58, δὲ 282, 236. a. 
16. ἵεντο, ὥσπερ ἂν δράμοι (301.5) περὶ viens, they [threw themselves’ 
rushed forward, as one would run for [victory] @ prize (as one would 
run if he were running for a prize, ᾧ 604. 8). 18. λαμβάνειν, [tc 
take] permission to take. ἐδίδου, ᾧ 225. 19. ἐδίδοτο λέγειν 
(δῷ 546. β, 620. a) τῷ βουλομένῳ (ᾧ 636), [it was given to speak] per 
mission to speak was given to any one who wished. 


8. L. 20. ἐπεδείκνυσαν (ἐπι-ε-δείκ-νυ-σαν), Ἵ 52, § 294. 
x . . " . , 4 
22. νόμῳ τινὶ ἄδοντες, SIN σὲ, [with] a certain tune. 23. ἐπήγνυ 
ε . ΠΟ, -ὐ " . ; ~ 
το, § 294, 24. ἀπήει, ἥτε, Ἵ 56, § 231. ὃ, 237. 


9 L. 26. Of δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο (€-dpy-o-a-vro) θεῖν, οὐκέτι 
ἔστησαν (ἔ-στα-σαν, §§ 274. 2, 257. β), and the enemy, when they (the 
Grecian targeteers) began to run to the assault, no longer [stood] hela 
their ground. 27. ἅμα . . ἀνέστη, § 616. 3. 28. ἀνέβη, δῷ 227, 
278, J 57. 30. πολλῶν καὶ (ᾧ 655. 6) ἀγαθῶν γεμούσας, [full of 


many and good things] abundantly supplied with excellent provisions. 
ν “ὦ ᾷ ᾿ ~ | , . Ξ 
91. ἰατροὺς κατέστησαν (1 aor., § 257. β) ὀκτώ, they appointea 
. , ‘ed , Ξ 
eight surgeons. 32. τετρωμένοι, from τιτρώσκω, § 285. 


[Δ Review. Greek Characters. 17 1,3; §$ 10-23.] 


10. [P. 37] L.1. ἔθεντο ( 50) ra ὅπλα, [put their arms] stood 
in arms (a military phrase). 3. παρέδοσαν, § 224, 2. E. 
4. ἔγνωσαν, Ff -57, § 285. Why must this 2 aor. have the nude form? 
5. ἥλωσαν --- ἑάλω, §§ 301. 1, 189. 2. 7. evedv, Ff 57, 
§ 278. 


At. L. 10. ἐπιστάσθωσαν, ὅτι οὔτε ἀποδεδράκᾶσιν (ᾧ 285), οἶδα 
(4 58, § 301. 4) yip ὅπη οἴχονται (ᾧ 579. ζ)" οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγᾶσιν, let 
them know that they have neither escaped by concealment, for I know 
whither they have gone; nor have they fled beyond my reach. 

12. ὥστε ἑλεῖν (ὃ 301. 1), ᾧ 628. 


[g- Review. Quantity. §§ 678 -- 693.] 


£2. L. 14. σέσωσται, § 549. a. 15. διαθέμενοι διάδοτε, hav- 
ing disposed of them by sale, make distribution of the proceeds. 
16. Ἴθι (FY 56, § 210. 2) δὴ, ἀναμνήσθητι (ἀνα-μνά-σ-θε-θι, δὲ 62. 3, 
221. a), . . καταστρεψάμενος ἔχεις (ὃ 637), come now (or well then), 
call to mind, how great an object you then deemed it to obtain what [now 
having subdued you hold] you have now conquered and possess. 
18. ἄπιτε, imperative, “ 56. 19. κελεύσω. In what mode and 
tense is this (ὁ 606) ? πάρεστε (παρά-ε-σ-τε, § 230. 8B), imperative 

ἰόντων, ὃ 208. 2. 


LESSON XIX. 


* 


[h. Accent. §§ 722-733. 

t. What words in paragraph 12 are accented as far back as possible ὃ 

Jj. In reading paragraphs 13 and 14, observe the illustrations which occur 
of the rules of accent already learned. ] 


13. 1.23. τελευτῶν ἐχαλέπαινεν, [closing] at last he becume 
angry, § 632. oi . οὐ yap [sc. ἔφασαν, ὃ 661. β] ἂν δύνασθαι πο- 
ρευθῆναι, and they bade him slay them; for they said that they were not 
able to proceed. 26. βαρβαρικῷ [sc. στρατεύματι], § 447. γ. 


4. 1.29. ἀγαγεῖν (from ayo), § 194. 3, N. 30. Ti .. 
ἐπιθεῖναι (δ 224. 2. ΕἾ αὐτῷ, he said that he wished to inflict upon him 
the punishment due. 31. τοὺς φεύγοντας προέσθαι (YJ 54), to be- 
tray [those fleeing] the exiles. 


[ἀ. Accent (continued). §§ 734-750. 
1. Explain the accentuation of all words which occur (so far as determined 
by general or special rules), until the subject becomes perfectly familiar. } 


15. [P. 38.] L. 1. δοῦναι, ὃ 224. 2. Ε. Ὥστε... παιδείαν, 
so that it is time for you also to exhibit your training. 2. κήρυξ 
ἰέναι (§§ 208. 2, 746. a), to go as herald. 3. ἀπεκτονώς, § 747, a. 

Αὐτὸς .. ἰέναι, but he said that he should not himself go, §§ 510. 
1, 616. ὁ. 


16. L.4. Διελέγοντο . . ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, they both talked to themselves, 
and laughed at (or by) themselves. 5. ἐφιστάμενοι, ὅπου τύχοιεν, 
stopping wherever they happened to be. 6. ᾧχοντο ἀπελαύνον- 
res, ᾧ 637. 8, συστάντες ἀθρόοι που, collecting somewhere in a 
body. —— 9. νυκτός, ὃ 741. ἀποδρὰς ( 67, ᾧ 285) dyero, ran 
off, § 637. 


[m. Review. Syntax. ᾧῷ 329-344; Τῇ 65, 66.] 


7. L. 10. Ἐμελέτων.. μακράν, they practised [to shoot] shoot- 
ing, sending [up far] high into the air. 12. τὰ πλείστου (ᾧ 374. B) 
ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι, putting on board [the things worth most] ¢heir most 
valuable effects. 14. αὐτοῦ, § 379. a. tas . . θέντας, placing 
their shields against their knees, ready for action. i 


(x. Review. Syntax (continued).— Syntax of the Genitive. §§ 345 
- 370.] 


ES. L. 22. τάξεων, §726. β. ἰόντος, §} 208. 2, 749. e. 
23. Ὥιχετο, δὲ 25. 3, 26. —— 24. εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω (Ὁ 97. 3), upon 
the following morning. 


[o. Review. Syntax of the Genitive (continued).- ὃ ὃ 371-396. 

p- Make a Table presenting a general view of the various uses of the 
Genitive, according to their divisions and subdivisions. 

Remark. The similar reduction of other great divisions of Syntax to a 
tabular form will be found an exercise of great utility.] 


19. L. 26. ἄν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ (ὃ 226. 1), if one rouses them sud- 
denly. ἔστι, ὃ 732. ο. 29. 6 τι ἂν δύνωμαι (ᾧ 728. 4), ὑμᾶς 
ἀγαθὸν (ὃ 435) ποιεῖν, [whatever I may be able, to do you good] to do 
you whatever good I may be able. "Erepye . . καὶ κελεύουσι, § 544. 








64 NOTES ON 


/ 


—— 31. xehevovor φυλάττεσθαι, they lid you be upon your guard. 
32. τῷ πλησίον, the neighbouring, ᾧ 475. 


[g. Review. Syntax of the Dative. §§ 397-421.] 


20. [P.39.] L.2. μὴ (ᾧ 602. 2) οὐκ ἔχω (ᾧ 601. a) . . οἷς da 
[lest] that Imay not have [what I may give to each] enough to bestow 
upon each one of my friends, if [it should be well] I succeed, but [lest] 
that I may not have friends enough [to whom I may give] upon whom 
, to bestow. 6. ὅτι (ᾧ 673. 8) πεπράσεται (§ 285), § 610. —— μὴ 
exdare, ᾧ 598. 1. 


[r. Review. Syntax of the Accusative and Vocative. δῷ 422 -- 443. 


21. L. 11]. Ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον, ὃ 432. 3. 12. δυναίμην 
(δυνα-ί-μηνῚ, ᾧ 205. φθάσαι (ᾧ 278) . . ὑπερβολήν, to [anticipate] 
arrive before the pass should be occupied by the enemy, or ¢o anticipate 
the seizure of the pass. 15. διαβαῖεν (δια-βά-ι-εν), δὲ 205. 1, 213. 


[5. Review. Syntax of the Adjective. §§ 444 - 466. ] 


22. L.17. Ὅπως .. ἄλλοις, in order that he might [put] pro 
duce fear in others also. Τέλος, § 440. 18. προσίοιντο, 
§ 226. 3. 19. ᾿Επέδειξεν αὑτὸν (§ 144) . . εἴ τῳ [= τινι, §§ 152, 
732. 11.] σπείσαιτο, he [exhibited himself, § 425. 4] showed that he 
[made it to himself, ᾧ 558] regarded it of the utmost consequence, if he 
had made a treaty with any one. How is the simple indefinite pronoun 
distinguished from the interrogative, and from like forms of the ar- 
ticle 1 20. σύνθοιτο, ᾧ 226. 3. 21. ὑπόσχοιτο, ᾧ 292, —— 
μηδὲν ψεύδεσθαι, [to falsify nothing] in nothing to prove false. 


[% Review. Syntax of the Article. δῷ 467 -493.] 
24. 1.28. εἰ ἐδίδου, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἂν ἐδίδου, if he gave, he would 
give for this end. 


X X. 


{a. Review. Syntax of the Pronoun. δὲ 494+ 518. 
6. Nude Forms of Second Perfect and Pluperfect. ὃ 237.] 


1, [P.40.] L.1. ἐφέστασαν (ém-é-ora-cay, §213), 41 48, ᾧ 937. 
3. κἀγαθώ, for καὶ ἀγαθώ, δῷ 38. 1, 40. β. τέθνατον, ᾧ 237. 
~— 4. ἀνελέσθαι, §§ 301. 1, 746. ὁ. 


[c. Review. Syntax of the Pronoun (continued). §§ 519 -- 542, 
d. Decline ἑστώς, and explain its forms. 22; §§ 132. 6,179, 237.] 


2. L.9. ὅτι... εἴη, that these were public property. τεθνεῶ- 
τας, § 237. 


[e. Review. Agreement of the Verb. §§ 548 -- 552. --- Use of the 
. Voices. §§ 165, 166, 553 — 564. 
J. Repeat and explain the forms of οἷδα. 58; δὲ 237, 301. 4. x.] 


3 L.13. ἴστε, indicative. 14. Σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ (ᾧ 652. a) 
πάντα (ᾧ 437, or 432) ἐψευσμένος (§ 746. c) αὐτόν, [I know with my- 
self having deceived him as to all things] I am conscious to myself of 
having deceived him in every thing. 


LESSONS XIX. — XXII. 65 


[g- Review. Use of the Tenses. Ἧ 265; §§ 167, 168, 565—585.] 


4 LL. 16. Ἴσθι... dy, ᾧ 633. οἴει, § 210. ὁ. 17. περι- 
γενέσθαι ἄν, could prevail over, δῷ 615. 2, 604. ἃ. δυνάμεως, ᾧ 726. 
B. tore, imperative. ἀντὶ... πάντων (ᾧ 741. a), instead of 
all things which I have, δῷ 525, 526. a. 


[k. Review. Use of the Modes. Ὁ 27; §§ 169, 586 -600.] 


Be L. 23. dee. . ἔχοι, § 425. 4. 24. τεθνηκότα, ᾧ 633. 
Δεδιὼς (FY 58, δῷ 237, 282) . . ταῦτα, fearing lest this should take place. 


[ Revirw. Use of the Modes (continued). §§ 601-619.] 


6. L. 26. ποιήσοι, § 587. 2 28. ἐκάθηντο, 51 59, δῷ 192. 3, 
275. ¢. 


[j- Review. Use of the Modes (concluded). §§ 690 -- 644.] 


7 ἢ 81 ἔκειντο. Ἵ 60, § 232. iy 41,1 . 1 4. ὥσπερ ἐξὸν 
(ᾧ 638), [as we might lie down, it being permitted] as if it were per- 
mitted, ᾧ 640. παρήγγελλεν --- ὑπομένειν, passed the word (along 
the line of march) ἐο halt. 


X XI. 


(a. Review. Syntax of the Particle. §§ 645 -- 674. 
ὃ, Verbal in - πέος. §§ 314. f, 407. x, 649 -- 644. ] 


I. L.3. σκεπτέον... εἶναι, § 642. 4. ἐδόκει . . εἶναι, § 642. 
6. ὅπη δύναιντο τάχιστα, [in what way they could most rapidly] 
as rapidly as possible, § 525. a. πρὶν ἤ, δῷ 657. N. 4, 629. 2, 


[ce. Revrew. Conjugation. ὃ ὃ 164 -- 186.] 


2. L.8. Ἡμῖν... ποιητέα [se. εἶναι, ᾧ 547], § 407. x. ἐπὶ τοῖς 
βαρβάροις, [dependent upon] in the power of the barbarians. 
10. “AA. . πάντα (ᾧ 643. a) ποιητέον [sc. ἐστίν], § 601. 8. Cf. 
πάντα ποιητέα above, and observe the freedom with which either the 
personal or the impersonal form of construction was used. —— 11. λε- 


KTéa, SC. ἐστὶ ταῦτα. 
} Be 


[Revrew. Conjugation (continued). TT 28-35; δῷ 187-215. 
Remark. Lessons xxu. -xxty. consist each of a single extract. ] 


L. 14. *Emet . . ἐγένοντο, and when both the libations had been made, 
at a feast given by the Greeks to the ambassadors of Corylas, king of 
Paphlagonia. These libations introduced the second part of the feast, 
which was especially devoted to pleasure. 15. πρὸς αὐλόν, to the 
music of a flute. 17. ἐχρῶντο, [used] flourished. 18. πεπλη- 
yevat, to have wounded. o..mas, and he fell [somehow] quite 
artfully, so as to imitate the fall of ἃ wounded man. 22. ἦν δὲ 
οὐδὲν πεπονθώς, but he [was having suffered nothing] had received no 
harm, § 637. 23. τὴν καρπαίαν καλουμένην, the Carpea so called, 
or the dance called Carpean (sc. ὄρχησιν). 28. ev . . αὐλόν, [in 
time to the flute] keeping time with the music of the flute. 31. τὼ 
χεῖρε, δ 133. δ, 437. 

θ * 





66 NOTES ON LESSONS XXIII., XXIV. 


XXIII. 
(Review. Conjugation (continued). ΤΊ 36-52; §§ 216-253.] 


[P.42.] L.1. τὸ δεῖπνον, the supper given by Seuthes, a Thra- 
cian prince, to the Greek generals and captains. 3. Kal. . πό- 
Aews, and [if any embassy was present from ἃ city] whatever ambassa- 
dors from any city were present, ᾧ 663. 6. 4. τὸ . . κύκλῳ, [the 
supper was to them seated in a ring, ᾧ 408] they were seated in a ring 
Jor the supper, while the Greeks at this period were accustomed to 
recline at their meals. 5. εἰσηνέχθησαν (from εἰσφέρω) πᾶσιν, were 
brought in for the supply of ail. 7. κατὰ τοὺς ξένους, beside the 
guests. —— 10. xara μικρόν, [by little] into small pieces. 11. ὅσον 

. καταλιπών, ᾧ 628. 12. κατὰ ταὐτά, [according to the same 
things] in like manner. 13. φαγεῖν δεινός, ᾧ 620. 14. τὸ μὲν 
διαῤῥιπτεῖν εἴα (from ἐάω) χαίρειν, [permitted] bade [the distributing 
farewell] farewell to all distribution to others, i. e. entirely neglected it 

15. ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον, [a loaf containing as much as three 
chenices] a full three-quart loaf. 19. ἔφη, ᾧ 552. 22. ἠπί- 
στατο; § 192. 3. 


XXIV. 
(Review. Conjugation (concluded). ΤῊ 53-61; δῷ 254-301.] 


L. 24. τούτων --- παρημεληκώς, § 376.5.—— 26. Τὸν . . ἀποδραίη, 
for I neither know [from what kind of speed] with what speed any one 
[fleeing could escape] could escape by flight the [war] hostility of the 
gods, nor into what darkness he could run for concealment. 

29. πάντων, ᾧ 350. 30. ἴσον used adverbially. With these 
noble words of Clearchus to Tissaphernes, we close our extracts. 


EXERCISES 


IN 


TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK 





1. I am plotting. We plot. You plot. You two are plot 
ting’. They advise’. We are throwing and striking. They 
two advise. To-plot. To strike and throw. Let him advise. 
Let them advise*. Do you be plotting. Let them strike and 
throw. ' Advise*. Do you two be throwing and striking. Let 
us advise’. Letusstrike. You two are plotting. Let us plot. 
Let them two strike and throw. 

2. He says. They wonder. Let him learn to rule. Do 
not? delay. You do notdelay. He does not advise. Let him 
not advise. We do not wonder. Let us not wonder. They 
are not willing to learn. Do not burn. Let them not rule. I 
do not wish to speak.! We are learning to teach. If indeed we 
should advise. But" let him consider. If he should wish te 
advise. Let them not arrest. 


IT. 


᾿ς Cyrus sends Lycius'. Chirisophus apprehends Phalinus. 
Lycius and Phalinus plot against Callimachus. Let us bring 
stones, and not delay. Thereupon [now] Cyrus wonders. 
Let the Lacedemonians rule. O Cyrus, they wonder. I do 
not wonder, [O] Cyrus’. 





(a) This may be either singular or plural. When the English admits more 
than a single form in Greek, it will often be useful to write all the forms which 
are admissible. (b) Dual. (c) Observe carefully in respect to the use of » 
paragogic, § 66. (ἃ) ὃ 213. 3. (6) 2 Pers. Sing. or Plur. Imperat. 
(f) Subj., §§ 597. β, 598.1. (g) Observe carefully the distinction between 
οὐ and μή. (h) Use great care in respect to the position of particles, and of 
other words in connection with them. (i) Arrange this in six different ways. 
(j) The Greek sign of address ὦ is less emphatic than the English O, and is 
hence more frequently usede 





68 EXERCISES ON 


2. Cyrus sends vessels. Thence Clearchus advances five 
day’s-marches. Ο Lacedzmonians, send vessels and money to 
Cyrus*. If indeed the sun should rise. They suddenly hear 
a tumult. Cyrus has no vessels’. Clearchus, carry back word 
to Cyrus. Arizeus has indeed no money, but he has five vessels. 
We bring no money. Do not send vessels. They send no ves- 
sels. Let them send no vessels. Thereupon Proxenus burns 
five vessels. Let us go up, for the sun is rising. 


ITt. 


1. Let us take counsel. Let them learn both to rule and to 
be ruled. Clearchus, if you wish‘, speak. But, if they will, 
let them remain. Let Proxenus march. Clearchus is not will- 
ing to journey with Arius’. Let us not march with Cyrus. 
O Lacedemonians, let us consult* together"*?, Let them 
march’, if they will. 

2. Thereupon Cyrus sends for Clearchus. Clearchus and 
Proxenus are persuaded. We are -not willing to obey, nor to 
follow. But, if you desire, go up. Do not, by the gods, be 
insane. Do not, then, depart. Suddenly the sun appears. 
And may they arrive safely!’ But now let us go forth with 
javelins. lLiycius brings five leathern bags to Chirisophus*. 
They are not ashamed before either men or gods. May you 
now depart safely! Do not suppose, Lacedemonians. We 
are not mad. 


IV. 


.« 1. Cyrus sends for Ctesias. Orontes is arrested. Cyrus 
advances five parasangs. Agasias of Stymphilus, a captain, 
comes up and arrests five robbers. Thereupon thirty robbers 
approach with javelins ΔΙῚ leathern bags. A robber wounds 
Agasias. It is said. ΤΌ not wonder, Agasias. Orontes, are 
you not" ashamed before either men or gods? 

2. Phrygia produces barley, wheat, sesame, millet, and pa- 
nic’. Mithridates writes a letter, and sends it! to Cyrus. They 





(a) Dat., §§ 398, 399. (Ὁ) C. has not vessels. For a negative adjective 
before a substantive, the Greek often employs a negative adverb before a verb. 
(c) ᾿Εδέλω and βούλορεαι are nearly synonymous, and in many cases either may 
be used. ᾿Ἐδέλω, however, expresses the wish or will more as a Jeeling; and 
βούλομαι, More as a rational purpose or preference. (ἃ) Dat., §§ 648, 652. a. 
(e) Middle Voice. (f) § 213.3. (g) Dat., ὃ 399. (h) The general distinc- 
tion between od and μή in interrogative sentences is the following : Οὐ expects 
an affirmative answer ; μή, a negative. (i) Barley and wheat and sesame, 86. 
In such cases the conjunction is usually repeated in Greek. (j) The Greek 





LESSONS II. —y. 69 


bring’ five wagon-loads of large stones. Seuthes has no sol- 
diers. Thence he advances through Phrygia five stations, 
thirty parasangs. From sea to sea. Soldiers, do not approach. 
Abrozelmes comes with thirty robbers. 


Φ V. 


1. A narrow pass appears. A thousand wild asses approach. 
White clouds appear. ‘They march through Phrygia, a friendly 
country“. Two carriage roads’, very steep and narrow. Cyrus 
sends to Clearchus fourteen hundred™ heavy-armed men. We 
have no strongholds. Agasias goes forth with hoplites and other 
soldiers, twenty-four hundred in all". They carry goat-skins, 
sacks’, and other receptacles. 

2. The robbers bring stones. The soldiers so judge. And 
on the fourth day, Cyrus with two thousand heavy-armed troops 
descends into the plain. On a sudden": " Lycius closes the 
gates, and inserts a strong bar. But let us not leave the place 
by flight. The soldiers are in great need of? a common de- 
liverance. 

3. Buton the fourth day the trumpeters give a signal. There- 
upon the heads of the robbers are cut off. If indeed"? the 
deity should so direct. Mithridates flies at full speed, and 
throws himself into the sea. The truce remains. ‘The soldiers 
wonder at'*-° the truce. 

4. Mithridates therefore comes again to Orontes. But Seu- 
thes escapes into the stronghold. He descends into the vil- 
lages* upon the springs of the river Centrites. Proxenus there- 
fore ascends into the citadel above the plain. He escapes into 
the village over the plain which lies along the river Marsyas. 

ὅ. The master of each village. Let us strive for an honor- 
ahle death’. The hoplites fly at full speed through the midst 
of the plain. The soldiers of Cyrus come against my country. 
The friends of our brother leave the citadel by flight. From 
this day let the truce remain. Let us cease from that design. 
They flee out of that country. 

6. From that day the Lacedemonians rule upon the sea and 
upon the land. Seuthes rules at the present time’. [{ is said 
in the preceding narrative. The heavy-armed cross with diffi- 





usually omits pronouns which will be readily understood, and which have 
no emphasis. (k) § 331. (1) Dual. (m) § 140. 1. (n) to the number 
of two thousand and four hundred men. (0) and sacks. (p) need strongly. 
(q) In respect to the position of the article and a limiting word or phrase, and 
the frequent repetition of the article, observe carefully § 472 and the usage of 
Greek writers. The position of the genitive partitive (§ 358) conforms to 
ὃ 472. «. (τ) about the dying honorably. (s) during the now time. 





Tt ONE ee σσῳ. ἂρ νων... Ὁ» 


0 EXERCISES ΟΝ 


culty the river Centrites. Ctesias says that the Persians alsc 
expose themselves in war with their heads unprotected. Clear- 
chus sends two thousand heavy-armed troops, and about ter. 
thousand targeteers*. Cyrus is plotting against’*"' his” brother. 
They traduce Seuthes to the friends of his brother. 

7. Suddenly" the rest of the enemy appear upon the plain 
beside the sea'*'*. ‘The one traduces the other. ‘The barbari- 
ans slay both Clearchus and many of the others. ‘The rest of 
the soldiers give way and flee. 

8. But on the next day Cyrus sends for the rest of the gen- 
erals. The enemy quit the plain without resistance. Cyrus 
sends back Proxenus and his men into Lydia. ‘The men from 
the villages upon the right descend’? into the plain. On the 
fourth ἀν" ἢ, Tissaphernes and Aricus with their men* leave 
the hill. He sends for the Cilician queen. 

9. Come into the centre of the plain. For they have our 
property. On the next day Cyrus sends for the Arcadian 
infantry. ‘They wonder at the fate of Clearchus. One 
teaches'*‘ one thing, and another another. ‘The physician has 
come opportunely. The soldiers take supplies. Do not wonder 
at our affairs. They die’*”* in the midst of the way home- 
ward. 

10. And ue‘ is both persuaded, and sends away’*' his broth- 
er. He arrests Lycius the son of Phalinus a Syracusan. But 
THEY have the fruits of my toils. 

11. Cyrus sends back the two messengers, and Orontes with 
them. ‘Tissaphernes falsely accuses Cyrus of plotting against 
his brother. Tissaphernes and these with him burn the very* 
wood from the houses. ‘They burn the wood from the same 
houses. They burn the wood from the very houses. The sol- 
diers themselves gather wood from the same place. The same 
soldiers gather wood. Upon the same day they themselves 
bring him to Chirisophus. They bring the man himself" to 
Clearchus. You yourselves are burning the houses. And let 
us take some of the colts ourselves. 





(a) targeteers about the ten thousand. (b) When the possessives my, thy, his, 
&c., are not emphatic, and the reference is obvious from the connection, they 
are commonly expressed in Greek by the simple article (δὲ 482, 503). When 
the possessive is used in Greek, the article may be joined with it or omitted, 
according as the reference is definite or indefinite ; as, ὁ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, my brother 
(definite) ; ἐμοὸς ἀδελφός, a brother of mine (indefinite). (c) those about T. and 
A. (d) Observe carefully in respect to the use or omission of the pronouns in 
Greek, according to their prominence or want of it. And in respect to the 
third personal pronoun, observe the various ways in which it is supplied, ac- 
cording to the nature and degree of its prominence. See ὃ 502 f. (6) The 
position of αὐσός in its different uses must be carefully observed ($§ 508. IL, 
509, 510. @). (f) To show that airéy is used as the emphatic, and not as 








LESSONS V.— VII. 


VI. 


1. The barbarians said to Clearchus, that they had come® re- 
specting a truce. The soldiers themselves said, that they were 
deliberating in common about the rest of their journey. Tracks 
of horses appear. Thereupon the targeteers themselves take 
some of "δ 5 the same horses. On the same day Seuthes was 
hunting on horseback. And he cheerfully complied, for he 
confided in the Lacedzemonians. 

2. The barbarians wondered that Cyrus made war upon his 
brother Artaxerxes. The soldiers wondered that the generals 
nowhere appeared. The captains were angry with the soldiers. 
But he himself, with the rest of the captains, remained at the 
door. And again upon the fourth day they consulted the gods 
py sacrifice" in respect to the way homeward'*"", The barba- 
rians remained, for they trusted in their' strongholds. 

3. Two young men’ ran forward from the trees. Clearchus 
sends for the rest of the heavy-armed, and with them ascends 
upon the second hill. The unprincipled plot against the 
good’. And others, when the day began to dawn, descend- 
ed in silence into the plain, and made a secure attack“ upon the 
enemy” *, 

4. The friends” "ἢ of Cyrus were taking! Orontes by the gir- 
dle. The soldiers were inflicting severe blows. But the bar- 
barians turn in flight, one one way, and another another. They 
were put to death" by Cyrus. The generals took each his share 
of the money. The enemy leave only thirty alive. The rest 
are said to have met with th€ir end. When the rout of the bar- 
barians had taken place, the soldiers are said to have divided 
among themselves the prizes. 


VII. 


1. The Chaldeans are in the midst of the park", The 
other barbarians are said to be friendly“. For the road was 





the common personal pronoun, place it at the beginning of the sentence 
(§ 510. @). (g) The oratio obliqua, or indirect quotation, freely employs in 
Greek either the distinct modes with connectives. or the incorporated modes 
without (§§ 607. N., 614, 619). When the distinct modes are used in con- 
nection with past time, the forms of expression in §§ 608 and 610 are both 
common. (h) sacrificed. (i) the. (j) For the use of both the dual and the 
plural, when two are spoken of, see § 237. When it is designed to give ex- 
press information in respect to the number, as in the example above, it is usual 
to employ the numeral, whether with the dual or the plural. (k) made an 
attack securely. (1) Observe carefully the distinction between the aorist and 
the definite tenses. (m) died. 








72 EXERCISES ON 


said to be very steep". Beready. If indeed'*-” we are men. 
The fountains beside the road were beautiful. And the gods 
are judges of the contest*. And the judges of the contest are 
gods. Let the soldiers be brave. 

2. The Chaldeans wish to be friends’ and allies. Upon 
this'* ", the soldiers inquired about the Pisidians, whether they 
were friends or enemies. And Seuthes told where the villages 
were’. For thus the matter stands. The expedition is said to 
be against the Lacedemonians. And Orontes the Chaldean is 
also present. 

3. For there is a narrow pass between the trench and the 
Euphrates. There are beautiful villages beside the Euphrates. 
For I hear that there are suspicions. For‘ it was now becom- 
ing’ dark. For it was now dark. But when it was now even- 
ing, he came* to Cyrus. It was necessary to fight, for there 
was no money”. It is necessary to march'‘ along side of 
the river, for we have" no vessels. Let us march, for it is 
now daybreak. 

4. Here Orontes had a palace, a park’, and beautiful villages. 
The generals have a suspicion. Here again the soldiers were 
dejected*, The targeteers’** begin to run of their own accord 
upon the villages. Artaxerxes made war upon the Mysians and 
Chaldzans. 

3. Let us give the signal’ δ, for it is now late. It is growing 
late. And when it was now about sunset, suddenly the barbari- 
ans appear upon the plain. The sun is setting. For it was 
now towards day. 

6. It was not possible to take thé’villages. It is permitted to 
take some of ®* the horses'*”. For we cannot have" money. 
But we could not obtain supplies. 

7. It is now time to depart-*°. The soldiers have leisure to 
hunt’: in the park. For it is necessary now to consult to- 
gether*. ‘The circuit of the palace’: was a parasang. 


VIll. 


1. You' are generals, but we are soldiers. We advise you, 
Clearchus, to follow and obey Cyrus. We flee™®, and you pur- 





(a) Observe, that the subject of the sentence and an attribute are often dis- 
tinguished by the article’s being used with the first and not with the second. 
See § 487. 3, 4. (Ὁ) both friends. Ti in Greek implies less emphasis than 
both in English, and is therefore much more frequent. (c) told the villages, 
where they were. (ἃ) Observe the distinction between εἰμί and γίγνομαι. 
(6) comes. The Greek makes great use of the Historic Present, and unites 
past and present tenses much more freely than the English. (f) and a park. 
(g) there was dejection to the soldiers. (h) it is not tohave. (i) You on the one 








LESSONS VII. — Ix. 8 


sue'”*, I, Seuthes, am neither so thoughtless nor so foolish. We 
thought you an enemy”. Send me’ away, and think me no 
longer a friend. Send away both me, and the army with me. 
2. We plot against them with good reason, for they have our 
property’ *. Do not wait for others to come to you. You and 


I have the same enemies*. We can! now take pledges from 
them. 

3. They ride back to their own village. What age do you 
now wait for? Let them inflict severe* blows upon each 
other. It is time for us to be upon our guard against them, as 
enemies.* It is necessary’ for you to deliberate for your own 
interest". For I am no longer general, but Clearchus. 


ΙΧ, 


1. It is safer for you to pursue”-?, than for them. It was 
said, that Cyrus was both more kingly, and more worthy to rule, 
than his brother". We suffer most unjust treatment in being 
cast out among the barbarians. The soldiers were far more 
zealous than their generals. Let us knock upon the door” ® 
ourselves® 9, 

2. O Seuthes, most wonderful of men. O Tissaphernes, and 
ye others, as many as are friends of Artaxerxes, have you. no 
respect for? the gods? Thence Cyrus advances” through 
Phrygia by the shortest and safest way. The Cilician queen 
sends back the most of her friends into Cilicia. 

3. The worst men are worthy to suffer the severest punish- 
ment. For, first and greatest, your oaths by the gods forbid 
you to depart'**°. The good counsel the best measures. Clear- 
chus was nearer than Proxenus. : 

4. But Lycius made much the greatest haste’. The barbari- 
ans escape” into the nearest villages. ‘The enemy were now 
coming’ nearer. The targeteers'™” ran much faster than the 
heavy-armed troops“. The soldiers ascend™:" into the high- 
est village. They watched’* ” each other more negligently. 





hand [13.7]. See § 502.1. (j) In the oblique cases of ἐγώ, the emphatic 
forms are iwov, ἐμοί, and ἐμέ; while the unemphatie are μοῦ, oi, and μέ, which 
are enclitic, and do not begin a sentence (§§ 142. 1, 502, 732). After a 
preposition, use the longer forms (§ 732. Ὁ. 4). In general, avoid placing an 
unemphatic pronoun at the beginning of a sentence. (k) There are the same 
enemies to you and to me. (1) It is permitted us to take. (m) in behalf of yours 
selves. (n)Gen.,§ 351. (0) are you not ashamed before? (p) hastened much 
the most. (q) becoming. 
7 





Se > eee nee 








EXERCISES ON 


X. 


1. You honor me. You are honored by me. They were 
honored by us. The soldiers see two eagles. With the aid of 
the gods, we conquered many times our own number. The 
generals called aloud to the soldiers, both in Greek and in Per- 
sian. Honor the good. Thence we attempt to enter into Cappa- 
docia. Let us strive to conquer the enemy. Strive to become 
good'**, They said to the messenger”, that they were now 
conquering the enemy. Do not encamp ina bad place. He 
cried out in Greek, that Seuthes was near with few attend- 
ants'’* *”. 

2. The rivers flow through the plain’** of Cilicia into the 
sea'-'8, The river was called Meeander. The barbarians call 
the river Marsyas. The soldiers ask Seuthes for money”. 
Ask Cyrus for your pay. Ask Cyrus for our pay*. ‘They en- 
deavoured to rob us of our pay. Soldiers, let us bring stones, 
and erect” a mound. 

3. The soldiers brought stones, and threw them into the sea. 
You fear us, as you yourselves acknowledge. We are the very 
persons whom they seek. ‘To me, therefore, it seems to be no 
time for us to call the Persians together. Let us not neglect 
ourselves. It is time for Cyrus to apprehend Orontes. On the 
same day, Lycius arrives with four hundred targeteers. Epyaxa, 
the Cilician queen, summons to* her tent the seven best of her 
attendants". 

4. The soldiers encamp in the open air. Let Clearchus and 
Chirisophus take the lead, since they are also Lacedemonians. 
With no good reason surely could you envy us. Let us no 
longer'*® envy the wicked” *. We labor cheerfully, and ac- 
quire securely"*®, First carry back word to the army’ ', that 
there is need of silence’’®. In the first place, Cyrus appears 
to be more modest than the rest; and in the second, to obey the 
most implicitly his elders. Callimachus was fonder of horses 
than Clearetus, and managed them* with more confidence’. 

5. It is now time to feed the horses. ‘The worst'* “‘ men are 
thought worthy to rule. They claim to be honored by us. He 
engages in earnest conversation, in order that he may show® 
whom he honors. They engaged in earnest conversation, in 


order that they might show whom they honored". He learn- 


ed'*® to obey, in order that he might be thought worthy to 
rule. 





(a) Why is it necessary to express the possessive in this example, but not 
in the preceding, or the following? (Ὁ) make. (c) calls together into. (ἃ) of 
those about her. {e) the horses. (f) ὃ 162. (g) §§ 592, 601. (h) What 


LESSON Χ. , 735 


6. The soldiers were exceedingly angry with their generals. 
I asked them how much gold they had. ‘The two admirals were 
sick. On the next day’*, the messengers brought back word, 
that both Darius and the rest of the Persians commended us. 
He said that the robbers © had again assembled. He said that 
the robbers were again assembling. They endeavoured” ”* to 
pass by force. 

7. They commended the captains. They asked”-* Cyrus 
for money and vessels. THEY had come, but Clearchus was 
still riding up. Here were found many vessels. They used 
the cords' which they found in the villages of the barbarians for 
their slings. The men whom Darius supposed to be faithful to 
himself, [them] he soon found to be more friendly to us than 
to him. We saw each other joyfully and embraced as friends. 
They said, that the Taochians inhabited strongholds. The 
others had not yet come. ‘They used the lead in various 
ways’. 

8. Would that Clearchus were living‘! They had for arms 
small spears’, Would that the Chaldzans were free! 
Cyrus did not permit the generals to collect an assembly of 
their own soldiers. Permit us to open the door’ ἢ. They saw 
the messengers at the door.) One waited for*™ another. We 
gladly opened the gates. The targeteers were drawing up the 
hoplites. Would that you were ruling®® justly” *! 

9. For this was a custom with the Chaldeans’. Let these 
things be. He commanded these to remain, but the rest to pro- 
ceed. ‘This passage was narrow. These two passed through, 
and came within the inclosure”®™. 

10. We had such an opinion respecting you. The admi- 
rals*'-” said the same things. For these same persons com- 
mand us to remain. ‘They said thus much. And there are so 
many vessels. So great is the number of the enemy”. Such 
were the wishes of the soldiers". 

11. We say, when the north wind blows against us, that it 
is bad'** sailing. 'Tamos the admiral is well-disposed. He 
commanded the well-disposed to follow. Wouid*® that the 
gods were propitious! He bids Tamos conduct these from 
Ephesus. ‘The dawn is beautiful. They fear”-” the north 
wind. As soon as the day began to appear, they crossed the 


river. They waited for * the morning. 





two modes could be here employed? (i) Dat., ὃ 419. 5. (j) some in one 
way and others in another. (k) C. ought to be living, §§ 567. γ᾽ 599. N. 
(1) to the C. (m) The enemy are so many. (n) Such things the soldiers wished. 








EXERCISES ON 


ΧΙ, 


1. Lisle they have arrived there, they Will deliberate in 
— of this. ‘Tamos the admiral excluded them from Ephesus. 
Bago most gladly close the gates. Hear that'** tumult”. 

le called the Scythian archers. He called the generals into* 
his tent as advisers. We will hear you. 

τη I will conduct you in ten days to a spot from which you 
will see Byzantium. If” the gods are propitious* “, and so di- 
rect", you will take Byzantium without a battle. If you are 
well disposed*", you will follow me. They will tarry the 
— ef τ me to Arizus. We will send with you 
owmen, who will forthwith turn the enemy to fli E 

fo ailing y ight. He sent 
gD cat ast! _ to him, ‘* Do not close the gates.” And on 
» and do you show us, from what source you hear about 
εμϑ nd you yourself shall lead. We will follow them, and 
- eavour to imitate them. We hear, that you say to Artaxerxes, 
: at Mithridates would never have attempted to burn the 
ouses’ ©, if we had not commanded him. Do not hear these 
men. But this robber” may the gods requite ! 
| giro — in 7. park’*"*, whenever they wished to 
xercise themselves and their horses. We will c 7 
Panama | e will comply with 


5. It will be difficult both to speak and ᾿ " Ὶ 
athe otinen peak and to hear. At present 

6. We will provide pay ἢ 

ay for the soldiers. The enemy will 

not be able to march rapidly ; and perhaps also they will be in 
~ of provisions. ‘They will not fight within thirty days. 

hey took leave of us, as now upon the point of setting: sail. 
But upon the fourth day, if*™ the north wind” ” blows, we 
7 ne teed And it is now time for us to consider, how we 

all fight most successfully. When it is dark'* ™ 
ee j en it is dark’**, I shall put 

7. I gave him a thousand darics. If he s 

7. I gave arics. eaks the truth, I 
will give him a talent. The ten thousand Ae a we paid at that 
time, since the thirty days had passed. 


XII. 


1. His wife will persuade him. He sent his wi 
5 . vife. The 
had golden flesh-combs. And the prizes were linen αὐϑς τ 





᾿ vow (b) In a conditional sentence great care must be taken to em- 
oy the appropriate mode and tense, and also the proper connecti i 
See § 603 f. (c) During the now time. ve — 





LESSONS XI. — XIII. 77 


And, when they were sending the heralds to the Thracians, it 
was already“ midnight. Do not make war against the Arca- 
dians. When we have arrived there™ , we shall be at the door 
of Greece. The Thracians send heralds by night’. 

2, Darius wished Parysatis, and the two children Artaxerxes 
and Cyrus, to be present. 

3. They sailed five days and five nights with a contrary 
wind. The Cerasuntians were making a din with their spears 
against their shields.* For he had nothing harsh in his disposi- 
tion, but was always friendly" and kind*". We should like 
extremely to hear’ the affair. When the soldiers were out of 
bread‘, they came to us. 

4. When I had gained this suécess, I sent for® the Thra- 
cians; and they came without trouble. 


22. 10 


XI. 


1. And they asked again, ‘‘ Shall we report war or peace Se 
We shall remain here ten days. He will certainly reply to you 
soon. Clearchus waited for the targeteers. 

2. Each one of the soldiers receives a daric a month; and 
each one of the generals fourfold. He gave golden crowns to 
the Greeks. We disembark at two fine’ τ harbours, about the 
middle of Cilicia. The young men'”™ answered, some with 
laughter, and others without™ ”. 

3. They asked Cleanor for guides. Meno the Thessalian 
took the lead of the left wing, and Clearchus, the Lacedzemoni- 
an exile, of the right. On the next day he sent for two compa- 
nies of Meno’s army. ‘Thereupon he commands his attend- 
ants” to cut off the head and the right hand of Cyrus. I sent 
this messenger to® Babylon to Artaxerxes. 

4. Do not call me mother. Darius the father favors Artax- 
erxes. This" man [here®*°] dwells a neighbour to us. Do 
you, men of Greece, carry back this word to Cyrus. Apollo 
flayed Marsyas. He promises, that he will give to each one of 
the Greeks five minze, when he arrives at Babylon. Ὁ father, 
answer“ me. We will obey‘ our fathers. 

5. Some said, that the two lines were five stadia apart’. Let 
no one’ fail of hitting a man. No one of us says this". Some 
of the soldiers pass the night without food or fire’. Let no one 





(ἃ) ὃ 378. (e) most gladly hear. (f) bread had failed the soldiers. 
(x) Observe carefully the distinction between εἰς and πρός with the accusative. 
(h) ὃ 473. B. (i) were distant from each other. (j) Observe the distinction 
between οὐδείς and μηδείς. See Notes on Less. 1. 2. (k) ὃ 451. (1) and 


without fire. 
7 * 





78 EXERCISES ON 


pass the night without food. No one of the Greeks perished 
Let no one wrong us. We took some of the ostriches. Le 
no one of the villages’ 13 be inhabited?! ™, 

6. Men of Greece*”, who of you is so mad, that he is not 
willing to follow Cyrus? Say, Clearchus, what* opinion you 
have respecting the march, whether we shall follow Cyrus or 
not. Hereupon®-* Meno, before it is evident what reply the 
other Greeks will make, assembles his own soldiers apart from 
the rest. It is evident what he will do. 

. 7. This woman asked him, who he was. This will bring us 
honor in coming time. But what they would do, they did not 
signify. Do you then, as friends, give us that advice which 
seems to you to be most appropriate and useful. Tell us then, 
Seuthes, what you have in mind. To whomsoever it seems 
best to make the journey with us, let him hold up his right'® ἢ 
hand. 

8. But if any one of you sees another course which is more 
honorable", let him mention it. The two lines were not 
more than four stadia apart®-", More than six hundred soldiers 
arrive at the village. Cyrus is worse towards you, than you 
are towards him. 


XIV. 


1. The rulers of these villages made’ Xenophon a companion 
at table, and bade him have no fear. The soldiers used the 
thongs’ for their slings™- *, 

2. He made all the citizens his friends. All the Lacedemo- 
nians, both men and women, took part in the feast. They rule 
the whole country. 

3. Tissaphernes therefore goes up to Babylon, taking cer- 
tain® ” of the Greeks as friends. These men disgrace both their 
native city and the whole of Greece, that being Greeks they are 
so senseless'’**. Being such, he will disgrace all the citizens. 
But the younger™-5 of the children happened not to be present. 
The brazen shields*:" now and then shine through. For, when 
it had become dark"*-, they marched, having the Euphrates 
upon their right, supposing that they should reach‘ the village 
by sunrise. 

4. The exiles, hearing this, laughed. The Thracians, raising 
an army, besieged Perinthus both by sea and by land. They 
sailed forth to make war upon the Greeks. Their husbands 





(a) In respect to the different forms of complementary pronouns, see § 535. 
(Ὁ) Why is the middle voice here gsed ἢ (c) Dat., ᾧ 419. 5. (d) come to 








LESSONS XIII. — XV. 79 


had gone hare-hunting®. And she‘, going to Xenophon, en- 
treated him, not to slay her husband. 

5. And this country*“, beginning αἱξ the mouth of the Eu- 
phrates, extends as far as Babylon, upon the right as you sail 
into the river'*. During this night, then, they lodged there 
upon the beach by the harbour of Calpe. This harbour is in 
Asiatic Thrace". 

6. We happened to be victors’. He sent some one to put to 
death the two young men. It is the part of the victor to pur- 
sue’, but of the vanquished to flee ®, And whoever desires 
to conquer, let him be brave’’™. He happens to be at break- 
fast‘. They arrest Orontes in order to put him to death. 

7. Parysatis loved Cyrus her' younger son more than Artax- 
erxes the king". But at the present time™:*! the admirals?” 
do every thing according to the major vote. 

8. We will suffer with Cyrus whatever may be necessary. 
He said, that he would suffer’ with us whatever might be 
necessary. If it is necessary*, we will make a treaty. They 
gladly" * made peace. 


XV. 


1. Here Belesys, the satrap of Syria, had a palace and 
park. We arrived at Tarsus four days before Meno. There 
are many” fishes and muscles in the river Selinus. There 
was at Ephesus a most beautiful'* " temple of Diana. 

2. It was evident, that the horsemen were somewhere near. 
These animals the king sometimes chased. There is immedi- 
ate? need of an interpreter. Epyaxa sends her own interpret- 
er toCyrus. They made us interpreters. The horsemen _pro- 
ceed to the king. They thought that the letters were ready for 
them. He wrote a letter to Belesys, who had been ruler of 3 
Syria. 

3. And when they had come back, they relate the affair ™ 
to Tissaphernes. When it was now about the time of full mar- 
ket, there comes a herald from the Sinopians. We followed 
Stratocles tHE Cretan as our guide, and exhorted each other by 
name. ‘The Sinopians entertain the generals of the Greeks. 





(e) about to hunt hares. (f) Use both the form of expression in § 490. 1, 
and also that in ὃ 491.R. (6) having begun from. (h) the Thrace the in 
Asia. (i) happened conquering. (j) Sing., the one conquering. (k) breakfast- 
ing. (1) the. (τι) the reigning A. (n) Fut. Opt., §§ 587. 2, 608. (o) Subj. 
with ἐάν. When the conclusion is expressed by the future indicative, the con- 
dition is commonly expressed by the subjunegive: See § 603. (p) the quick- 
est way. (q) the one having ruled. 





80 EXERCISES ON 


This wild beast Hercules pursued. In these places the target 
eers” were more useful than the heavy-armed. But one of 
the heralds was a barbarian, Arizeus, who happened to be an 
attendant of * Cyrus, and to be held in honor by him. 

4. By this fountain Midas, the king of Phrygia, caught the 
Satyr. He is said to have mixed the fountain with wine. This 
brings honor*:' to the whole™-” city. 

5. And these again were other pretexts to Orontes for writing 
the letter”-* to the king. Here Cyrus gave ten talents to Sila- 
nus, the Ambraciot soothsayer. He sent to Artaxerxes the trib- 
ute accruing from the city which this satrap happened to have. 

6. And the depth of the fountain was two fathoms. He flees 
to the mountain with his wife and children’. At last they de- 
serted their houses. We have need* of*:' brazen helmets, and 
purple tunics, and greaves. 

ἡ. The width of the river Cydnus was two hundred feet. 
Through the midst of the plain’’* flows a river four hundred 
feet in width. The Cretans, deserting the city, fled with all 
speed to the mountains. And they were about fifty years old, 
when they died‘. 

8. No one either sneers at you as a coward in war, or blames 
you in respect to friendship. Agias and Socrates were both, 
when they died, about thirty-five® years old". 

9, And in the sacred district they found’” oxen, swine, 
sheep, goats, fowls, and their young’. In the sacred groves 
were many goats and swine. But there is in this country” a 
mountain covered with* trees, capable of supporting” oxen and 
horses’: *. The meadows were full of oxen, sheep, and goats. 

10. The barbarians gazed upon the Argo in silence’™. 
They sailed with a fair wind along the Jasonian shore, where 
the Argo came to anchor. 

11. And meanwhile a false report goes abroad, that Cyrus 
will pursue them with a trireme. But these things indeed were 
true. The Cretans fled down the steep, and disappeared’. 
They thought that the shortest way to the accomplishment of 
their desires was through sincerity and truth’; and falsehood* 
they considered to be the same with folly. All men blame* ° 
perjury’ and deceit. 

12. They cross’** a ravine very broad and deep. They re- 
quest us to drink this wine to-day with our dearest friends”. 





(a) to be with or near. (b) having also wife and children. (c) There is neea 
to us [dat.]. (d) Express these sentences variously, according to the models in 
the Greek text. (6) § 140. (Ὁ) the young of these. (g) full of. (h) compe- 
tent to nourish. (i) became [17.23] invisible. (j) the sincere and the true. 
(k) the false. (1) the to perjure one’s self. (τὰ) with those whom we love most. 








LESSONS XV., XVI. 81 


They said, that for a long time certainly they had not met" with 
a finer” " harbour than this. They said, that above half of the 
whole army were Arcadians. The mouth of the river is broad 
and deep. He sent to his friends a jar of wine half full 
Falsehood’ is often more agreeable than truth?. 

13. The amount of time occupied by the’ journey”’' was 


four months and ten days. Th a3. 2 
Ses . e breadth® * 
three stadia. y of the river was 


XVI. 


1, And thence they march" ‘ through" * a plain large and 
beautiful, well watered, and full of trees of every kind. 
Mae the ἐν μα legs are large and tame fishes, which the 

y regard as deities. it neither"! 
ee ΠΝ They permit neither" fishes nor 
_ 3. They rushed up to Xenophon, saying: ‘“* Now, Xenophon 
it Is in your power to become great.” He has so ‘many cities 
and men. Now, Thracians, if you were willing, both you 
might benefit me, and I would make you free", ef ‘ 

4. And while the Greeks were encamped, much rain fell in 
3 night. The women wept for a long time upon the moun- 

ins. 

5. The Greeks regarded™ ® Jupiter as king 
They sacrificed to Hercules in relict ἧς the rooney a 
he arrived at his tent’® safe. The name of this city is Cor- 
sote. The river Mascas flows around the city. He wore’ 
something black before his eyes, as he marched. 

Ps He remained three days in Issus, the last inhabited city of 
here Pyikaiewne, tho Lancdeaienirstieet tea oa digo 

, came to the aid of’ 
Cyrus with” the ships from the Peloponnesus. With these tri- 
remes™:”, five-and-twenty in number, Tamos besieges Miletus 
and assists Cyrus in the war against Tissaphernes. _ Anaxibius 
was admiral over these ships. He anchored®-" the vessel be- 
side the camp”. The vessel of Tamos lay at anchor in the 


harbour™*, The two «4430. 20 Ὁ 
° generals arrived®-™ jin* the shi . 
been sent for by the king” *, p, having 





(n) not yet surely within much time had ther 

y met. (0) The false. the true. 
(q) nage (r) They do not permit to injure neither the fishes = As yf te 
(8) had. (Ὁ) marching. (u) sea. (v) was presentto. (w) having. (x) upon. 





EXERCISES ON 


XVII. 


1. This river separates the country of the Thracians from 
that of the Mysians. In this way he marched three parasangs ; 
and when he was marching the fourth, he saw an eagle” 1 
upon the right’**®. Noone of the Greeks was shot in this battle. 
Three horsemen™:® were shot upon the left wing. Nor did 
ANY OTHER ONE of the soldiers find” any thing in this 
march" ', 

2. The robbers™ * will all**' be apprehended. He was said 
to have been sent down by the great king as satrap of Phrygia. 
Very many were taken, and very few were left behind. 

3. He asked® “, what” would be done’. They were arranged 
four deep, the troops of Clearchus upon” the left, those “of 
Meno‘ upon the right, and the rest in the centre. Cy rus was 
said to have been greatly disturbed. He said that this had been 
done. He had? the worst” assistants in ev ery work. 

4. Cyrus often sent wine to his friends, whenever he obtain- 
ed any ‘aback was very pleasant”, bidding those who bore‘ {έ 

also to say, “" Cyrus was greatly pleased with this ; ; therefore he 
wishes you also to taste of it.” We shall be compelled to 
flee’-*, . Brazen helmets and purple tunics*’” will be provided 
for the soldiers. 

5. And the citizens®" hearing this were greatly disturb- 
ed*'*, fearing lest the whole city should be consumed. Cyrus 
exhibited his whole army to the Cilician queen at her request’. 
The generals took care, that all should be well*. They with- 
drew the left wing from the sea. We were afraid lest we 
should be surrounded by the enemy on both sides. 

6. Fearing lest we should be intercepted, we fled with all 
speed. Then it was at once perceived, in what kind of circum- 
stances we were. Then we suspected?" 13. 8, that the man had 
been insidiously sent by Tissaphernes. For let him recollect, 
in what circumstances he happened to be. 

7. The generals feared lest they should be taken‘ and be- 
headed. They were said to have been vexed, and to have been 
afraid lest they should lose’ the friendship of the king. They 
will be carried up to the king and beheaded. 

8. They feared lest they should be delivered up to the satrap. 
He was carried uP to 9 Babylon, to be beheaded‘. They set 
forth from the camp®:*, to pursue the barbarians. They recol- 
lected two eagles screaming upon their right. 





(a) and. (Ὁ) ὃ 535. (c) δὲ 608, 610. (d) the of M. (6) There were to him. 
(f) bearing. (g) having requested. (h) Jt was a care to the generals, that it 
should have itself well. (i) § 205.1. (j) should be cast out of. (k) ὃ 583. a. 








LESSONS XVII., XVIII. 83 


9. Show yourself the best of the soldiers. They feared lest 
the enemy would appear upon the next day. On the third day, 
we deliberated with the ambassadors™ ”, whether we should 
pursue the rest of our way by land or by sea. The next day, 
the soldiers assembled and deliberated’, how the dead might be 
buried. 

10. When the generals had been called into the tent'® © of 
Tissaphernes, they were seized by the barbarians. And not 
long after they were delivered up to the king. At the same 
signal, both those within the tent will be apprehended, and those 
without at the door will be cut down. 


XVIII. 


1. Such has been™ the conduct of the men, and such are 
their words". You, Tissaphernes, have perjured yourself and 
broken the truce. For good order has saved many armies*', 
and disorder has destroyed many. The generals whom we 
have mentioned, set forth from Sardis with Cyrus. We have 
now regained our courage, and, methinks, all the other soldiers 
also. 

2. At the present time”, the Lacedemonians preside over 
the Grecian cities. Lead forward directly against the barbari- 
ans, so that you may not be standing still, since you have seen 
the enemy and been seen by them. Xenias has deserted his 
friends. The Persians consider themselves victorious, since 
they have slain Cyrus. There stand in the sacred grove*-” two 
pillars, bearing inscriptions. 

es by hereupon certain men of the army came to the generals, 
saying that they understood the language of these barbarians. 
We have been slaves at Athens. And before he had slain his 
brother’, he thought that he was already victor. 

4, It is probable that the city will be taken at daybreak. 
Having heard this statement’, the generals-said, that they did 
not commend the messengers, if “they had pursued such a 
course’. Qn the next day he sent messengers to say, that Xe- 
nias and Pasio had deserted the army™'. After this, Orontes 
was never seen’ by any one’ either dead or alive. The city is 





(1) having assembled deliberated, § 631. (m) In respect to the complete tenses, 
observe carefully when the simple forms should be employed, and when the 
forms compounded of the participle and the verb εἰμί (§§ 213, 2, 234, 637) ; 
and also when it is better to employ the more familiar forms of the aorist 
(ὃ 580). (1) The men on the one hand have done such things, and on the 
other say such things. (0) these things. (p) done such things [22. 6). 
(q) ὃ 583. a. (τ) Aor. Pass. See ὃ 301. 4. (8) no one. 








84 EXERCISES ON 


taken*, and all are lost. They said, that the barbarians had left 
the heights. 


5. He wore a small tunic, not reaching below the knee. 


They were standing beside the door. They said, that the rob- 
pers” had taken many sheep. On the same day messengers 
came with the intelligence’, that many had climbed up, and 
that the place had been taken. The enemy had regained their 
courage”. Who will take the place of Neon the Asinzan? 
Advise the citizens® " to sacrifice to the gods as they have been 
wont fo do. 

6. Fellow-citizens*, your work is done*. See, then, that you 
be a man worthy of the honors®' which you possess, and for 
which I congratulate you. And whoever of us desires to be- 
hold his native land*®-"*, let him be a brave man. Remember 
to be bold’’* men; for it is not possible to obtain freedom in 
any other way. 

7. We confess, then, that we have been unjust towards our 
allies’ *. Sothat we, from what we hear, judge no man to have 
been more prosperous. No man has ever*™ been more” " 
loved, either by Greeks or barbarians. He is not willing'** to re- 
main, on account of the dispersion of his heavy-armed troops’**". 

8. These villages, in which we are now encamping, are said 
to have been given to Parysatis for her girdle. After this, Xen- 
ophon, encamped near the city, waited for the heralds* * more 
than ten days. ‘These happened to have been stationed upon 
the right*-* near the cavalry; and, when they perceived that 
the general was dead*”, they fled with all speed®*°. And 
when now it was® evening", the Greeks cross the bridge, 
formed by the union of twenty-three boats. 

9. And at the same time he showed them‘ Lydians with their 
ears bored. We saw a man with both his legs crushed*. In 
our march we found" villages beside the river in possession of! 
the Thracians. They find many soldiers separated from the 
rest of the army. ‘They pointed out a man with both his’ hands 
cut οὔ. 4, 

10. And, after the woman had been brought to the generals, 
they ask her, if she has anywhere seen other companies™ ! 
composed of Greeks. ‘The messengers said, that the hill above 
the way had been seized by the barbarians. When he had 
been brought to Tissaphernes, he related every thing that had 
taken place. The Pisidians are said to have all gathered ina 
circle around the exiles**. 





(a) has been taken. (Ὁ) came saying. (c) § 443. (d) all things have been 
done by you. (e) had become. (f) Dat., ὃ 404. y. (g) crushed as to both the 
legs. (h) Marching we found. (i) having been seized by. (j) See § 133. 3. 





LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 85 


11. They said, that the houses had been palisaded around on 
account of the oxen®*-°, These satraps had been honored by 
the king by reason of their fidelity. The soothsayer had ex- 
pressed the opinion, that there would be a rout!”:* of the enemy. 
The result of the battle will be favorable. Let the gates be 
— closed, and let arms appear now and then™:” ypon the 
wall. 

12. At* Lampsacus, Euclides, the son of the Cleagoras who 
painted the picture of the Dreams, congratulated him upon his 
safe return. 

13. Upon your doing this”, I shall immediately withdraw ; so 
that you will have no guide®-* left". For, if you will do this, 
consider that no friend will be left you. Upon the same day, 
both I shall be immediately cut down, and you yourselves not 
long after. Arizeus stood aloof’. They had been cut down by 
the horsemen. 


XIX. 


1. We gladly”-* saw the enemy no longer standing their 
ground, but flying with all speed**, O most wonderful* ” man, 
you surely do not even*:' understand this, that the south wind 
carries us within the Pontus to Phasis. And they say that 
they themselves healed the wounds of the king. At daybreak, 
ne sent certain persons” to signify, what the soldiers must 

ΟΡ, 

2. Certain of the soldiers of Meno, as they see Clearchus 
riding back"** to his own tent, let fly with their axes. We tie 
up across dog through the day, but let him loose at night’, 
But if we are wise, we shall treat this man in a contrary man- 
ner. 

3. They give to him twenty horses. Having bound the 
prisoners’ * he delivers them up to the king. 

4. He puts to death both Clearchus himself, and the other 
generals. You mingle with the citizens*". While they are 
speaking, I sneeze. 

5. If you are wise, you will depart hence out of the power 
cf this man. If you enter’, you will be apprehended by the 
guards’-*. He will advance silently’”: 

6. The Persians station themselves for the battle with their 
heads unprotected’. He asked the heralds®-*, if all this were 





(k) In. (1) that he had been saved. (m) At the same time you doing this. 
(n) no guide will have been left to you. (0) Plup., § 233. (p) wnat it is neces- 
sary that the soldiers should do (acc. with infin.). (q) through the night. 
(r) shall enter, §§ 231. a, 587.2. (s) having the heads bare. 

8 








86 EXERCISES ON 


false; and they said ‘yes.’ He asked them if they were 
targeteers®™; they said ‘no.’ They are unable to march 
rapidly. As the general himself said. He marches as rapidly 
as possible. 

7. He threw off his purple cloak, where he happened to be 
standing. He gave to the soldiers permission to take whatever 
they pleased. As he was speaking, they both*: 4 sneezed. 
Afier this, permission to depart'*-® is given to all who wish. He 
feared lest he should be intercepted. They rose, arrayed as 
handsomely as was in their power. He rushes forward, as one 
would run for safety’ *. 

8. He exhibited the head of the satrap both to the Thracians 
and to his own soldiers. And upon these mountains” they 
found much snow, and cold so intense that even the wine® ™ 
which they carried in goat-skins’*” froze. They all deserted* 
to Cyrus. No one of you came into this city. We departed 
with good courage. 

9. As soon as they had said this, they rose up. And the 
enemy, as soon as they had heard this’, departed. ‘The barba- 
rians, having erected a trophy as victors’, ascended upon the 
mountain. And when we had descended into the plain, we 
sacrificed an ox*-°, and erected a trophy. We appointed three 
surgeons only”:*', for the wounded were few”. 

10. And leaping down from their horses, they put on linen 
corselets. And, when the messengers had said this, he knew 
that his fear was groundless, and that the army was safe. He 
delivered‘ the skins of the oxen te the young men”. We at- 
tacked the rear® of the barbarians, and slew many. And tri- 
remes” ® were taken to the number of twenty, and all the trans- 
ports” Τα 

11. Pasio has deserted us; but let him know well, that he 
has neither escaped by concealment nor by flight. For we 
both know whither he has gone, and have a swift trireme, so 
that we can take’ his transport vessel. Be well assured, that 

ve are friends. 

12. But let him go, conscious* that he is vile and worthy 
of blows”:*. We deliver these things to you, Charminus ; and 
do you, having disposed of them, make distribution to the sol- 
diers. For the present therefore, Xenophon, depart, leaving 
these men; and when we bid, be present at the trial. 

13. Set the sentinels for the night, and give out the watch- 


23. 28 


19, 21 





(a) departed. (Ὁ) at the same time having heard these things. (c¢) as conquer 
ing [33. 5]. (4) Observe carefully the use of the 1st and 2d aorists of rin, 
δίδωμι, and ings, ὃ 201. w., ΤΊ 50, 51, 54. (6) last. (f) so as to take. 
(g) knowing. 








LESSON XIX, 87 


word. It is not possible for the soldiers to buy either" bread or 
wine in the market-place. Fellow-soldiers, arise and cross the 
river. 

14, Stand to your arms around the tent. He bade the cap- 
tains“ inflict punishment upon the fugitives’ *. He com- 
manded the Pisidians to give up the exiles; and they gave them 
up. 

15. The king gave to Orontes a large sum: of money’. Ex- 
hibit your training. But he said that he should not! himself be 
present at the trial””*. For who will be willing-to go as 
heralds, after having slain a herald ? . 

16. Having mounted his horse in the night, he rode off to his 
own country’**. On the next day’? they all ran off. He 
stopped, wherever he might happen to be. The enemy col- 
lected in a body. I am afraid, that they will run off* in the 
night. 

17. Place your shield against your knee. Read the letter, 
Socrates, and then advise'** me! respecting the expedition °, 
Give and take the right hand™. Read these letters. Embark 
in the vessel, and put on board your most valuable effects. He 
practised shooting, sending high into the air. They had as 
guides the women who had been taken prisoners". 

18. The cold*:-* froze both my ears*. They asked, who 
was the satrap of the country. A noise ran° through the ranks 
of the army. He said, that upon the following morning the 
Persians would come to give battle. Depart in the night. 

19. Endeavour, so far as you may be able”, to do good to 
others. -Be upon your guard, lest the king attack you in the 
night. ‘There were many barbarians in the neighbouring vil- 
lage’, They roused many partridges in the park. 

20. He said that he would not remain: *, unless they would 
give him money. ‘Therefore we do not fear-this, that we may 
not have enough to bestow upon our friends, but that we may 
not have friends enough to receive’. If you are taken within 
the city, you will be sold. The king says, that, if we go to 
him, he will treat us well. Let us not go against the Pisidians. 
If you go against the men, you will conquer®“. Deliver him 
up to the citizens to judge, and then to do" with him whatever 
they may please. 

21. On this account we did not wait for you, that, if possible, 
we might cross‘, befere the bridge’’” should be occupied by 





(h) neither, § 664. B. (i) much money. (j) Observe carefully the position 
of the words. (k) lest they may run off. (1) having read the letter, advise me. 
(m) right hands. (n) the having been taken women. (0) went. (p) whatever 
you may be able. (q) to whom we may give. (1) having judged to do. 
(s) if in any way we might be able to cross. 





58 EXERCISES ON 


the enemy. He considered, how he might cross the river best 
and both conquer those before and suffer no evil from ‘those be- 
hind. 

22. They showed", that they regarded it of the utmost conse 
quence, if they had aide an engagement with any one, to ob- 
serve it im plicitly®. They inflicted punishment” * upon this 
man, in ome that it might produce fear in others also. May 
the gods not allow the war! 

23. They asked him, if he would give them money. The 
Greeks gave a lance to the Macronians. 

24. He said, that he would sooner die, than deliver up his 
shield** τὶ We answered, that we would sooner die, than be- 
tray the exiles? po) ee they gave, they would give fox this end, 
that giving to us a smaller, they might not pay to you the larg- 
er sum’. He deliberated, whether’ he should send another, or 
go himself to assist. 


XX. 


And another also stood* without the walls®'. Let one 
company stand among the trees. They said that two noble 
and good men were dead. They were not able to bury the 
dead®™ 3, 

2. The women stood a long time and wept’. Those of the 
soldiers who stood around drove him away, and said that-the 
sheep*-* were public property. They answered™*, that they 
thought they should find the robbers": 5 all dead. 

3. "Cleander, you know not, what you are doing. We are 
conscious to ourselves of having deceived Cyrus in every thing. 
= generals do not yet know the affair™ ", 

. For know, P ersians, that you are senseless, if you suppose 
fees your gold? * could prevs ail over our valor. For be well 
assured?, O king, that we would choose freedom, i in preference 
to” all the wealth” 1. which you possess™*, 

5. They wish to know, what would be done’. They were 
observing carefully, what the enemy would do. We knew that 
the Lacedzemonians occupied’ the centre of the Grecian® 5 
army. I fear that‘ this may take place. We feared that this 
might take place. 

6. We were ata loss, what we should do; for we happened 





(a) exhibited themselves. (b) to falsify nothing. (c) the more. (ἃ) if. 
(6) ὃ 237. a. In verbs, in which some of the forms of the perfect and plu- 
perfect active are nude, be careful in respect to the use of the different forms. 
(f) standing wept. (g) know well.  (h) instead of. (i) §§ 608, 610. 
(j) Anew the L., that they occupied. (k) lest. 





LESSONS XIX. — XXIV. 89 


to be sitting, as honored guests, upon the seat nearest to the 
king. He sat down in the tent, and said that he would not rise 
αρ *. Do not sit down. 

7. You are lying down, as if it were permitted to sleep®” 
securely’. The barbarians fled, whenever we pressed upon 


them vehemently. Let us lie dive beside the river’ “*. 


ΧΧΙ. 


1. It seems necessary to march’ as rapidly as we can™. It 
seemed to us, that we ought to consider, how we could march 
most securely. We must pursue forthwith” *. 

2. I must do every thing, that | may never be in the power 
of the king". Virtue’ should be pursued by all". We ought 
to say what we know. 


XXII. 


The Macronian leaps both high and nimbly, and flourishes 
his sword. After this, the Thracians went οὐκ. singing the 
Sitaleas. But they had received no harm. They bound the 
robber; and having fastened’ him beside the horses, drove him 


on with both haads tied behind. 


XXIII. 


They asked the messenger, what the king said. He 15 ac- 
quainted with the Greek’. They bid farewell to tears’. The 
supper was served to’ them reclining*-* around the foun- 
tain®°., But Arystas, who was a terrible fellow to eat, said to 


the cupbearer, “Give the cup [said he} to Xenophon ; for he. 
seems""* to be already at leisure, while* Iam not yet so.’ 


XXIV. 


[ am conscious [to myself], that I have treated with neglect 
both gods and men. For I neither know how the wicked” * 
could escape by flight, nor into what darkness they could run 
for concealment. Whosoever is an enemy to the good, him no 
one*:* could ever deem happy. 





(1) that it is to be marched. (τα) §§ 592, 606. (nm) Express these sentences 
variously, according to the models in the text. (0) yoked. (p) understands 
to speak Greek. (q) they bid the weeping [40. 7] farewell. (1) was to. 
(s) but. (Ὁ) never. 


8 * 








VOCABULARY. 





> 
a- 


[ἀ-, an inseparable particle, com- 
monly denoting privation or ne- 
gation, and then called ἀ- priva- 
tive (akin to ἄνευ, without). See 
ᾧ 325. a.] 

᾿Αβροζέλμης, -ov, Abrozelmes, in- 
terpreter to Seuthes. 

ἀγαθός, -n, -dv, good; good in war, 
brave. For its comparison, see 
δ 160. See καλός. 

" eA -ov, Agasias, a Stympha- 
ian, one of the bravest of the 
Greek lochagi. 

ἀγγεῖον, -ov, vessel (for containing), 
receptacle. 

[ἀγγέλλω, f. ἀγγελῶ, pf. ἤγγελκα 
(9 41, ὃ 277. a), to announce, 
carry or bring tidings. | 

ἄγγελος, -ov, 6 (ἀγγέλλω), Messen- 
ger. Der. ANGEL. 

᾿Αγίας, -ov, Agias, a Greek general 
from Arcadia, slain through the 
treachery of Tissaphernes. 

ἀγορά, -as (dyeipw, to assemble), 
place of assembly, market-place, 
market. 

ἄγριος, -a, -ov (ἀγρός, Lat. ager, 
field), wild. 

ἄγω, f. ἄξω, pf. ἦχα (in composi- 
tion), 2 ἃ. ἤγαγον (ὃ 194. 8. N.), 
to lead, conduct, bring (by lead- 
ing); direct; ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, to 
lead a life of quiet. 

ἀγών, -dvos, ὁ (ἄγω), contest. Der. 
AGONY. 

ἀγωνίζομαι (ἀγών), f. -ίσομαι, pf. 
ἠγώνισμαι, to contend, struggle, 
strive. Der. AGONIZE. 





αἵ 

ἀγωνοθέτης, -ου (ἀγών, τίθημι), α 
judge of a contest. 

ἄδειπνος, -ov (ἀ-, δεῖπνον), supper- 
less. 

ἀδελφός, -ov, brother. 

ἀδικέω (ἄδικος), f. -ἦσω, pf. ἠδίκηκα, 
to injure, wrong. 

ἄδικος, -ov (d-, δίκη), unjust, un- 
principled. 

ado, f. ἄσομαι (ὃ 260), ἐο sing. 

ἀεί, always, ever. 

ἀετός, -οῦ, ὃ, eagle, 

᾿Αθηναῖος, -ου, ὁ (᾿Αθῆναι, Athens, 
chief city of Attica), an Atheni- 
an. 

᾿Αθήνησι, at Athens, prop. old dat. 
pl. of ᾿Αθῆναι (ὃ 320. 9). 

ἄθλον, -ov, prize of acontest. Der. 
ATHLETE, ATHLETIC. 

ἀθροίζω (ἀθρόος), f. -oicw, to col- 
lect, assemble, trans. 

ἀθρόος, -a, -ov, thick together, in a 
body. 

ἀθυμία, -as (abvpos), dejection, de- 
spondency. 

ἄθῦμος, -ov (ἀ-, Ovpds, sprrit, cour- 
age), spiritless, disinclined. 

αἰγιαλός, -οὔ, 6, beach. 

Αἰγύπτιος, -ov, ὁ (Αἴγυπτος, AZ- 
gypt), an ΖΕ gyptian. 

αἰδήμων, -ov, g.-ovos (αἰδώς, shame, 
modesty), modest, 

Aimay, -avos, 6, an A®nianian. 
The A£nianians were a tribe in 
southern Thessaly, occupying 
the upper valley of the Sper- 
chius. 

αἴξ, αἰγός, 6, 7, goat. 





92 aipéw 


aipéw, f. τἤσω, pf. ἥρηκα, 2 ἃ. 
εἷλον (§ 301. 1), to take, cap- 
ture; Mid., to take for one’s 
self, choose. See ἁλίσκομαι. 

αἰσθάνομαι, ἔ, αἰσθήσομαι, pf. 7- 
σθημαι, 2a. ἡἠσθόμην (§ 289), to 

“perceive. Der. ZSTHETIC. 
αἰσχύνω (αἶσχος, shame, disgrace), 
-uv@, 10 shame, disgrace; 
Mid., to be ashamed; with acc., 
to be ashamed before, to have re- 
spect for. 

αἰτέω, ἴ. -ἡσω, pf. ἤἥτηκα, to ask for 
a thing, demand. 

αἰχμάλωτος, -ov (αἰχμή, point of a 
spear, ἁλίσκομαι), taken in war ; 
οἱ αἰχμάλωτοι, prisoners of war ; 
τὰ αἰχμάλωτα, things taken in 
war, prizes of war, including 
both prisoners and booty. 

ἀκούω,, f. ἀκούσομαι, pf. ἀκήκοα 
(8 269. 7), to hear. Der. 
ACOUSTICS. 

ἄκρος, -a, -ov, at the end or top; ἡ 
ἄκρα, subst., cetade'; τὸ ἄκρον, 
subst., hezght or summit; τὰ 
ἄκρα, heights. 

axtn, -ἧς (ayvips, to break, from 
the breaking of the waves), 
strand, shore. 

ἀλήθεια, -as (aAnOns), truth. 

ἀληθεύω (ἀληθής), f. -εύσω, to 
speak the truth. 

ἀληθής, -€s(a-, λανθάνω, to lie hid), 
true. 

ἁλίσκομαι, f. ἁλώσομαι, pf. ἑάλωκα 
and ἥλωκα, 2 ἃ. ἑᾶάλων and ἥλων 


(§ 301. 1), ἐο be captured or | 


taken; used as the passive of 
aipew. 

ἄλκιμος, -ov (ἀλκή, valor), warlike, 
brave. 

ἀλλά, but; originally the neut. pl. 
of ἄλλος, and denoting that df- 
ferent things follow from those 
which have preceded. It ex- 
presses opposition more strongly 
than δέ. 

ἀλλήλων (ἄλλος), of one another 
of each other. See § 145, 
q 23..C. 7 

ἅλλομαι, f. ἁλοῦμαι (ᾧ 277), to leap. 


VOCABULARY. 





| ἄμφω, -οἷν (ἢ 137. 
Ι ἄν, --- 1. at the Sariining of a 


ἀναγιγνώσκω 


ἄλλος, -n, το (§ 97. 2), other, 
another, else; ἄλλῃ, dat. fem. 
as adv., another way, else- 
where. 


| ἄλλοτε (ἄλλος), at another time. 
| ἄλλως (ἄλλος), in another way, 


otherwise. 

ἀλόγιστος, -ov (d-, λογίζομαι), in 
considerate, thoughtless. 

ἄλσος, -eos, τό, sacred grove. 

ἅμα, at the same time. 

ἅμαξα, -ης, carriage, wagon, 
hence, wagon-load. 

ἁμαξιτός, -6y| (ἅμαξα), for carriages; 
ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτός, a carriage-road, 

ἁμαρτάνω, f. ἁμαρτήσομαι, pf. ἣν 
μάρτηκα, 2a. ἥμαρτον (ᾧ 289), to 
err, miss. 

ἀμαχεί (ἀ-, μάχη), without a batile. 

ἀμαχητί (d-, μάχομαι), without 
jighting or resistance. 

᾿Αμβρακιώτης, -ov ("AuSpaxia, Am- 
bracia, a city in Vipers), Ambra- 
ciot or Ambracian. 

ἀμελέω (a-, pedo), f. τήσω, pf. ἡμέ- 
Anka, to neglect, be careless of. 

ἄμπελος, του, 7, Vine. 

ἀμφί, about; akin to ἄμφω, and 
signifying originally on both 
sides. 

ἀμφότερος, -a, -ov (ἄμφω), both; 
little used in the sing. 

¥; Ἵ 21), beth. 


clause, a shortened form. of the 
conj. ἐάν, if; — 2. elsewhere, a 
particle expressing contingency, 
in connection with which a verb 
is usually translated into Eng. 
by the potential mode. See 
§§ 587, 588, 603 f, 606, 615. 2, 
616. ὁ. 

ἀνά, prep., up; ava κράτος, [up to 
one’s strength] wath all speed, 
at full s peed. 

ἀναβαίνω { (ἀνά, βαίνω, f. βήσομαι, 
pf. βέβηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβην), to go up 
ascend, mount, climb up- 

ἀνάβασις, -ews, ἡ (ἀναβαίνω), as- 
cent, expedition up from the sea- 
coast into central Asia. 


| ἀναγιγνώσκω (ἀνά, γιγνώσκω, f 





αναγιγνώσκω 


γνώσομαι, pf. ἔγνωκα, 2 ἃ. ἔ- 
γνων), to read. 
ἀναγκάζω (ἀνάγκη), f. -ἄσω, to 
compel, force. 
avaykn, -ns, necessity. 
ἀνάγω (ava, aya, f. ἄξω, pf. ἦχα, 
2 a. ἤγαγον), to lead, carry, or 
bring up; hence, to bring upon 
the high SEQ; Mid., to put out to 
sea, set sail. 
dvabaigia (ἀνά, θαῤῥέω, f.-now, pf. 
τεθάῤῥηκα), to regan courage. 
ἀναιρέω (ἀνά, aipéw, f. -ἥσω, pf. 
npnka, 2 a. εἷλον), to take up; 
Mid., to take up what is connect- 
ed with one’s self, as the bodies 
of friends for burial, food placed 
before one, &c. 
ἀνακοινόω (ἀνά, κοινόω, f. τώσω, to 
make common, from κοινός), to 
communicate. 
ἀνακράζω (ἀνά, κράζω and 2 pf. 
Kexpaya, to cry, f. pf. κεκράξο- 
μαι, 2 a. ἔκραγον, ὃ 274. δ), to 
raise α cry. 
ἀναμένω (ἀνά, μένω, f. μενῶ, pf. 
μεμένηκα), to wait for. 
ἀναμιμνήσκω, (ἀνά, μιμνήσκω, f. 
μνήσω), to remind; Mid. and 
Pass., to recollect, call to mind. 
᾿Αναξίβιος, του, Anazibius, a Spar- 
tan admiral. 
ἀναπείθω (ἀνά, πείθω, f. πείσω, pf. 
πέπεικα). to persuade, induce. 
ἀνατείνω (ava, τείνω, to stretch, f. 
reve, pf. réraxa, § 268), to stretch 
up, hold up. 
ἀνατέλλω (ἀνά, τέλλω, to raise, rise, 
f. τελῶ, a. Ererda), to rise, of the 
sun. 
ἀνελόμενος, 2 aor. mid. part. of 
ἀναιρέω. 
ἄνεμος, -ου, 6, wind. 
ἄνευ, without; opposed to σύν; 
with, 
ἀνήρ, g. ἀνδρός (ὃ 106.1), 6, man, 
in distinction from woman; hus- 
band. See ἄνθρωπος. 
ἄνθρωπος, -ου, 6 ὁ, ἡ, man, in distine- 
tion from beast. ᾿Ανήρ and av- 
θρωπος are distinguished from 
oak other as vir and homo in 


VOCABULARY. 





ἀπέρχομαι 93 


Latin; the former signifying a 
MAN, in ἃ more special or em- 
phatic. sense; and the latter, 
simply one of the human race, 
Hence the former usually im- 
plies honor, and the latter often 
cont mpt. 

ἀνίστημι (ἀνά, ἵστημι, f. στήσω, pf. 
ἕστηκα); to raise up, rouse; in 
the intrans. forms, 10 stand up, 
rise. See torn. 

AM > , dl 

ἀνίσχω (ἀνά, ἴσχω, prolonged form 
of ἔχω), to rese, of the sun. 

ἀνόητος, -ov (ἀ-, νοέω, to think), 
senseless. 


> ae d > ‘ - > ’ a” 
| ἀνοίγω and ἀνοίγνῦμι (ava, οἴγω, 


poet., Zo open), f. ἀνοίξω, pf. ἀνέ- 
φχα, impf. ἀνέῳγον and later 
ἤνοιγον (ὃ 294), to open. 

ἀντί, over against, instead of. 

ἀντιτάττω (ἀντί, τάττω, f. τάξω, pf. 
réraxa), to arrange or draw up 
against. 

ἄνω (ἀνά), adv., up, upwards. 
Comp. ἀνωτέρω, sup. ἀνωτάτω. 

ἀξίνη,ρ “nS, axe. 

ἄξιος, -a, -ov, worthy of, worth; 
ἄξιος εἶναι, with inf., to be wor- 
thy, deserve. 

ἀξιόω (ἄξιος), f. -doo, pf. ἠξίωκα, 
to think worthy, think fit, claim. 

ἀπαγγέλλω (ἀπό, ἀγγέλλω, ἴ. -ελῶ, 
pf. ἤγγελκα), to carry or bring 
back word or tadin 8:5, report. 

ἀπαγορεύω (ἀπό, ἀγορεύω, to speak 
in public, f. -evow), to [speak off 
from a thing] give up, became eax- 
hausted. 

ἀπάγω (ἀπό, ἄγω, f. ἄξω, pf. ἦχα, 
2 a. ἤγαγον), to lead away. 

ἀπαντάω (ἀπό, ἀντάω, to come op- 
posite to), f. -ἤσω, commonly 
-noopat, pf. ἀπήντηκα, to meet. 

ἅπας, ἅπᾶσα, ἅπαν, g. ἅπαντος, 
ἁπάσης (dua, πᾶς), all together, 
the whole. 

ἄπειμι (ἀπό, εἶμι), 10 go away, de- 
part. 

ἀπελαύνω (ἀπό, ἐλαύνω, f. ἐλάσω, 
pf. ἐλήλακα), to drive away, to 
ride off or away. 

ἀπέρχομαι (ἀπό, ἔρχομαι, f. ἐλεύ- 





94 ἀπέρχομαι 


VOCABULARY. ἄριστος 


copa, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 2a. ἤλθονῚ, | ἀποπέμπω (ἀπό, πέμπω, f. πέμψω, 


to zo away, depart. 

am) dos, -on, -dov, contr. ἁπλοῦς, -7), 
-οῦν (ἅμα, -πλόος, ᾧ 138. 4), sim- 
ple Ἂ sincere. 

ἀπό, Lat. ab, from. In compos., 
off, away, back, See ἐξ. 

ἀποβαίνω (ἀπό, βαίνω, f. βήσομαι, 
pf. βέβηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβην, to step off, 
disembark. 

ἀποδείκνῦμι (ἀπό, δείκνῦμι, f. dei- 
Ew, pf. δέδειχα), to show forth, 
appoint, express; Mid., to express 
one’s opinion. 

ἀποδιδράσκω (ἀπό, διδράσκω, 10 
run, f. δράσομαι, pf. δέδρᾶκα, 
2a. ἔδρᾶν, ᾧ 285), to run away, 
to escape by stealth. 

ἀποδίδωμι(ἀπό, δίδωμι, f. δώσω, pf. 
δέδωκα, ἃ. ἔδωκα), to give back, 
pay. 

ἀποθνήσκω" (ἀπό, θνήσκω, f. θα- 
νοῦμαι, pf. τέθνηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔθανονῚ, 
to die off, die, be slain or put to 
death. 

ἀποκαίω (ἀπό, καίω, f. καύσω, pf. κέ- 
καυκαὶ, to burn off, wither, trans. 

ἀποκλείω (ἀπό, κλείω, ἴ. -σω), to 
exclude, intercept. 

ἀποκόπτω (ἀπό, κόπτω, f. κόψω, pf. 
κέκοφα), to cut or beat off. 

ἀποκρίνομαι (ἀπό, κρίνω), f. -κρινοῦ- 
μαι, pf. -κέκριμαι, to answer, re- 
ply. 

ἀποκτείνω and ἀποκτίννῦμι (ἀπό, 
κτείνω, to kill, f. κτενῶ, pf. ἔκτο- 
va, § 295), to kill off, kell, slay, 
put to death. 

ἀπολείπω (ἀπό, λείπω, f. -Yro, pf. 
λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλιπον), to leave 
behind, desert. 

ἀπόλλῦμι (ἀπό, ὄλλῦμι, to destroy, 
f. ὀλέσω, commonly dda, pf. 
ὀλώλεκα, § 295), to destroy; Mid. 
(2 a. ἀπωλόμην), to perish ; 2 pf. 
ὄλωλα, intrans. as pres., fo be un- 
done or lost. 

᾿Απόλλων, -ovos (δῇ 105. κ., 107. 
n.), Apollo, one of the chief 
divinities of the Greeks, regard- 
ed as the patron of svothsaying, 
music, poetry, archery, &c. 





pf. πέπομφα), to send away or 
back, to send (what is due). 

ἀποπλέω (ἀπό, πλέω, f. πλεύσομαι 
or πλευσοῦμαι, pf. πέπλευκα)ὴ, to 
sail away. 

ἀπορέω (d-, πόρος, passage, way), 
f. -now, and ἀπορέομαι, f. -ἡσο- 
μαι, lo be at a loss. 

ἀποσπάω (ἀπό, σπάω, to draw, f. 
σπάσω, pf. ἔσπακα, ὃ 219), to 
draw off, separate, withdraw, 
trans. 

ἀποστέλλω (ἀπό, στέλλω, f. στελῶ, 
pf. ἔσταλκα), to send away or 
back. 

ἀποστερέω (ἀπό, στερέω, to deprive, 
f. crepnow, pf. ἐστέρηκα), to de- 
prive, rob. 

ἀποτέμνω (ἀπό, τέμνω, f. rena, pf. 
τέτμηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔτεμον and €rapoy), 
to cut off, intercept. 

ἀποτίνω (ἀπό, τίνω, to pay, exprate, 
f. τίσω, pf. rérixa, ᾧ 278), to 
pay back; Mid. ἀποτίνομαι, 
-τίσομαι, to take vengeance upon, 
requite, punish. 

ἀποφεύγω (ἀπό, φεύγω, f. φεύξο- 
μαι, 2 pf. πέφευγα, 2 ἃ. ἔφυγονῚ, 
to flee from, flee beyond reach, 
escape by flight.. 

dpa(dp-, to fit, ὃ 285), accordingly, 
then, therefore. See ᾧ 673. a. 

᾿Αργεῖος, -ov, ὁ ("Apyos, Argos, 
chief city of Argolis), an Argive. 

ἀργύριον, -ov (dim. of ἄργυρος, sil- 
ver), stlver-money, money. 

᾿Αργώ, -dos, ἡ» Argo, the ship in 
which Jason sailed to Colchis 
in quest of the golden fleece. 

ἀρετή, -js, virtue, valor. 

ἀρήγῳ; f. -E@, to succour, assist. 

᾿Αριαῖος, -ov, Arieus, commander 
of the Asiatics in the army of 
Cyrus. 

ἀριθμός, -οὔ, 6, number, amount. 
Der. ARITHMETIC. 

ἀριστάω (ἄριστον, breakfast), f. 
-now, pf. npiornxa, to breakfast. 

ἄριστος, best, nodlest, sup. of aya- 
6és; neut. pl. ἄριστα, as adv., 
best, sup. of εὖ or καλῶς. 





Αρκαδικός VOCABULARY. 


Αρκαδικός, -7, τόν (Apxadia, Ar- 
cadia, central province of the 
Peloponnesus) , Arcadian. 

᾿Αρκάς, -ados, 6, an Arcadian. 

ἅρμα, -atos, τό, chariot. 

Appnyn, της, Harmene, a harbour 
of Sinope. 

ἁρπάζω, f. ἁρπάσω, pf. ἥρπακα; to 
snatch, snatch up. 

Aprdofos, -ov, Ariaozus, a friend 
of Cyrus. 

᾿Αρταξέρξης, -ov, Artaxerxes, sur- 
named Mnemon from his great 
memory, eldest son of Darius 
Nothus, and his successor upon 
the throne of Persia. 

ἤλρτεμις, -ἰδος, Diana, sister of 
Apollo, goddess of the chase 
and of virginity. 

ἄρτος, -ov, ὃ, loaf of bread. 

᾿Αρύστας, -ov, Arystas, an Arcadi- 
an, a great eater. 

᾿Αρχαγόρας, -ov, Archagoras, an 
exile from Argos, one of the 
Greek lochagi. 

> 4 ~ »᾿ 

ἀρχή, -ἧς (ἄρχω), rule, govern- 
ment; province; beginning. 

dpxa, f. ἄρξω (ᾧ 222. 1), to take 
the lead, to rule, to command ; 
to begin (ὃ 350. r.); Mid., to de- 
gin. In the sense to begin, the 
active rather denotes to begin 

for others to follow, and the 
middle simply to begin for one’s 
self. Der. arcu-. 

ἄρχων, -ovros, 6 (prop. part. of ἄρ- 
xo), commander, ruler. 

ἀσθενέω (ἀσθενής, weak), f. τήσω, 
to be weak, feeble, or sick. 

’Acia, -as, Asia, the largest of the 
three grand divisions of the old 
world. 

᾿Ασιδάτης, του, Asidates, a rich 
Persian, taken and despoiled by 
Xenophon. 

᾿Ασιναῖος, του (Agivn, Asine, a 
town of Laconia), an Asinean. 

ἄσῖϊτος, -ov (ἀ-, σῖτος), without food. 

ἀσκύς, -0v, 6, leathern bag, goat- 
skin. 

ἄσμενος, -n, τον, glad, joyful. 

ἀσπάζομαι, f. τάσομαι, to greet, em- 
brace, take leave of. 





Βαβυλών 95 


ἀσπίς, -idos, 7, shield, the large 
round shield of the Greeks. 

ἀσφαλής, -€s (ἀ-, σφάλλομαι, to 
stumble, fall, fail), safe, secure. 

ἀσφαλῶς (ἀσφαλής), safely, se- 
curely. 

ἀταξία, -ας (d-, τάττω), disorder, 
want of discipline. 

αὖ, again, on the other hand. 

αὐλίζομαι (αὐλή, court-yard, lodg- 
ing), f. -icopa, to lodge. 

αὐλός, -οὔ, 6, flute, differing from 
that common with us, in having 
a mouth-piece, and a fuller tone. 

αὐτίκα (αὐτός), forthwith. 

αὐτόματος, -n, -ov (αὐτός, Τ. pa-, to 
endeavour), self-moving; ἀπὸ 
τοῦ αὐτομάτου, of one’s own mo- 
tion or accord. Der. avToma- 
TON. 

αὐτός, -7, τό, very, same, self; ὁ 
αὐτός, the same; in the oblique 
cases not beginning a clause, as 
the common pron. of the 3d 
pers. him, her, it; gen. αὐτοῦ 
[sc. τόπου or χωρίου, ᾧ 379], as 
adv., there. See §§ 149, 508 f. 

αὑτοῦ, -ἧς, contr. from ἑαυτοῦ, -jjs. 

ἀφαιρέω (ἀπό, αἱρέω, ἴ. -ἥσω, pf. 

ἥρηκα, 2a. εἷλον), and oftener 
adaipeopa, to take away, de- 
prive, rob. 

ἀφανής, -és (ἀ-, paiva), unseen, out 
of sight, invisible. 

ἀφίημι (ἀπό, ins, f. ἥσω, pf. εἷκα, 
ἃ. ἧκα), to let loose. 

ἀφικνέομαι (ἀπό, ἱκνέομαι, to come, 
f. ἵξομαι, pf. ἵγμαι, 2 ἃ. ἱκόμην, 
ᾧ 292), to arrive, come to, 

ἀφιππεύω (ἀπό, ἱππεύω, to ride, f. 
-eicw), to ride off or back. 

ἀφίστημι (ἀπό, ἵστημι), ἴ. ἀποστή- 
ow, pf. ἀφέστηκα, 1 8. ἀπέστη- 
σα, ἃ. ἀπέστην, to withdraw 
from, trans.; in the intrans. 
forms, to stand off from or aloof, 
withdraw, retire. 

᾿Αχαιός,-οῦὔ, an Achean, an inhab 
itant of Achaia, the northern 
province of the Peloponnesus. 

ἄχθομαι, f. ἀχθέσομαι, ἃ. ἠχθέσθην 
(ὃ 222. a), to be vexed. 

Βαβυλών, -avos, 7, Babylon, a cele- 





96 Βαβυλών 


brated city upon the river Eu- 
phrates. 

Βαβυλώνιος, -a, -ον (Βαβυλών), 
Babylonian. 

βάθος, -eos, τό (βαθύς), depth. 

βαθύς, -εἴα, -ὐ, deep. 

[βαίνω, f. βήσομαι, pf. βέβηκα, 2a. 
ἔβην () 278), to step, go.] 

βάλλω, f. βαλῶ, pf. > ae 2 a. 
ἔβαλον (§§ 223, 277. a), to 
throw, cast. 

BapBapixés, -7, -dv (BapBapos), bar- 
barian. 

βαρβαρικῶς (BapBapixds), in the 
barbarian tongue, in Persian. 

BapBapos, -ov, barbarian; BapBa- 
pos, Subst., a barbarian, a term 
applied by the Greeks to those 
of all nations except their own. 

βασίλειος, -ov (βασιλεύς), belong- 

ing to a king, royal; τὸ βασί- 
λεῖον (se. δῶμα], and oftener τὰ 
βασίλεια, palace. 

βασιλεύς, -έως, king, esp. applied 
by the Greeks, and often with- 
out the art. (ᾧ 485. a), to the 
King of Persia. 

βασιλεύω (βασιλεύςῚ, f. -evow, to 
reign. 

βασιλικός, -7, -όν (βασιλεύς), king- 
ly, royal. 

Βέλεσυς, -vos, Belesys, a satrap of 
Syria. 

βελτίων, better, and βέλτιστος, 
best, comp. and sup. of ἀγαθός. 

Bia, -as, force, violence, 

Bixos, -ov, 6, Jar. 

Bios, -ov, = life. 

βοάω, f. βοήσομαι, to cry out, call 
aloud, 

Bot@rios,-ov, 6, α Beotian, an in- 
habitant of the Grecian province 
northwest of Attica. 

Bopéas,-ov, contr. βοῤῥᾶς, -ἃ (ᾧ 94), 
BOREAS, the north wind. 

βουλεύω (βουλή, plan, counsel, 
from βούλομαι), f. -eicw, pf. 
βεβούλευκα, to plan, counsel; 
Mid., to take counsel, deliberate, 
consider, purpose, resolve. 

βούλομαι, f. notre ap pf. Be- 
βούλημαι (ᾧ 222. 2), to will, be 
wiliimg, wish. “See p. 68. c. 


VOCABULARY. γυμνάζω 


| βοῦς, Bods, 6, 7 (δ 112. 4), Lat. 
bos, ox, cow. 

βραχύς, -eia, -v, short; βραχύ, as 
adv., a short distance. 

Βυῤίντιον, -ov, Byzantium, a city 
on the Thracian Bosphorus, 
now Constantinople. 

γαλήνη, “ns, a calm, 

yap, conj., for; never the first 
word in its clause (ᾧ 673. a), but 
usually the second. 

γέ, at least, certainly, surely; a 
particle, whose chief use is to 
add emphasis or force to the 
word preceding. See ᾧ 673. a. 

γείτων, -ονος; 6, n, neighbour. 

γελάω, f. -dooua, a. ἐγέλασα 
(§ 219. a), to laugh. 

γέλως, τωτος, ὁ (γελάω), laughter. 

γέμω, used only in pres. and impf., 
to be full of. 

γενεά, -ἂς (γίγνομαι), birth. 

γέῤῥον, -ov, a wicker shield (of 
osier, Cov ered with ox- hide). 

yevopuat, f. γεύσομαι, pf. yeyevpat, 
to taste. ‘The act. γεύω is causa- 
tive, to make to taste, give one a 
taste of. 

yepipa, -as, bridge. 

γῆ; γῆς (contr. from yaa), earth, 
land. 

γίγνομαι, f. γεν ἤσομαι, pf. γεγένημαι 
and γέγονα; Ὁ ἃ. ἐγενόμην (ᾧ 286), 
to come to be, become, be born, 
take place, be, come. ‘The gen- 
eral distinction between εἰμί ‘and 
γίγνομαι is the same as, in Eng., 
between be and become. 

γιγνώσκω, f. Ly eg pf. ἔγνωκα, 
2 a. ἔγνων (§ 285), Lat. nosco, 
to KNOW, und. retand, determine, 
judge. 

Trois, Tod (ἢ 126. 2), Glus, a 
son of the Augyptian amos, 
and a favorite officer of Cyrus. 

γνώμη, της». judgment, ene 

γόνυ, γόνατος, τό AS 103. N.), Anee. 
γράμμα, -atos, τό (γράφω), letter. 
Der. GRAMMAR. 

γράφω, ἔ -ψω, pf. γέγραφα (J 36), 
to write. 

γυμνάζω (γυμνός, naked, from the 








Greek habit of engaging in ex- 





γυμνάζω VOCABULARY. 


ercise naked), f. -dow, to exer- 
cise, train. Der. GYMNASTICS. 

γυνή, γυναικός (ᾧ 101. y), woman, 
wife. 

δακρύω (δάκρυ, tear), f. -ὕσω, to 
weep. 

dapeckds, τοῦ, ὁ (Δαρεῖος); daric, 
: Persian gold coin, = about 

$ 4.00. 

Ain. -ov, Darius, surnamed 
Nothus, king of Persia, natural 
son of Artaxerxes Longimanus, 
and father of Artaxerxes Mne- 
mon and Cyrus. 

δασμός, -ov, ὁ (δαίομαι; to divide), 
tribute. 

δέ, but, and; on the other hand, 
also (§ 657. y); the common 
particle of contradistinction, in- 
termediate in its force between 
the copulative καί, and, and the 
adversative ἀλλά, but. Kai 
unites without implying. dis- 
tinction ; while δέ implies some 
distinction, and ἀλλά not only 
distinction, but opposition. Aé, 
like μέν (which see), is usually 
the second word in its clause, 
never the first (ᾧ 673. ap. 

δέδοικα and δέδια, f. (epic) δείσομαι, 
a. ἔδεισα (“Ἴ 58, δὲ 237, 282), to 
be afraid, fear. 

δεῖ, see δέω, to need, 

δείκνῦμι and δεικνύω, f. δείξω, pf. 
δέδειχα (9 52, ὃ 294), to pornt 
out, show. 

δείλη, της» evening, afternoon. 

δεινός, -n, τόν (δέος, fear), terrible, 

δειπνέω (δεῖπνον); f. δειπνήσω, pf. 
δεδείπνηκα, to sup, take one’s 
supper. 

δεῖπνον, -ov, supper. 

δέκα, indecl., zen. 

δεκαπέντε, indecl., fifteen, 

δένδρον, του (ἢ 124. B), tree. 

δεξιός, -ά, τόν, Lat. dexter, right 
(as opposed to left), on the ri cht ; 
ἡ δεξιά [Sc. χείρ], the right hand; 
τὸ δεξιόν [sc. κέρας]; ‘the right 
wing of an army. 

Δέξιππος; -ov, Dexippus, a Laconi- 
an in the army of Cyrus, who 





διαλαμβάνω 97 


proved false to his fellow-sol- 
diers. 

δέρμα; -aros, τό (δέρω; to flay), skin, 
hide. 

δεσπότης, του (§ 742), master. 

er. DESPOT. 

δεῦρο, hither. 

devrepos, -a, -ον (δύο), second. 

δέχομαι, f. δέξομαι, pf. δέδεγμαι; to 
receive, take, 

δέω and rarely δίδημι, f. δήσω, pf. 
δέδεκα (ὃ ὃ 219, 284), to bind, tie 
up. 

δέω, f. δεήσω, pf. δεδέηκα (§ 222. 3), 
to need; commonly impers. in 
the Act., det, there is need, it is 
necessary, t. δεήσει, &ec.; Mid. 
δέομαι, f. δεήσομαι, pf. δεδέημαι; 
a. ἐδεήθην, to need, want, desire, 
beg, entreat, request. 

δή (a shorter and weaker form of 
ἤδη, now, and used, like our 
unemphatic now, without any 
distinct reference to time), now, 
then, so, indeed. See ᾧ 673. a. 

δῆλος, -7y, τον, evident, manifest. 

δηλόω (δῆλος), f. τώσω, pf. δεδήλω- 
κα (Ἷ 47), to manifest, show. 

δημόσιος; -a, -ov (δῆμος, people), be- 
longing to the people, public. 

διά, through; w. gen., more liter- 
ally, through place, time, &c. ; 
w. acc., through means of, on 
account of, by reason of. 

διαβαίνω (διά, βαίνω, f. Bnoopat, 
pf. βέβηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβην), ἰο go 
through or across, to cross. 

διαβάλλω (διά, βάλλω, f. βαλῶ, pf. 
βέβληκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβαλον), to tra- 
duce, slander, accuse falsely. 

διαδίδωμι (διά, δίδωμι, f. δώσω, pf. 
δέδωκα, ἃ. ἔδωκα), to distribute. 

διαζεύγνῦμι (διά, ξεύγνῦμι, f. ζεύξω), 
to disjoin, part, separate. 

διακινδυνεύω (διά, κινδυνεύω, to risk, 
f. -evow), to risk throughout, er- 
pose one’s self. 

διακλάω (διά, kAdw, to break, f. κλά- 
ow), to break in pieces, break up. 

διακόσιοι; -at, -a (dis, ἑκατόν, two 


hundred. 


SiadapBave (dd, λαμβάνω, f. λήψο- 





98 διαλαμβάνω 


pat, pf. εἴληφα, 2 ἃ. ἔλαβον), to 
take each his share of a thing, 
divide (as a company among 
themselves). 

διαλέγομαι (διά, λέγω); f. διαλέξο- 
μαι, pt. διείλεγμαι, ἃ. διελέχθην, 
to converse. Der. DIALOGUE. 

διάνοια, -as (διά, νόος), thought, 
design. z 

διαπλέω (διά, πλέω, f. πλεύσομαι, 
pf. πέπλευκα), to sail across. 

διαῤῥιπτέω (διά, ῥιπτέω, f. ῥίψω, 
pl. ἔῤῥιφα), to throw [through a 
company] about, distribute by 
throwing. ; 

διασημαίνω (διά, σημαίνω, f. -avd), 
to signify, indicate, make known. 

διασπείρω (διά, σπείρω, f. σπερῶ), 
to scatter abroad, disperse. 

διατάττω (did, τάττω, f. τάξω, pf. 
téraxa), to arrange, draw up 
in order of battle, set in order. 

διατίθημι (διά, τίθημι, f. θήσω, pf. 
τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθηκα), to dispose; 
Mid., to dispose of (for one’s self, 
especially by sale). 

διατρέβω (διά, τρίβω, to rub, wear, 
f. τρίψω, pf. τέτριφα), to [wear 
through] spend time, delay, tar- 
ry. 

διαφαίνω (διά, paiva, f. φανῶ, pf. 
πέφαγκα), to show through; Mid., 
to appear or shine through. 

διδάσκω, f. διδάξω, pf. dedidaya 
(ᾧ 285), to teach. Der. pipac- 
TIC. 

δίδημι, see δέω, to bind. 

δίδωμι, f. δώσω, pf. δέδωκα, a. 
ἔδωκα (9 51), to give, present. 

διελαύνω (διά, eAavva, f. ἐλάσω, 
pf. ἐλήλακα);, to ride through. 

διέρχομαι (διά, ἔρχομαι; f. ἐλεύσο- 
pat, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 2 ἃ. ἦλθονῚ, to 
go through, pass over; go 
abroad. 

διέχω (διά, ἔχω, f. ἔξω and σχήσω; 
pf. ἔσχηκα, 2a. ἔσχον); to | hold 
apart] be distant. 

δικαίως (δίκαιος, just, from δίκη), 
justly, with good reason. 

δίκην -ns, justice, punishment. 

διπλόος, -όη, -dov, contr. διπλοῦς, 


| 
| 
| 
| 





VOCABULARY. éde 


-ἢ; τοῦν (dis, -πλόος, § 138. 4) 
double. 

[δίς (δύο), twice. | 

δισχίλιοι; -at, -a (dis, χίλιοι), two 
thousand, 

δίφρος; -ov, 6 (dis, φέρω), seat (prop. 
for two). 

διωκτέος; -a, -ov (διώκω); to be pur 
sued. 

διώκω; f.-E@ and -Eouat, to pursie, 
chase. 

δοκέω, f. δόξω (ὃ 288), to seem, 
appear; think. Impers. δοκεῖ; 
it seems, appears, f. δόξει. 

δοράτιον; -ov (dim. of δόρυ), a small 
spear, javelin. 

δόρυ, δόρατος (ᾧ 103. N.), spear. 

δουλεύω (δοῦλος, slave), f. -evoa, 
pf. δεδούλευκα, to be a slave. 

δουπέω (δοῦπος, din), f. τήσω; to 
make a din. 

Δρακόντιος, του, Dracontius, a 
Spartan exile, chosen by the 
Greeks to superintend the 
games celebrated on account 
of their safe return to the sea- 
coast. 

δραμεῖν, 2 a. infin. of τρέχω. 

Spépos#ov, ὁ (τρέχω); running, 
race. 

δύναμαι, f. δυνήσομαι, pf. δεδύνημαι, 
ἃ. ἐδυνήθην, ἠδυνήθην (ᾧ 189. 1), 
and ἐδυνάσθην, to be able, can. 

δύναμις, -ews, ἡ (δύναμαι), power. 
Der. DYNAMIC. 

dive and δύομαι, f. δύσομαι, pf. 
δέδῦκα, 2 a. ἔδὺῦν (ᾧ 278), to 
enter, put on one’s self; of the 
sun, Zo set. 

δύο, δυοῖν (ᾧ 137. y), Lat. duo, éwo. 

δυσμή, -ἧς (δύνω), setting (of the 
sun), scarce used except in the 
plur. 

ἐάν (εἰ, ἄν), contr. ἢν and ἄν, if, 
used w. subj. (ᾧ 603); ἐὰν pn, 
if not, unless. 

ἑαυτοῦ, -ἧς» contr. αὑτοῦ, -ῆς (FJ 23. 
Β § 144), of himself, herself, or 
itself. 

ἐάω, f. -dow, pf. eiaxa, to permit, 
édw χαίρειν, to bid farewell to, 
let alone. 





ἐγγύς VOCABULARY. 


ἐγγύς, near. For its comparison, 
see ᾧ 163. B. 
ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ OF μοῦ (4 93), Lat. ego, 
See p. 73. j. 
ἔγωγε (ἐγώ, γέ, δᾷ 398, b, 732. 
d. 5), I at least, I surely, I 
(more emphatic than ἐγώ). 
ἐθέλω, f. -now, pf. ἠθέληκα (ἡ 222. 
2), to wish, will, be willing. 
See p. 68. ¢. 
εἰ, if, used w. ind. and opt. (ἢ 603) ; 
εἰ μή, 1 not, unless. A 
εἰδέναι, εἰδώς, inf. and part. of οἶδα. 
εἶδον, Ὁ a. of ὁράω. 
εἰκάζω (εἰκός), f.-dow, impf. εἴκαζον 
and ἤκαζον (§ 188. N.), Zo liken, 
conjecture. 
εἰκός, -ότος (neut. part. of the perf. 
eixa), likely, probable. 
εἴκοσι(ν, ᾧ 66. a), indecl., dwenty. 
εἷλον, 2 a. of αἱρέω. 
εἰμί, f. ἔσομαι, impf. ἦν (F 59, 
§ 230), co be. See γίγνομαι. 
εἶμι, impf. jee (4 56, ᾧ 231), ὦ 
go, come. See ᾧ 301. 3. 
εἶπον, said, 2 aor., and εἴρηκα, pf. 
associated with φημί (Ἷ 53, 
§ 301. 7). 
εἰς (ἐν, § 648. y), into ; to; against, 
upon ; for, in respect to; to the 
number of. In expressing mo- 
tion to, eis is the common prep. 
with names of places, and πρός 
or παρά with names of persons 
(παρά expressing more precisely 
to the side or vicinity of, as to the 
court of a monarch). 
εἷς, pia, ἕν, 5. ἑνός, μιᾶς (q 21, 
§ 137. B), one; used more 
strictly as a numeral than one 
in Eng. 
εἰσβάλλω (εὶς, βάλλω, f. βαλῶ, pf. 
βέβληκα, 2 ἃ, ἔβαλονῚ; fo throw 
one’s self into, enter into. 
ela Born, -7s (εἰσβάλλω), entrance. 
εἰσδύνω and εἰσδύομαι (εἰς, Siva 
and δύομαι, f. δύσομαι;, pf. δέδῦκα; 
2 ἃ. ἔδῦν), to enter into. 
εἴσειμι (εἰς, εἶμι), to go into or in, 
enter. 
εἰσέρχομαι (εὶς, ἔρχομαι; ἴ. ἐλεύσο- 
μαι, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 2a. ἦλθον), to 


ἐκφέρω 99 


εἰσπλέω (εἰς, πλέω, f. πλεύσομαι;, 
pf. πέπλευκα), to sail into. 
εἰσφέρω (εἰς, φέρω, f. οἴσω, pf. 
ἐνήνοχα, 1 ἃ. ἤνεγκα, 2 ἃ. ἤνεγ- 
κον), to bring into or in. 
εἴσω (eis), within. 
εἶτα(εὶ τά, if those things are), then, 
in that case. 
εἴτε... εἴτε (εἰ, TE), whether. . or. 
εἴωθα (ᾧ 297), plup. εἰώθειν, to be 
accustomed or wont. 
ἐκ, see ἐξ. 
ἕκαστος, -n, τον, each. 
ἑκατέρωθεν (ἑκάτερος, each of two), 
from each side, on both sides. 
ἑκατόν, indecl., one hundred. 
ἐκβάλλω (ἐξ, βάλλω, f. βαλῶ, pf. 
βέβληκα, 2. ἃ. ἔβαλον), to cast 
oul. 
ἔκγονος, ~ov (ἐκ, γίγνομαι), born 
from; τὰ ἔκγονα, offspring, 
young. 
ἐκδέρω (ἐξ, dépa, to flay, f. depa, 
a. ἔδειρα, §.259. a), to flay. 
ἐκδίδωμι (ἐξ, δίδωμι, f. δώσω, pf. 
δέδωκα, ἃ. ἔδωκα); to give forth, 
deliver up. 
ἐκεῖ, there. 
ἐκεῖνος, -n, -ο (ἐκεῖ), that, pl. those; 
as pers. pron., he, she, it. See 
§ 97. 2, 502, 512 f. 
ἐκεῖσε (ἐκεῖ), thither. 
ἐκκλησία, -ας (ἐκκαλέω, to call 
forth), an assembly (prop. called 
forth by a crier). 
ἐκκλίνω (ἐξ, κλίνω, to bend, ἔ: κλϊνῶ), 
to turn aside or away, give way. 
ἐκλείπω (ἐξ, λείπω, f. -ψω, pf. λέ- 
λοιπα, 2 ἃ. ἔλιπον)» to forsake, 
desert. Der. ECLIPSE. 
ἐκπίνω (ἐξ, πΐνω; f. πίομαι; pf. πέ- 
moka, 9 ἃ. ἔπιον), to drink off or 
up. 
ἐκπλέω (ἐξ, πλέω, ἴ. πλεύσομαι; pf. 
πέπλευκα), to sail forth. 
ἐκπορίζω (ἐξ, πορίζω, to supply, δ 
-igw), to provide. 
> , » , ΄ 
ἐκτρέπω (ἐξ, τρέπω, f. po, pf. τέ- 
τροφα and τέτραφα), to turn out 
of or aside, trans. ; Mid., to turn 
aside, intrans. 
> la > , A > ἢ 
ἐκφέρω (ἐξ, φέρω, f. οἴσω; pf. ἐνή- 





come into or in, enter. 


νοχα; 1 a. ἤνεγκα; 2 a. ἤνεγκον)» 





100 ἐκφέρω 


to carry out (esp. a corpse for 
burial). 

ἐλαύνω, f. ἐλάσω, Eda, pf. ἐλήλακα 
(ᾧ 278), to drive, ride. 

ἑλεῖν, 2 a. inf. of αἱρέω. 

ἐλευθερία, -as (ἐλεύθερος), freedom, 
hberty. 

ἐλεύθερος; -a, -ov, free 

ἐλθεῖν, 2 a. inf. of ἔρχομαι. 

ἕλκω, f. -Ew, impf. εἷλκον ($$ 189.3, 
298), to draw, draw up. 

Ἑλλάς, -άδος, ἡ (Ἕλλην), Greece. 

Ἕλλην, -nvos, 6, α Greek. 

ἑλληνίζω (Ἕλλην), f. -icw, to 
speak Greek. 

“Ἑλληνικός, -7, -dv (Ἕλλην), Gre- 
cian, Greek. 

Ἑλληνικῶς ( 'Ἑλληνικός), in Greek. 

Ἑλληνίς, -idos, ἡ (Ἕλλην, § 134), 
adj., Grecian. 

ἐμαυτοῦ, -7s ( 23. B, ᾧ 144), of 
myself. 

ἐμβαίνω (ἐν, Baive, f. βήσομαι, pf. 
βέβηκα, 2 a. ἔβην), to go into or 
on board, embark. 

ἐμβάλλω (ἐν, βάλλω, f. βαλῶ, pf. 
βέβληκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβαλον), to throw 
or put in or upon, insert, inflict. 

ἐμβιβάζω (ἐν, βιβάζω, to cause to 
go, f. -dow), to put on board a 
vessel, make one embark. 

ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ, Oblique cases of 
ἐγώ. 

ἐμός, -ἡ; τόν (ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ), my, mine. 

ἔμπειρος; -ον (ἐν; πεῖρα; trial), ex- 
perienced in, acquainted with. 

ἐμπίπτω (ἐν, πίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, 
pf. πέπτωκα, 2 ἃ. ἔπεσον), to 
fall into, rush or throw one’s 
self into. 

—” των (ἐν, πλέως, § 135), 

ull. 

ἐμπόριον, -ov (ἔμπορος, trader), EM- 
PORIUM, mart. 

ἔμπροσθεν (ἐν, πρόσθεν), in front, 
before, previously. 

ἐν, Lat. in,in; within, among; at; 
on, upon ; in composition, often 
into. 

ἐναντίος, -a, -ov (ev, ἀντί), over 
against, opposite, opposed to, 
contrary ; oi ἐναντίοι, the enemy. 


VOCABULARY. 





ἑξακισχίλιοι 


ἔνδον (ev), within. 

ἐνδύνω and ἐνδύδμαι (ev, δύνω and 
δύομαι, f. δύσομαι, pf. δέδῦκα; 
2 ἃ. edvv), to put on one’s 
self. 

ἔνειμι (ἐν, εἰμί, f. ἔσομαι), to be in. 

ἕνεκα; on account of, for the sake of. 

ἔνθα (ev), there, here; where; there- 
upon. 

ἔνι, see Notes on Less. XV. 9 

ἐνιαυτός, “OU; 6, year. 

ἐνίοτε (ἔνι; ὅτε, ὃ 523. a), some 
times. 

ἐννοέω (ἐν, νοέω, to think, f. τήσω 
pf. νενόηκα, from νόος), to con- 
sider, reflect upon. 

ἐνταῦθα (emphatic form of ἔνθα, 
and more frequent in prose, 
4 63), there, here; thereupon. 
hereupon, upon this. 

ἐντείνω (ἐν, τείνω, to stretch, f. rev, 
pf. réraxa, ὃ 268), zo [stretch 
out upon] inflict (blows). 

ἐντεῦθεν (emphatic form of ἔνθεν, 
thence, “| 63), thence, hence; 
thenceforth; hereupon. 

ἐντίθημι (ἐν, τίθημι, f. θήσω, pf. 
τέθεικα; ἃ. ἔθηκα); to put into or 
on board. 

ἐντίμως (ἔντιμος, honored, from ἐν 
and τιμή): in honor. 

ἐντυγχάνω (ἐν, τυγχάνω, f. rev&o- 
pa, pf. τετύχηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔτυχον); 
to happen upon, meet with, find. 

ἐνύπνιον, -ov (ἐν; ὕπνος; sleep), 
dream. ᾿ 

ἐξ (before a cons. ἐκ, § 68. 1) out 
of, from. ᾿Από expresses the 
simple idea of from, or from the 
surface ; while ἐξ denotes from 
the interior, or from within ; and 
παρά, from the vicinity, or from 
beside. In composition, ἐξ some- 
times simply strengthens the 
meaning, by expressing the 
carrying out of the action. 

ἕξ, indecl., siz. 

ἐξαγγέλλω (ἐξ, ἀγγέλλω, f. ἀγγελῶ, 
pf. ἤγγελκαῚ, fo bring out word. 

ἐξαίφνης, suddenly, on a sudden. 

ἑξακισχίλιοι, -at, -a (ἑξάκις, siz 
times, χίλιοι), six thousand. 


ἑξακόσιοι VOCABULARY. ἕπομαι 101 


ἑξακόσιοι; -at, -α (€&, ἑκατόν), six | 
hundred. 

ἐξαπατάω (ἐξ, award, to deceive, 
f. -naw), to deceive, cheat. 

ἐξαπίνης, softer ἡρὰν for ἐξαίφνης. 

ἔξειμι (ἐξ, εἰμί), onl y used in the 
impers. ἔξεστι, it is permitted, 
possible, or in one’s power, f. ἐξέ- 
ora, ὅτο. 

ἔξειμι (ἐξ, εἶμι), to go out. 

ἐξελαύνω (ἐξ, ἐλαύνω, f. ἐλάσω, pf. 
ἐλήλακα), to ride ‘forth, march, 
advance; used of the leader of 
an expedition. 

ἐξέρχομαι (ἐξ, ἔρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσο- 
μαι, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 2 ἃ. ἦλθον), to 
come or go out or forth. 

ἔξοδος, -ov, ἡ (ἐξ, ὁδός), going 
forth, excursion. Der. Exopus. 

ἔξω (ἐξ), without (opposed to with- 
in). 

ἑορτή, “7S. festival, feast. 

ἐπαινέω (ἐπί, αἰνέω, to praise, f. 
-écw, pf. ἤνεκα), to praise, com- 
mend. 

ἐπάν (ἐπεί, av), after that, when. 

ἐπεί (ἐπί). after that, when, since. 

ἐπειδάν (ἐπειδή, ἄν), when now, 
when. 

ἐπειδή (ἐπεί, δή), since now, since. 

ἔπειμι (ἐπί, εἶμι), Lo come upon or 
on, advance. 

ἔπειτα (ἐπεὶ ra, since those things 
are), thereupon, then, after- 
wards, in the second place. 

ἐπερωτάω (ἐπί, ἐρωτάω, f. ἐρωτήσω 
and ἐρήσομαι, pf. ἡρώτηκα, 2 a. 
m. ἠρόμην), to ask or question 
further. 

ἐπί, upon : w. gen. upon (rest strict- 
ly upon), on board of: w. dat., 
upon (rest upon, but less strictly 
than w. gen.) ; at, by ; for ; over; 
dependent upon, in the power 
of ; in addition lo: w. acc., up- 
on (motion upon); against, to. 


ἐπιβουλεύω (ἐπί, βουλεύω, f.-evoo, | 





pf. βεβούλευκα), to plun or plot 


against, to plot. 


ἐπιβουλή, -ἣς (ἐπί, βουλδϑαρίαη, 
counsel), plot. 


Q * 


pf. déderya), to exhibit ; Mid., to 
exhibit one’s self, or what be- 
longs to one’s self. 

ἐπιθυμέω (ἐπί, Ovpbs, spirit), f. 
-now, to [set one’s heart upon a 
thing] desire. 

ἐπίκειμαι (ἐπί, κεῖμαι, f. κείσομαι), 
to press upon, as an enemy. 

ἐπικούρημα, -ατος, τό (ἐπικουρέω, 
to aid, protect), protection. 

ἐπικράτεια,-ας (ἐπί, Kpatéw), power 
over, dominion. , 

ἐπιλέγω (ἐπί, λέγω, f. λέξω), Lo say 
in addition or also. 

ἐπιλείπω (ἐπί, λείπω, f. -ψω, pf. 
λέλοιπα, 2 ἃ. ἔλιπον), to fail, be 
wanting to. 

ἐπιμελέομαι (ἐπί, μέλω), f. τἦσομαι; 
pf. ἐπιμεμέλημαι, to take care of, 
obser ve carefully. 

ἐπιορκέω (ἐπί, ὅρκοςῚ, f. “TO, to 
swear falsely, perjure one’s self. 

ἐπίῤῥυτος, -ov (ἐπί, pew), well-wa- 
tered. 

ἐπίσταμαι, f. ἐπιστήσομαι, impf. 
ἠπιστάμην, to understand, know, 
be assured, 

ἐπιστολή, -ἧς (ἐπιστέλλω, to send 
to), EPISTLE, Jetter. 

ἐπιτήδειος, -a, -ov (ἐπιτηδές, ON pur- 
pose), suitable, serviceable; ra 
ἐπιτήδεια, the necessaries of life, 
provisions, supplies. 

ἐπιτίθημι (ἐπί. τίθημι, f. θήσω, pf. 
τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθηκα), to put upon, 
inflict; Mid., to throw one’s self 
upon, fall upon, attack, 

ἐπιτυγχάνω (ἐπί, τυγχάνω, f. red 
Eouat, pf. τετύχηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔτυχον), 
to happen upon, meet with, find. 

ἐπιφαίνω (ἐπί, paiva, f. φανῶ, pf. 
meayka), to show upon or forth ; 
Mid., to show one’s self or appear, 
especially for an attack upon 
another. 

ἐπίχαρις, -t, g. -iTos (ἐπί, χάρις, 
grace), pleasing, agreeable. 

ἐπιχειρέω, £. -now (ἐπί, χείρ), to 
[put one’s hand to a thing] 
undertake, attempt. 


| = Ὁ md ¢ , 
| ἕπομαι, f. ἕψομαι, impf. εἱπόμην, 
> , - > ld , - / 
ἐπιδείκνῦμι (ἐπί, δείκνυμι, f. δείξω, 


2 ἃ. ἐσπόμην (ὃ 300), to follow. 





102 ἑπτά 


ἑπτά, indecl., seven. 

ἑπτακόσιοι, -at, -a (ἑπτά, ἑκατόν), 
seven hundred. 

Ἐπύαξα, -ns, Epyaza, wife of 
Syennesis, king of Cilicia. 

ἐργάζομαι (ἔργον), f. -άσομαι, pf. 
εἴργασμαι;, to work, 

ἔργον; -ov, work. 

ἐρημία, -as (ἔρημος), solitude, lone- 
liness. 

ἔρημος; -ov, deserted, desert, unin- 
halited. 

ἑρμηνεύς, -έως, ὁ (Ἑρμῆς, Mercury, 
the god of speech, and messen- 
ger of the gods), znterpreter. 

ἐῤῥωμένως (ἐῤῥωμένος, strong, Teso- 
lute), strongly, resolutely. 

ἔρχομαι; f. ἐλεύσομαι, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to come, go. See 
§ 301. 3. 

ἐρῶ, see φημί. 

ἐρωτάω, f. ἐρωτήσω and ἐρήσομαι, pf. 
ἠρώτηκα, 2 ἃ. τῇ. ἠρόμην (§ 298), 
to ask for information, φιϑέϊοη. 

ἐσθίω, f. ἔδομαι, pf. ἐδήδοκα, 2 a. 
ἔφαγον (§ 298), to eat. 

ἔσχατος, τη, -ov (ἐξ, ᾧ 161. 2), 
uttermost, extreme, last. 

*Eredvixos, -ov, Eteonicus, a Spar- 
tan officer at Byzantium. 

ἕτερος, -α, -ov (ᾧ 316. 2), other of 
two; one of two, ᾧ 542. γ. 

ἔτι, still, yet, more, longer. 

ἕτοιμος; -ἢν -ov, ready. 

ἔτος, -εος; TO, Year. 

εὖ, well. 

εὐδαιμονίζω (εὐδαίμωνῚ, f. -icw, to 
think or deem happy, congratu- 
late. 

εὐδαίμων, -ov, g. -ovos (εὖ, δαίμων, 
fortune), happy, prosperous. 

εὐθύς, straightway, immediately. 

Εὐκλείδης, του, Euclides, a sooth- 
sayer from Phlius, and a friend 
of Xenophon. 

εὔνοια, -as (εὔνοος), good-will, af- 
fection. 

εὔνοος, -oov, contr. εὔνους, -ουν (εὖ, 
νόος), well-disposed, kind, 

εὑρίσκω, f. εὑρήσω, pf. εὕρηκα, 3 a. 
εὗρον or ηὗρον (ᾧ 296), ἐο find. 

εὖρος, -eos, τό (εὐρύς), width, 


breadth. 





VOCABULARY. ἡγέομαι 


εὐρύς, -εἴα, -v, wide, broad. 

εὐταξία, -as (εὖ, τάττω), good or 
der or discipline. 

εὐτυχέω (εὐτυχής, fortunate), f 
-now, pf. εὐτύχηκα (ᾧ 193. 11.) 
to succeed, be successful. 

εὐτύχημα, -aTos, τό (εὐτυχέω), SUC- 
cess. 

Εὐφράτης, -ov, the Euphrates, a 
celebrated river of western Asia. 

εὐώνυμος, -ov (ed, Gvoua), left (op- 
posed to right) ; τὸ εὐώνυμον (Sc. 
xépas], the left wing of an army. 

Ἔφεσος, -ov, 7, Ephesus, an Ionian 
city upon the western coast of 
Asia Minor, having a celebrated 
temple of Diana. 

ἐφίστημι (ἐπί, torn, f. στήσω, 
pf. ἕστηκα), to stop, trans.; in 
the intrans. forms, to stand by; 
to stup, intrans. 

ἐχθρός, -ά, -dv, hostile, inimical ; 6 
ἐχθρός, foe. 

ἐχυρός, -d, -όν (ἔχω), strong (easily 
held or defended), secure. 

ἔχω and ἴσχω, f. ἕξω and σχήσω, 
pf. ἔσχηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to have, 
hold, occupy. See § 300. 

ἕως, ἕω, ἡ (δ 97. 3, 98), dawn, 
morning. 

ἕως, while, whilst ; unit. 

(aw, f. ζήσω, tolive. See δ᾽ 33. a, 
280. γ. 

ζευγηλατέω (Cevyndarns), f. -ἤσω; 
to drive a team. 

ζευγηλάτης, -ov (ζεῦγος, ἔλαύνω), 
teamster. 

ζεύγνῦμι, f. ζεύξω (ᾧ 294), to yoke, 


join, connect. 


| ζεῦγος, -eos, τό (Cevyvipe), a yoke 


of oxen or other animals. 

Ζεύς, Διός ( 16), Jupiter, king 
of the gods. 

ζητέω, f. OW, to seek, 

Cupirns, -ov, ὁ (ζύμη, leaven), adj. 
leavened. 

ζώνη, -ns (ζώννῦμι, to gird), girdle, 
ZONE. 

ἤ, or; than; ἢ . . ἤ, either . . or. 

ἡ (dat. fem. of ds, § 421. 8), where. 

ἡγεμών, -dvos, ὁ (ἡγέομαι), guide, 
leader. 

ἡγέομαι (ἄγω), f. -ἦσομαι; pf. ἥγη- 











ἡγέομαι VOCABULARY. θρασύς 103 


pat, to lead, take the lead, lead 
the way; to guide, conduct; to 
think. 

noe, see οἶδα. 

ἡδέως (ἡδύς), with pleasure, cheer- 
fully, gladly. 

ἤδη, already, now. 

ἥδομαι, f. ἡσθήσομαι, a. ἥσθην; to 
be pleased. 

ἡδύς, -εἴα, -v (ἥδομαι), sweet, pleas- 
ant, agreeable. Comp. ἡδέων, 
sup. ἥδιστος. 

ἥκω, f. ἥξω, to come, have come. 
See § 579. ¢. 

ἠλίθιος, -a, -ov, foolish, silly, sense- 
less. 


ἡλικία, -as (ἡλίκος, how old), time 


of life, age. 

ἡλικιώτης, -ov (ἡλικία), an equal in 
age. 

ἥλιος, -ov, 6, the sun. 

ἡμεῖς, we, plur. of ἐγώ. 

ἡμελημένως (ἠμελημένος, pf. part. 
of ἀμελέω), carelessly, negli- 
gently. 

ἡμέρα, -as, day. 

ἡμέτερος, -a, -ov (ἡμεῖς). Our. 

ἡμίβρωτος, -ov (ἥμισυς; βιβρώσκω; 
to eat), half-eaten. 

ἡμιδεής; -€s (ἥμισυς, δέω), wanting 
half, half full. 

ἥμισυς, -eva, -v, Lat, semis, half. 

ἦν, contr. from ἐάν, if. 

ἡνίκα (“ 63), when; more specific 
than ὅτε. 

Ἡρακλέης, -€eos, contr. Ἡρακλῆς; 
~€ovs (§ 115. 8), Hercules, son 
of Jupiter and Aleméne, the 
most famous of the Greek he- 
roes. 

Ἡράκλεια, -as (Ἡρακλῆς), Hera- 
cléa, a city of Bithynia on the 
Pontus Euxinus. 

Ἡρακλείδης, -ov, Heraclides, a 
Greek from Maronéa in Thrace, 
an unprincipled agent of Seu- 
thes. 

ἡσυχία, -as (ἥσυχος, still, quiet), 
stillness, quiet. 

ἡττάομαι (ἥττων, inferior), f. -ηθή- 
σομαι and -ἤσομαι, pf. ἥττημαι, 
to be inferior, to be vanquished. 





θάλαττα, -ns, the sea. 

θαμινά (neut. pl. of θαμινός, fre 
quent), frequently. 

θάνατος, ov, ὁ(θνήσκω, f. θανοῦμαι) 
death. 

θάπτω, f. θάψω (ὃ 272), to bury. 

θαῤῥαλέως (θαῤῥαλέος, confident, 
from θάῤῥος), confidently, with 
confidence, with good courage. 

θάῤῥέω (θάῤῥος, courage), f. -now, 
pf. τεθάῤῥηκα, to be of good 
courage, have no fear. 

θάττων, comp. of ταχύς. 

θαυμάζω (θαῦμα, wonder), f. -άσω, 
oftener -άσομαι, pf. τεθαύμακα, 
to wonder, wonder at, admire. 

mens: -a, -ov (θαῦμα), wonder- 
ful. 

θέλω (a shorter form for the more 
common ἐθέλω), f. -ἡσω, to wish, 
will, be willing. 

θεός, -o0, 6, 7, Lat. deus, god, 
deity. 

Θετταλός, -ov, a Thessalian, an in- 
habitant of the fertile but rude 
province in the northeast of 
Greece. 

θέω, f. θεύσομαι (ᾧ 220), to run. 

θεωρέω, f. -ἡσω (θεωρός, spectator), 
to behold, view, gaze upon. 

Θηβαῖος, -ov, ὁ (Θῆβαι, Thebes, 
chief city of Beotia), a Theban. 

[Onp, -ρός, ὃ, wild beast. | 

θηράω (Onp), f. -ἄσω and -acopat, 
pf. re6npaxa, to hunt wild beasts. 

θηρεύω (Onp), ἴ. -evow, to Aunt, 
catch. 

θηρίον, -ov (np, ᾧ 312. N.), wild 
beast or antmal. 

θνήσκω, f. θανοῦμαι, pf. τέθνηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔθανον (δὲ 281, 237), to 
die; pf., to be dead. 

θόρυβος, -ov, ὃ, tumult, noise. 

Θράκη. -ns (Θρᾷξ), Thrace, a coun- 
try in Europe, lying north and 
northeast of the A°géan. The 
name was also given to a coun- 
try upon the northwestern coast 
of Asia Minor colonized by Thra- 
cians. 

Θρᾷξ, -axds, 6, @ Thracian. 


, 


θρασύς, -εἴα, -v, bold, courageous. 





104 θύλακος 


θύλακος, -ου, ὃ, sack. 

Θύμβριον, -ου, Thymbrium, a city 
of Phrygia. 

θύρα, -as, door ; often in the plur., 
even when a single entrance is 
spoken of. 

θυσία, -as (θύω), sacrifice. 

θύω, f. θύσω, pf. rédixa (ᾧ 219), 
to sacrifice; Mid., to sacrifice for 
purposes of divination, to con- 
sult the gods by sacrifice. 

θώραξ, -ἄκος, 6, breastplate, corse- 
let, coat of mail. 

ἑῤομαι, f. ἰάσομαι, to heal, cure. 

ἸΙασόνιος, -a, τον (Ἰάσων, Jason, 
the famous leader of the Argo- 
nauts), Jasonian. 

ἰᾶτρός, -οὔ, ὁ (ἰάομαι), physician, 
surgeon. 

ἰδεῖν, 2 a. inf. of ὁράω. 

ἱερός, -a, -dv, sacred. 

re f. How, pf. eixa, a. ἧκα (YF 54, 

δ 2: 29), to send, let go or fy; 

Mid. to [send one’s self] rush. 

ἱκανός, -ἢ, τόν, sufficient, enough, 
competent, suitable. 

ἵλεως, των fered from ἵλαος, -ov, 
§§ 98. 8, 726, 8B), propitious. 

ἱμάς, -άντος, 6, thong. 

ἵνα, in order that. 

ἱππεύς, -€ws, 6 ὁ (ἵππος), horseman, 
knight. 

ἱππικός, -ή; -όν (ἵππος), relating to 
a horse; τὸ ἱππικόν (se. πλῆθος 
Or στράτευμα], the cavalry. 

ἵππος, του, 0, Ns horse, mare. 

ἴσθι, imp. of εἰμί and of οἶδα. 

ἴσος, -n, -ov, egual; ἴσον, as adv., 
equally, alike, 

Ἰσσοί, -ὧν, oi, also Ἰσσός, -ov, ἡ, 
Issus, the most eastern city 
upon the coast of Cilicia. 

ἵστημι, f. στήσω, 1 a. ἔστησα, to 
place, station; 1 a. Mm. ἐστησά- 
μην. to have set up or erected for 
one’s self: intrans. forms, pf. 
ἕστηκα as pres., 2a. ἔστην, and 
Mid. except 1 a., to stand, stand 
one’s ground. See & 48, 
δὲ 233, (237, 257. 

ἰσχῦρός, -d, -όν (ἐσχύς, strength), 
strong , severe, 


VOCABULARY. 





Kapdovxos 


re (ἐσχῦρός), strongly, exceed- 

_ mgly, very, vehemently, severely 

ἰσχω, See ἔχω. 

ἴσως (ἴσος), equally, probably, per- 
haps. 

ἰχθύς, -vos, 6, fish. 

ἴχνιον; -ov (ἴχνος, track, § 312. N.), 
track, footstep. 

καθά Ἡμῖν ἅ), according as. 

καθεύδω (κατά, evdw, to sleep, f. 
εὑδήσω, ὃ 222. 3), to sleep 
For augment, see ᾧ 192. 3. 

κάθημαι (κατά, ἧμαι, to sit, 4 59, 
§ 275. ᾧ), to sit down. 

καθίστημι (κατά, iornut, f. στήσω; 
pf. ἕστηκα), to station, appoint ; 
in the intrans. forms, to station 
one’s self, settle down. 

καί, and; also, even (ὃ 657. y); 
kai..Kai,both..and. See δέ. 

Kdixos, του, 6, Caicus, a river of 
Mysia. 

καίω, f. kavow, pf. κέκαυκα (ὃ 967, 
3), to burn, kindle, set on fire 

κακός, -, τόν, bad, evil, vile; bad 
in war, cowardly; τὸ κακόν, 
subst., evil, harm. For com- 
parison, see ᾧ 160. 

καλέω, f. καλέσω, pf. κέκληκα 
(ᾧ 261), to caLL. 

Καλλίμαχος, -ov, Callimachus, a 
lochagus from Parrhasia in Ar 
cadia, distinguished for bravery. 

καλός, -1, -όν, beautiful, fine, fair, 
favorable, honorable, noble, good. 
Comp. καλλίων, sup. κάλλιστος. 
᾿Αγαθός refers more to the essen- 
tial quality of an object, and 
καλός more to the impression 
which it produces upon the eye 
or mind. 

Κάλπη, -ns, Calpe, a harbour upon 
the coast of Bithynia. 

καλῶς (καλός), beautifully, honor- 
ably, well. 

κάνδυς, -vos, 6, ἃ robe with sleeves, 
worn by Persians of rank. 

Καππαδοκία, -as, Cappadocia, a 
large province in the eastern 
part of Asia Minor. 

Kapdovyxos, -ov, 6, a Carduchian, 
or one of the Cardichi, a race 


Καρδοῦχος 


of fierce and independent moun- 
taineers upon the east of the 
Tigris, from whom the modern 
Kurds have derived their lineage 
and name. 

καρπαία, -as, carp@a, a kind of 
dance. 

κατά, prep., down: w. gen., down 
‘rom, down: w. ace., down 
along or down to; beside, by, 
at, over against ; according to. 
In composition, it usually signi- 
fies down or against, or implies 
completion. 

καταβαίνω (κατά, βαίνω, f. βήσομαι, 
pf. βέβηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβην), to go 
down, descend. 

κατάβασις, -ews, 7 (καταβαίνω), de- 
scent, return from Central Asia 
to the sea-coast. 

κατάγειος, -ov (κατά, γῆ), under- 
ground, subterranean. 

καταγελάω (κατά, γελάω, f. -aco- 
pat), to laugh at, deride, sneer 
at. 

καταισχὕνω(κατά, aicxive, f.-iva), 
to disgrace. 

κατακαίνω (κατά, Kaive, to kill, f. 
κανῶ, 2 ἃ. ἔκανον, ᾧ 267), ἐο Kall. 

κατακαίω (κατά, καίω, f. καὐφῷ, pf. 
κέκαυκα), to burn down, con- 
sume. 

κατάκειμαι (κατά, κεῖμαι, f. Keico- 
μαι), to le down, recline. 

κατακόπτω (κατά, κόπτω, f. κόψω, 
pf. κέκοφα), to cut down, cut in 
pieces. 

καταλαμβάνω (κατά, λαμβάνω, f. 
λήψομαι, pf. εἴληφα, 2 ἃ. ἔλα- 
βον), to 5εῖζε, take possession of. 

καταλείπω (κατά, λείπω, f. -ψω, pf. 
λέλοιπα, 2 ἃ. Zeros), to leave 
behind or alive, 

καταμένω (κατά, μένω, f. μενῶ, pf. 
μεμένηκα), to stay behind, con- 
tenue. 

καταπέμπω (κατά, πέμπω, f. -ψω, 
pf. πέπομφαν, to send down, as 
from Centra] Asia to the sea- 
coast. 

καταπηδάω (κατά, πηδάω, f. -ἥσω, 
to leap), to leap down. 


VOCABULARY. 





Κλεάρετος 105 


kaTarparra (xara, eee, f. -ξω 
pf. πέπρᾶχα), to accomplish ; 
Mid., 7 εριλβαςεῆε: Sor one’s 
self, obtain. 

καταστρέφω (κατά, στρέφω, to 
twist, turn, f. -ψω, ᾧ 959. a), 
to overturn ; Mid., ἐο subject to 
one’s self, subdue, conquer. 

κατεργάζομαι (κατ: ἐργάζομαι, f, 
-άσομαι, pf. εἴργασμαι), to ac- 
complish. 

κάτω (κατά), adv., down. 

κέγχρος, του, 6, 7, mallet, a small 
grain. 

κεῖμαι, f. κείσομαι (FY 60, ὃ 232), 
to lie; le dead. 

κελεύω, f. -evow, pf. κεκέλευκα, to 
command, bid. 

κενός, -ἤ, τόν, emply, vain, ground- 
less. 

Κεντρίτης, -ov, Centrites, a river 
flowing between Armenia and 
the land of the Cardiichi. 

κεράννῦμι, f. κεράσω (ᾧ 293), to 
mingle, mix. 

κέρας, κέρᾶτος, C contr. κέρως (ᾧ 104), 
τό, horn, wing of an army. 

Κερασούντιος, του, 6 (Κερασοῦς, 
Cerasus, a Sinopian colony in 
Pontus), a Cerasuntian. 

κεφαλή, τῆς, head. 

κήρυξ, εὔκος, 6 (κηρύττω), herald. 

κηρύττω, f. -vEw, pf. κεκήρυχα, to 
proclaim. 

Κιλικία, -as (Κίλιξ), Cilicia, the 
southeastern province of Asia 
Minor. 

Kite, -ixos, 6, a Cilician. 

Κίλισσα, -ns (Κίλιξ, δὲ 311. d, 
313. R.), α« Cilician woman 
(used in speaking of the queen 
of Cilicia). 

KAeayédpas, -ov, Cleagoras, a paint- 
er of Phlius. 

Κλέανδρος, -ov, Cleander, Lace- 
demonian prefect of Byzantium. 

Κλεάνωρ, -opos, Clednor, an Ar- 
cadian, chosen general in the 
place of A gias. 

Κλεάρετος, -ov, Clearetus, one of 
the lochagi, who lost his life in 
a wicked enterprise. 








106 Κλέαρχος 


Κλέαρχος, -ov, Clearchus, a Lace- 
dwmonian exile, a lover of war 
for its own sake, and the gener- 
al most honored and trusted by 
Cyrus. 

κλείω, f. -σὼω (ὃ 270. 10), to shut, 
close. 

κνημίς, -ἶδος, ἡ (κνήμη; the leg from 
the knee to the ancle), greave, 
a piece of armour for the leg. 

κόγχη, -ns, Lat. concha, cockle or 
muscle, a kind of shell-fish. 
Der. concH. 

κοινός, -), -dv, common, joint; 
κοινῇ [sc. ὁδῷ, ὃ 320. 2. ὁ], in 
common, jointly, together. 

κολωνός, -0v, 6, hill, mound. 

κόπτω, f. κόψω, pf. κέκοφα (§ 272. 
a), to cut ; to strike or beat upon, 
knock at a door or gate. 

Κορσωτή, -ἧς, Cursdte, a large but 
desert city of Mesopotamia. 

κούφως (κοῦφος, light), lghily, 
nimbly. 

κράνος, -eos, τό, helmet. 

κρατέω (xparos), f. τήσω; pf. κεκρά- 
τηκα, to control, govern, con- 
quer. 

κράτιστος, best, noblest, sup. of 
ἀγαθός. : 

κράτος, -εος, τό, strength, might. 

κραυγή, -ἣς (κράζω, te cry out), 
outcry, clamor. 

κρέας, g. κρέαος, contr. κρέως, pl. 
Kpéaa, contr. κρέα, flesh, meat ; 
chiefly used in the plur. 

κρείττων, better, superior, comp. of 
ἀγαθός. : 

κρήνη, -ns, fountain. 

Κρής, -nrés, 6, @ Cretan, an 1η- 
habitant of the large island 
south of the Augean, now Can- 
dia, 

κριθή, -7s, barley; usually in the 

plur. " 
κρένω, f κρϊνῶ, pf. κέκρϊκα (ἢ 217. 

a), to judge. . 

¢ , 

κρίσις, -ews, ἡ (κρίνω), trial by a 

judge. ; 
κτάομαι, f. κτήσομαι, to acquire; 

f. κέκτημαι, 3 ἴ. κεκτήσομαι, to 


VOCABULARY. λιμήν 


Κτησίας, -ov, Ctesias, a physician 

from Cnidus, who was in the 

service of Artaxerxes, and wrote 

a history of Persia. 

Κύδνος, -ov, 6, Cydnus, a river of 

Cilicia, flowing through the city 

of ‘Tarsus. 

κύκλος, -ov, ὃ, Lat. circulus, czrcle, 

ring, inclosure. 

κυκλόω (κύκλος), ἴ. τώσω; to encir- 

cle, surround. 

Κῦρος, του, Cyrus (surnamed the 
Younger in distinction from 
Cyrus the Great, the founder 
of the Persian monarchy), 
younger brother of Artaxerxes 
Mnemon, against whom he 
made a disastrous expedition, 
B. Ὁ. 401. 

κύων, κυνός, 6, ἡ (§ 106), dog. 

κωλύω, f. -tow, pi. κεκώλῦκα, to 
hinder, forbid, prevent. 

κωμάρχης, -ov (κώμη, apxw), the 
head man of a village. 

κώμη, -ns, village. 

λαγώς, -ὠ, ὁ (§§ 98, 123. y), hare. 

Λακεδαιμόνιος, -ov, ὁ (Λακεδαίμων, 
Lacedemon, also called Sparta, 
chief city of Laconia), a Lace- 
demonian. 

Δάκων, -wvos, 6, a Laconian. 

λαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, pf. εἴληφα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλαβον (ᾧ 290), to take, re- 
ceive, obtain. 

Λάμψακος, -ov, », Lampsacus, a 
city of Mysia on the Hellespont. 

λέγω, f. λέξω, [pf. p. λέλεγμαι,] to 
say, speak, mention, relate, pro- 
pose. 

λειμών, -@vos, 6, meadow. 

λείπω, f. -ψω, pf. λέλοιπα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔλιπον (“| 37), to leave, quit; 
pf. p. λέλειμμαι, to have been 
left, to remain. 

λεκτέος, -a, -ov (λέγω), to be said. 

λευκός, -1), τόν. white. 

ληΐζομαι, f. -ἴσαμαι (λεία, booty), 
to plunder, ravage, τοῦ. 

λῃστής; -οὔ (ληΐζομαι), plunderer, 

robber. 
λίθος, -ov, 6, a stone. 





possess (δὲ 233, 234). 


λιμήν, -ένος, 6, harbour, haven. 








Aiveos VOCABULARY. μέλω 107 


Aiveos, -a, τον, contr. λινοῦς, τῆ, 
-ouv (λίνον, flax), flaxen, LINEN. 

λογίζομαι (λόγος), f. -ἰίσομαι, to 
reckon, calculate, suppose. 

λόγος, -ov, ὁ (λέγω), word, dis- 
course, narrative, report. 

λόγχη, -ns, spear-head, LANCE. 

λοιπός, -7n, -όν (λείπω), remaining, 
rest, 

λόφος, -ov, 6, ridge, hill. 

λοχᾶγός, -ov, 6 (λόχος, ayo), the 
commander of a λόχος, captain, 
centurion. 

λόχος, -ου, 6, a company of soldiers, 
usually containing about 100 
men, 

Λυδία, -as (Λυδός), Lydia, a rich 
province in the western part of 
Asia Minor, once a powerful 
kingdom. 

Λύδιος, -a, -ov (Λυδός), Lydian. 

Λυδός, -od, 6, a Lydian. 

Λυκεῖον, -ov, the Lycéum, a public 
gymnasium with covered walks, 
in the eastern suburb of Athens. 

Λύκιος, του, Lycius,—1. son of 
Polystratus, an Athenian, ap- 
pointed commander of horse 
among the Greeks;—2. a 
Syracusan, under the command 
of Clearchus. 

Avo, f. λύσω, pf. λέλύκα (ὃ 219), 
to loose, undo, break or violate a 
treaty or oath. 

pa, adv. of swearing, by. See 
§ 426. ὃ. 

Μάγνης, -nros, 6, @ Magnesian, an 
inhabitant of Magnesia, a part 
of Thessaly upon the eastern 
coast. 

Μαίανδρος, -ov, 6, the Meander, a 
river separating Lydia from 
Caria and from a part of Phry- 
gia, so remarkable for its wind- 
ing course through its rich al- 
luvial plain, that it has given a 
name to the winding of rivers. 


μαίνομαι, f. pavodpa, pf. péunva, | 


to be mad, frenzied, or insane. 


κρός, -a, -dv, long; μακράν 56. 
ΟῚ ὯΝ Ἂν a6 ava long | 
ὁδόν, § 439. β], as adv., a long | 


way, far. 





Μάκρων, -ωνος, 6, a Macronian, or 
one of the Macrdnes, a tribe 
living near Trebizond. 

μάλα, adv., very, very much ; comp. 
μᾶλλον, more, rather; sup. pa- 
iota, most, especially. 

μανθάνω, f. μαθήσομαι, pf. μεμά- 
θηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔμαθον (ὃ 290), to 
learn, 

μαντεία, -as (μάντις), divination, 
oracle. 

μάντις, ~eas, 6, ἡ (μαίνομαι, to be 
frenzied), diviner, soothsayer, 
prophet. 

Μαρσύας, -ov, Marsyas, a Phry- 
gian, the reputed inventor of 
the flute. From the tears shed 
by the shepherds and rural di- 
vinities of Phrygia for his cruel 
fate, is fabled to have arisen the 
river bearing the same name. 

Μάσκας, -a, or Macxas, -ἃ (ᾧ 126. 
2), the Mascas, a river of Meso- 
potamia. 

μαστός, -ov, 6, breast (one of the 
breasts), pap. 

μάχαιρα, -as, sword. 

μάχη; -ns (μάχομαι), batile. 

μάχομαι, f. μαχέσομαι, in Attic 
always μαχοῦμαι, pf. μεμάχημαι 
(ᾧ 222. a), to fight. 

Μεγαρεύς, -€ws, ὁ (Μέγαρα, Mega- 
ra, chief city of Megaris), a 
Megarian. 

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα (ᾧ 135), 
great, large. Comp. μείζων, 
SUP. μέγιστος. 

μείων, less, comp. of μικρός. 

μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν ( 19), 
black. 

μελετάω (μέλω), f. -ἦσω, to prac- 
tise. 

μελίνη, της. panic, a grain resem 
bling millet. 

μέλλω, f. μελλήσω, a. ἐμέλλησα 
and ἠμέλλησα (δ 189. 1, 222. 
1), to be about to; to delay. 

pero, f. pednow, pf. μεμεληκα 
(ᾧ 222. 2), to concern, be a care 
to; commonly impers., μέλει, tt 
concerns or is a care to, f. μελή- 
oe, &c. 





ee ee eee 


/ 
᾿ 
, 
, 


eens 


en 4; 


~~ 


108 μέμνημαι 


μέμνημαι, See μιμνήσκω. 

μέμφομαι, f. -ψομαι, to blame. 

μέν, ἃ prospective particle, mark- 
ing the words with which it is | 
connected as distinguished from 
others which follow and with 
which the retrospective particle 
δέ is commonly joined. Mer.. 
δέ may be translated on the one 
hand ..on the other hand, or 
indeed .. but. Often, however, 
μέν is better omitted in transla- 
tion. It is usually the second 
word in its clause, never the 
first (§ 673. a). 

μέντοι (μέν, roi), however, yet, 
certainly. 

μένω, f. μενῶ, pf. μεμένηκα (ἢ 222. 
2), Lat. maneo, to REMAIN, wait, 
wait for. 

Μένων, -wvos, Meno, from Pharsa- 
lus in Thessaly, a general of 
the Greeks, whose character 15 
drawn by Xenophon in dark 
colors. 

μέσος, τη; τον, Lat. medius, mid- 
dle; τὸ μέσον, the middle or 
centre. 

μεστός, -ἤ, -dv, full. 

μετά, among: Ww. gen., among 
(beng among), with: w. acc., 
among (going among), after. 

μεταξύ (μετά), between. 

μετάπεμπτος,-ον (μεταπέμπω); sent 
for. 

μεταπέμπω (μετά, πέμπω, f. -ψω, 
pf. πέπομφαῚ, to send one after 
another; Mid., zo send for to 
come to one’s self, to summon. 

μεταστρέφω (μετά, στρέφω, to 
twist, turn, f. στρέψω, ᾧ 259. 
a), to turn about, trans.; Mid., 
to turn one’s self about, turn 
about, intrans. 

μετέχω (μετά, ἔχω, f. ἕξω, pf. 
ἔσχηκα, 2 a. ἔσχον); 10" partake 
of, take part in. 

μέχρι(ς, 67. 2), as far as, until. 

μή, adv., not; con)., lest (ᾧ 601). 
For the distinction between μή 
and ov, as negative adverbs, see 





§ 647. 2, Notes on Less. I. 2, 


VOCABULARY. ναός 


and page 68. ἢ. Inacondition 
al sentence, μή is commonly 
used in the condition, and ov in 
the conclusion. 

μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν (μηδέ, not 
even, εἷς), πὸ one, no. 


| Μηδοσάδης, του, Medosades, am 


bassador of Seuthes. 

μηκέτι (μή, ἔτι, § 68. a), no longer. 

μῆν, μηνός, ὃ, Lat. mensis, month. 

μήν, indeed, surely, certainly. 
μήποτε (μή; ποτέ), never. 

μήτηρ, μητρός (ᾧ 106. 2), Lat. ma- 
ter, MOTHER. 

pia, fem. of eis, one. 

Midas, -ov, Midas, king of Phry- 
gia, famed: for his power of 
changing all he touched to gold, 
and for having the ears of an 
ass. 

Μιθριδάτης, -ov, Mithridates, sa- 
trap of Lycaonia and Cappado- 
cia, and friend of Cyrus. 

μικρός, -d, -dv, small, little. For 
comparison, see § 160. 

Μίλητος, -ov, 7, Mi/étus, an lonian 
city upon the coast of Caria, 
famed for its early commerce, 
arts, wealth, and refinement. 

μιμέομαι, f. -ἦσομαι, pf. μεμίμημαι, 
Lat. imitor, 0 IMITATE. 

μιμνήσκω, f. μνήσω (ᾧ 285), ἐο re- 
mind; pf. p. μέμνημαι as pres, 
(δῷ 233, 234. β), 3 f. μεμνήσο- 
pat, 1 f. μνησθήσομαι, a. ἐμνή- 
σθην, Lat. memini, fo REMEM- 
BER, make mention of. 

μισθός, οὔ, 6, hire, pay, wages. 

μνάα, -das, contr. μνᾶ, -as, α mind, 
= about $ 17.60. 

μόλις, with difficulty, hardly, 
scarcely. 

μόλυβδος, -ov, ὃ, lead. 

μόνος, -7, τον, alone, only. 

μοῦ, pol, μέ, oblique cases of ἐγώ. 

μοχλός, -οὔ, 6, bar. 

μύριοι, ~at,-a, ten thousand. Der. 
MYRIAD. 

Μυσός, -οὔ, Mysus, a Mysian in 
the army of the Greeks. 

vids, -οὔ, contr. νεώς, -ὦ (ᾧ 98. 8), 
ὁ, temple. 








vavapxos VOCABULARY. ὅπη 109 


ναΐαρχος, -ov, 6 (ναῦς, ἄρχων), ad- 
meral. 

ναῦς, νεώς, ἡ (ᾧ 121. 6), Lat. na- 
vis, ship. Navs was commonly 
applied to ships of war, and 
πλοῖον to other vessels. 

νεανίσκος, -ov, ὁ (νέος), young man. 

νεκρός, -ov, 6, dead body, corpse. 

νέμω; f. νεμῶ, pf. νενέμηκα (ὃ 222. 
2), to distribute, portion out. 

νέος, -a, -ov, NEW, young. 

νεῦρον; του, cord. Der. NERVE. 

νεφέλη; -ns (νέφος, cloud), cloud. 

Νέων, -wvos, Neon, an Asinzan, 
lieutenant and successor to 
Chirisophus. 

νεώς, -ὦ, 566 ναός. 

Νίκανδρος, -ov, Nicander, ἃ Lace- 
demonian who slew Dexippus 
in Thrace. 

νικάω (νίκη), f. -now, pf. νενίκηκα, 
to conquer, win. 

νίκη, -ns, victory. 

νομίζω (νόμος), f. -ἰσω, pf. νενόμικα, 
to think, consider, regard. ~ 

νόμος, -ov, 6 (νέμω), law, custom; 
tune. 

νόος, νόου, contr. νοῦς, νοῦ, 6, mind, 
entellect. 

νότος; -ov, 6, South wind. 

νυκτερεύω (νύξ), f. -evow, to pass 
the night. 

νυκτοφύλαξ, -ακος, ὁ (νύξ, φύλαξ, 
guard), a night-sentinel. 

νῦν, Lat. nune, Now, at the present 
teme. 

νύξ, νυκτός, 7, Lat. nox, NIGHT. 

Ξενίας, του, Xenias, from Parrhasia 
in Arcadia, a general in the ser- 
vice of Cyrus, who took offence 
and deserted. 

ξενίζω (ξένος), f. -iow, to entertain 
as a guest. 

ξένος, -ov, 6, stranger, guest, host. 

Ξενοφῶν, -ὥντος, Xenophon, an 
Athenian, distinguished as a 
general, historian, and _philoso- 
pher, the principal leader of the 
Greeks in their retreat, and the 
author of the Anabasis. 

ξυλίζομαι (ξύλον), f. -ίσομαι, to 
gather wood. 

10 


ξύλον, -av, stick of wood, beam; 
pl. wood, timber. 
ξύν. For ξύν and*its compounds, 
see σύν, &e. 
ὃ, ἡ, τό, the. See δὲ 147 f, 
467 f. 
ὄγδοος, τῇ, τὸν (ὀκτώ), eighth. 
ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε (ὁ, -δε, § 150), this, 
the following. See ᾧ 512 f. 
ὁδός, -od, ἡ, way, road. 
ὅθεν (ὅς), whence, from what source, 
_from whom or which. 
οἶδα; f. εἴσομαι; plup. noe ( 58, 
" δῷ 237, 301. 4), to know. 
οἴκαδε (οἶκος, -δε, to, δὲ 124. β. 
N., 322), homeward, home. 
οἰκεῖος, -a, -ov (οἶκος), belonging to 
@ house or family; οἱ οἰκεῖοι, 
relatives, friends. 
οἰκέω (οἶκος), f.-now, pf. ᾧκηκα, to 
inhabit, dwell. 
οἰκία; -ας (οἶκος), house. 
[οἶκος, -ov, 6, house. ] 
οἶνος; του, 6, Lat. vinum, WINE. 
οἰνοχόος, -ov, 6 (οἶνος, χέω, to 
pour), cupbearer. 
οἴομαι, f. οἰήσομαι, a. φήθην, to 
think, suppose. For the nude 
: forms οἶμαι, ᾧμην, see ᾧ 999, 3. 
οἷος, -α, -ον, of what nature, what 
_ kindof. 
οἷς, οἷός, 6, ἡ ( 14), sheep. 
οίσω; fut. of φέρω. 
οἴχομαι, f. οἰχήσομαι, pf. ᾧχημαι 
(ᾧ 222. 3), ἐὸ depart, be gone. 
See § 579. ¢. 
ὀκτώ, indecl., eight. 
ὀλίγος, -n, -ov, litle; pl. few. For 
comparison, see ᾧ 160. 
ὅλος, τῇ, τον, WHOLE. 
ὁμολογέω (duds, same, λόγος), f. - 
-now, to agree, confess, acknowl- 
edge. 
" : 
ὅμως (duds), [just the same] never- 
theless, notwithstanding. 
ovivnps; f. ὀνήσω (ᾧ 284), to dene- 
Jit, profit. 
ὄνομα, -atos, τό, Lat. nomen, 
name. 
ὀνομαστί (ὄνομα), by name, 
ὄνος, -ουὅ, ὃ, 1), ASS. 


, 





ὅπη ΟΥ ὅπῃ ( 63, ᾧ 25. β), 





a 


-- δ. ia et 
aes πΎ τοὶ oe 


110 ὅπη 


which way; where, whither ; in 
what way. 

ὄπισθεν, from Bhind, behind. 

ὀπίσω. behind. 

ὁπλιτεύω (ὁπλίτης), f. -evow, to 
serve as a heavy-armed soldier. 

ὁπλίτης, του (ὅπλον), a heavy- 
armed foot-soldier, heavy-armed 
man, hoplite. 

ὁπλιτικός, -7,-dv (ὁπλίτης), relating 
to a hoplite; τὸ ὁπλιτικόν [sc. 
πλῆθος or στράτευμα, the in- 
Santry. 

ὅπλον, -ov, tool, implement; pl. 
ὅπλα, implements of war, arms. 

ὁπόταν (ὁπότε, av), whenever. 

ὁπότε ( 63), whenever. 

ὅπου (9 63), wherever, where. 

ὅπως (Ἶ 63), how; in order that, 
that. 

ὁράω, f. ὄψομαι, pf. ἑώρᾶκα, 2 a. 
εἶδον (ᾧ 301. 4), to see. 

ὀργίζω (ὀργή, anger), f. -icw, to 
make angry; Mid., to be angry. 

ὀργυιά, -as, fathom. 

ὄρθιος, -a, -ov (ὀρθός, straight), 
[straight up] steep. 

ὄρθρος, -ov, ὁ, early dawn, day- 
break. 

ὀρθῶς (ὀρθός, straight, right), 
rightly. 

ὁρίζω (ὅρος, boundary), f. -icw, to 
bound, separate as a boundary. 

ὅρκος, -ov, 6, oath. 

ὁρμάω (ὁρμή), ἴ. -now, pf. ὥρμηκα; 
to put in motion, urge on; Mid., 
to set forth. 

ὁρμέω (ὅρμος, anchorage), f. τήσω, 
to lie at anchor. 

ὁρμή, τῆς, wmpulse. 


. ὁρμίζω (ὅρμος, anchorage), ἴ. -ἰσω, 


to bring to anchor, anchor, 
trans. ; Mid., to come to anchor, 
anchor, intrans. 

ὄρνις, -ἴθος, 6, ἡ (ὃ 123. y), διγά, 
fowl, esp. cock or hen. 

᾿Ορόντης, του, Orontes, a Persian 
nobleman, put to death by Cyrus 
for treason. 

ὄρος, -εος, τό; mountain. 

ὀρχέομαι; ἴ. -ἦσομαι; a. ὠρχησάμην, 
to dance 





VOCABULARY. οὗτος 


ὄρχησις; -εως, ἡ (ὀρχέομαι), ἄαπε 
ing, dance. 

ὅς, ῇ, ὅ, who, which, what, that; 
καὶ ὅς, and he (§ 491. R). See 
δὴ 147 f, 519 f. 

ὅσος, τῇ, τον, as much; pl. as 
many; τοσοῦτοι ὅσοι, as many 
as. 

ὅστις, ἥτις; 6 τι (ὅς, Tis), whoever, 
whosvever, who, whatever, what. 
See δ 153, 519 f, 535 f. 

ὅταν (ὅτε, dv), whenever. 

ὅτε ( 63), when. 

ὅτι (originally neut. of ὅστις ; com- 
pare Lat. guod and our that), 
that, because. 

ov (before a vowel οὐκ or οὐχ, 
§ 68. 2), not. See μή. 

οὗ (9 23, §§ 142. 2, 507. 6), Ais, 
her. 

οὐδαμῇ (ovdapds, no one), in no 
wise, by no means. 

οὐδαμοῦ (ovdapuds), nowhere. 

οὐδέ (ov, δέ), nor, nol even. 

οὐδείς (οὐδέ, εἷς), οὐδεμία, οὐδέν 
(1 21), no one, no; οὐδέν, 
subst., nothing. 

οὐδέπω (οὐδέ, πώ), not yet. 

οὐκ, not; see οὐ. 

οὐκέτι (οὐκ, ἔτι), no longer. 

οὖν (contr. from the impers. part 
ἐόν, it being so, from εἰμί) 
shows that the sentence which 
it introduces follows from, or is 
connected with, something pre- 
ceding, either expressed or un- 
derstood. Itis commonly trans- 
lated therefore or then, some- 
times yet. After the first place 
(§-673. a), it comes as early in 
the sentence as other words will 
allow. 

οὔποτε (ov, ποτέ), never. 

οὔπω (ov, mw), not yet; by no 
means. 

οὐρανός, -ov, 6, heaven, the heav- 
ens, sky. 

οὖς, ards, τό (ᾧ 104. N.), ear. 

οὔτε (ov, m), and not; ovre.. 
οὔτε, neither . . nor. 

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο (ὁ, αὐτός), this, 


pl. these; as pers. pron., he, she 








οὗτος VOCABULARY. 


wt. See 41 24, $$ 150, 502, 
512 ἢ 
οὑτοσέ, strengthened form of oiros, 
§ 150. y. 
οὕτως (οὗτος), commonly οὕτω be- 
fore a cons. (ᾧ 67. 2), thus, so. 
οὐχ, not; see οὐ. 
ὀφείλω, f.-now, pf. ὠφείληκα, to 
owe, ought. ‘The 2a. ὥφελον 
is used to express wish (δῷ 599. 
N., 567. γ). 
ὀφθαλμός, -od, ὁ (ὁπ-, ὃ 301. 4), 
eye. 
ὀχυρός, -d, -dv (ἔχω), strong (easily 
held or defended). 
ὀψέ, adv., late, 
ὄψομαι, fut. of ὁράω. 
παιδεία, -as (παιδεύων), education, 
discipline, training. 
[παιδεύω (παῖς), f. -evow, to edu- 
cate. | 
mais, παιδός, 6, ἡ, child ; boy, girl; 
son, daughter. 
maiw, f. maigw, pf. πέπαικα, to 
strike. 
παιωνίζω (παιών, pean), f. -ἰσω, to 
sing the pean. 
πάλιν, again, back. 
παντάπᾶσι(ν, § 66; πάντα πᾶσι, 
from πᾶς), all in all, altogether, 
entirely. 
πανταχῆ (mas), everywhere, every 
way. 
πάντη (mas), throughout, every- 
where. 
παντοδαπός, -7, -όν (πᾶς), of every 
kind, various. 
πάνυ (πᾶς), altogether, at all; very. 
παρά, beside: w. gen., from beside, 
from: w. dat., at the side of, be- 
side, near, with: w. acc., to the 
side of, to; along side of, along, 
beside. See eis, ἐξ, πρός, and 
§ 651. γ. 
παραγγέλλω (παρά, ἀγγέλλω, f. 
-ελῶ, pf. ἤγγελκα), to pass the 
word. 
παράδεισος, -ov, 6, park. Der. 
PARADISE. 
παραδίδωμι (παρά, δίδωμι, f. δώσω, 
pf. δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα), to give 
over, deliver up, give out. 





πατρίς 111 


παρακαλέω (παρά, καλέα, f. -έσω, 
pf. κέκληκα), to ql to one’s self, 
call in, summon; to call to, ex- 
hort, encourage. 

παράκειμαι (παρά, κεῖμαι, f. κείσο- 
pat), to lie beside or before. 

παραλαμβάνω (παρά, λαμβάνω, f. 
λήψομαι, pf. εἴληφα, 2 ἃ. ἔλα- 
Bov), to take or receive from 
another, succeed to. 

παραμελέω (παρά, ἀμελέω, f. -ἦσω), 
to disregard, treat with neglect. 

παραπλέω (παρά, πλέω, f. πλεύσο- 
pat, pf. πέπλευκα), to sail by or 
along side of. 

παραῤῥέω (παρά, ῥέω, f. ῥυήσομαι, 
pf. ἐῤῥύηκα), to flow by or beside. 

παρασάγγης; -ov, parasang, a Per- 
sian measure of distance, equal 
to about 34 miles. 

mapariOn (παρά, τίθημι, f. θήσω, 
pf. τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθηκα), to place 
beside; Mid., to place by one’s 
own side. 

πάρειμι, (παρά, εἰμί, f. ἔσομαι), to 
be by or present; hence do come to 
the aid of. 

παρέρχομαι (παρά, ἔρχομαι, f. 
ἐλεύσομαι, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 2 ἃ. 
ἦλθον), to go by, pass by or 
through, pass. 

παρέχω (παρά, ἔχω, f. ἔξω and 
σχήσω, pf. ἔσχηκα, 2a. ἔσχον), 
to offer to, put in the hands of. 

πάροδος, -ov, ἡ (παρά, ὁδός), a way 
by, passage, pass. 

Παρύσατις, -ἰδος, Parysatis, half- 
sister and wife of Darius No- 
thus, and mother of Artaxerxes 
Mnemon and Cyrus. 

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν ( 19), all, the 
whole, every. 

Πασίων, -wvos, Pasion, a Megari- 
an general in the service of Cy- 
rus, who took offence and de- 
serted. 

πάσχω, f. πείσομαι, pf. πέπονθα, 
2a. ἔπαθον (ὃ 2381. €), to suffer. 

πατήρ; πατρός (ᾧ 106. 2), Lat. pa- 
ter, FATHER. 

πατρίς, -ἰδος, ἡ (πατήρ), father-land, 
native land or city, one’s country. 





112 παύω 


παύω, f. παύσω, pf. πέπαυκα, to 
make to cease, stop, trans. ; Mid., 
to cease, rt from, stop, in- 
trans. 

Παφλαγών, -ovos; 6, α Paphlago- 
nian, one of a tribe dwelling 
upon the northern coast of Asia 
Minor. 

πεδίον, του (πέδον, ground), plain. 

πείθω, f. πείσω, pf. πέπεικα, ἃ. 
ἔπεισα; to persuade; 2 pf. πέ- 
ποιθα, to trust ; Pass. and Mid., 
to be persuaded, believe, listen to, 
obey, comply. See ¥ 39. 

πειράω, f. -ἄσω, oftener πειράομαι; 
f. -ἄσομαι, to try, attempl, en- 
deavour, strive. 

Πεισίδης, -ov, or Πισίδης;, -ov, a 
Pisidian. ‘The Pisidians were 
a race of wild, tameless robbers, 
dwelling upon Mount Taurus. 


Πελοπόννησος; -ov, ἡ (Πέλοπος νῆ- 
σος, the island of Pelops), the | 


peninsula forming the southern 


part of Greece, now the Morea. | 


πελταστής; -ov (πέλτη), largeteer. 

πέλτη; -ns, target. 

πέμπτος; -n, -ov (πέντε), fifth. 

πέμπω; ἴ. -ψω, pf. πέπομφα (ᾧ 236 
a), to send. 

πέντε, indecl., five. 

πεντεκαίδεκα (πέντε καὶ δέκα), fif- 
teen. 

πεντήκοντα (πέντε), indecl., fifty. 

πέρδιξ, -ikos, 6; ἡ; partridge. 

περί, around, about: w. gen., about, 
ma ὦ in respect to, for: 

. ace., around, about, towards. 

acepryigiogeas (περί, γίγνομαι, f. 
γενήσομαι, pf. γεγένημαι and ye- 
yova, 2 a. ἐγενόμην), to be su- 
perior, prevail ¢ over. 

περιέχω (περί, ἔχω, f. ἔξω and 
σχήσω. pf. ἔσχηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον), 
to encompass, protect. 

περιΐστημι (περί, ἵστημι, f. στήσω, 
pf. ἔστηκα);, to station around ; 
in the intrans. forms, ¢o stand 
around or about. 

περικυκλόω (περί, κυκλόω, ἴ. -ὠσωῚ, 
to make a circle around; Mid., 
to gather in a circle around. 


VOCABULARY. 





| 
| 





πλευρά 


περιμένω (περί, μένω, f. μενῶ, pt 
μεμένηκα), to slay about, stay 
wail for. 

Πέρινθος, “OU, ἤν a city of Thrace 
upon the Propontis. 

περίοδος, -ov, ἡ (περί, ὁδός), way 
round, circuit. Der. pertop. 

περιῤῥέω (περί, pew, f. ῥνήσομαι, 
pt. ἐῤῥύηκα), to flow around, to 
surround (of a stream). 

περισταυρόω (περί, σταυρόω, to 
palisade, f. -ὠσω), to palisade 
around. 

περιστερά, -as, dove, pigeon. 

περιφέρω (περί, φέρω, f. οἴσω, pi 
ἐνήνοχα; 1 a. ἤνεγκα, 2 ἃ. ἤνεγ- 
kov), to carry round. Der. 
PERIPHERY. 

Πέρσης; -ov, a Persian. 

Περσικός, -ἤ, -όν (Πέρσης), Per- 
sian. 

πέτομαι, f. πετήσομαι, commonly 
πτήσομαι; pf. πεπότημαι (ᾧ 287), 
to fly, as a bird. 

πέτρα, -as, rock, mass of rock, large 
stone. 

πηγήν» -ῆἧῆς, α —— a, 

πήγνῦαι; f. πήηξω (§ 294), to make 
Jjast or solid, stiffen, freeze, 
trans. 5 < 2 pf. πέπηγα;, as intrans. 
pres., to be stiff or frozen; Mid., 
to become solid, freeze, intrans. 

give, f. poe pf. πέπωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπιον (ᾧ 278), to drink. 

πιπράσκω, pf. mémpaxa (} 285), fo 
sell. 

πίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, pf. πέπτωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπεσον (ὃ 286), ἐο fall. 

πιστεύω (πίστις, faith, from πεί- 
Ow), f. -evow, to put faith in, 
confide in, trust. 

πιστός, -n, τόν (πείθω), faithful ; τὰ 
πιστά, pledges. 

πιστότης, -nTos, ἡ (πιστός), faith- 


Sulness, fidelity. 


| πλέθρον, ov, α hundred feet, a 


measure of length. 

πλείων OF πλέων, More, and πλεῖ- 
otros, most, comp. and sup. of 
πολύς. 

πλευρά, -ἂς, rib, side. 
ΕΙΒΥ. 








Der. PLEU - 


πλέω VOCABULARY. 


πλέω, £f πλεύσω, Common.y πλεύ- 
σομαι Or πλευσοῦμαι, pf. πέ- 
πλευκα (ᾧ 220), to sail. 

[πλέως, lon. πλέος (ᾧ 135) ), full. | 

πληγή, -ἧς (ohio a blow. 

πλῆθος, -εος, τό (πλήθω), fulness, 
multitude; amount or len gth of 
time. 

πλήθω, pf. poet. πέπληθα (πλέως), 
to be full. 

πλήν; except, but. 

πλήρης; -ες (πλέως), full. 

πλήσιον (πέλας, near), adv., near; 
comp. (ᾧ 161. 2) πλησιαίτερος, 
nearer, SUP. πλησιαίτατος, near- 
est, next. 

πλήττω, f. πλήξω, 2 pf. πέπληγα 
(§ 274), to strike, wound. 

πλοῖον, -ov (πλέω), vessel (for sail- 
ing), transport-vessel, ship, boat. 
See vais. 

πλόος, -dov, contr. πλοῦς, -ov, ὁ 
(πλέω), sailing, voyage. 

πνεῦμα, -atos, τό (mvéw), breeze, 
wind. Der. PNEUMATICS. 

πνέω, f. πνεύσω, commonly πνεύσο- 
μαι OY πνευσοῦμαι, pf. πέπνευκα 

(ᾧ 220), to breathe, blow. 

ποιέω, f.-now, pf. πεποίηκα, to make, 
do ; εὖ ποιεῖν, to do good to, treat 
well; Mid., to make to one’s self, 
esteem, re card. See πράττω. 

ποιητέος, -α; -ov (ποιέωῚ, to be done. 

ποῖος, -a, -ov (| 63), of what na- 
ture? of what kind ? 

πολεμέω (πόλεμος), f. -ἥσω, to 
make war. 

πολέμιος, -a, -ov (πόλεμος), hostile, 
of the enemy ; πολέμιος, subst., 
enemy ; οἱ πολέμιοι, the enemy. 

πόλεμος, -OV, 6, War. 

πολιορκέω (πόλις, ἕρκος, inclosure), 
f. -ἡσω, to besiege. 

πόλις, -εως, 7), city. 

πολίτης, -ου (πόλις), citizen. Der. 
POLITICS, 

πολλάκις (πολύς), many times, of- 
ten. 

πολλαπλάσιος, -a, -ov (πολύς, -πλά- 
σιος, ὃ 138. 5), many times as 
much or many. 

ολύνϊκος, του, Polynicus, a Lace- 


10 * 





πράττω 113 


demonian envoy, sent to the 
army by Thibron. 

πολύς, πολλή, πολύ (ὃ 135), much, 
pl. many ; of time, long ; πολύ, 
as adv., much, very. 

Πολύστρατος, -ov, Polystratus, fa- 
ther of ye the Athenian. 

πονέω (πόνος), f. τήσω, pf. πεπό- 
ka, to toil, labor. 

πονηρύς; ~a, -όν (πόνος), pernicioue 
mischievous, wicked, bad. 

πόνος, -ου; ὁ ὁ (πίνομαι, to work for 
a living, be poor), toil, labor. 

Πόντος; -ov, 6, ἃ name given both 
to the Euxine or Black Sea 
(πόντος εὔξεινος, hospitable sea), 
and also to its southern coast 
(afterwards specially applied to 
the eastern part of this coast) 

πορεία, -as (mopevw), journey, 
march. 

πορευτέος, -α, -ov (mopevw), to be 
travelled. 

πορεύω (πόρος, passage, way), f. 
-εύσω, tot: ‘ansport ; Mid. πορεύ- 
ομαι; f. -evoopat, pf. memdpev- 
μαι, ἃ. ἐπορεύθην, to travel, jour- 
ney, march, proceed upon a march 
or journey. 

πορίζω, f. -icw, pf. πεπόρικα, to 
furnish. 

πορφύρεος, “EQ, -εον, contr. πορφυ- 
pods, -ἃ, -ovv (πορφύρα, the pur- 
pie Jish), purple. 


| πόσος; τὴ, -ov ( 63), how, much? 


pl. how many? 

ποταμός, -οὔ, ὃ, river. 

[wore (| 63), at some or any time, 
once, ever.] 

πότερος; -a, -ov ( 63, ᾧ 316. 2), 
which or whether of the two? 
πότερον OF πότερα, as adv., 
whether. 

πού (YJ 63, § 732), somewhere. 

πούς, ποδός, 6, Lat. pes, foot. 

πρᾶγμα; -ατος, τό. (πράττω), thing 
done, affair, circumstance ; mpay- 
para, business, trouble, 

πρανής, “ἐς, steep. 

πρᾶος, πραεῖα, πρᾶον (ᾧ 135), gen- 
tle, tame. 

πράττω, ἴ. -ξω, pf. πέπρᾶχα (F 38), 





114 πράττω 


to manage, αεἰ, ο. πράττω a 
presses “rather the management 
of business or performance of an 
action ; and ποιέω; the pr oduction 
of an effect. 
πρεσβεία, -as (πρεσβεύω, to go as 
an ambassador) , embassy. 
πρέσβυς, -ews, 6, Old; subst., 
an elder, an ambassador (the 
plur. only, in the sense of am- 
bassadors, was in common use, 
ᾧ 136.a). Comp. πρεσβύτερος, 
older, elder, sup. πρεσβύτατος, 
oldest, eldest. Der. PRESBYTER. 
πρίασθαι, 2a. inf. of ὠνέομαι, to 
buy. 
πρίν, adv., before, before that. See 
657. N. 
πρό, prep., before, in front of. 
πρόβατα; -ων, -οις, Ta (προβαίνω, to 
go forth), animals that go forth 
to pasture, chiefly used of small 
cattle, esp. sheep. 
προηγέομαι (πρό, ἡγέομαι,, f. -ἡσο- 
pat, pf. ἥγημαι), to lead forward. 
πρόθῦμος, -ov (πρό, θυμός, spirit) , 
eager, zealous. 
προϊδέσθαι, 2 a. τὰ. inf. of mpo- 
οράω. 
προΐημι (πρό, ἴημι, f. ἥσω, pf. ψῃτ: 
a. ἧκα), to send forth; Mid., 
send from one’s self, give Joa 
betray. 
προΐστημι (πρό, ἵστημι, f. στήσω, 
pf. ἔστηκα), to place before ; in 
the intrans. forms, to stand at 
the head of, preside or rule over. 
Πρόξενος, του, Prorenus, a Beo- 
tian, a friend of Xenophon, and 
one of the Greek generals slain 
through the treachery of 'Tissa- 
phernes. 
rpoopaw (πρό, ὁ ὁράω, f. ὄψομαι, pf. 
ἑώρᾶκα, 2 a. εἶδον), to see before- 
hand, to see one while yet ap- 
proaching.. 
τρός (πρό, ὃ 648, y; relating to 
front, as παρά to side, and ἐξ, 
ev, and eis to interior), Ww. gen., 
[from the front of, from before] 
from, before; by : w. dat., [at the 


VOCABULARY. πύλη 


addition to: w. acc., [to the 
΄ς front of] to, towards; against 
upon; at; with reference to, in 
view of. See εἰς and ᾧ 651. 
προσβάλλω (πρός, βάλλω, f. βαλῶ, 
pf. βέβληκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβαλον), to 
throw against, make an attach 
upon. 
προσελαύνω (πρός, ἐλαύνω, f. ἐλά- 
ow, pf. ἐλήλακαλ), to ride to, ride 
up. 
προσέρχομαι (πρός, ἔρχομαι, f. 
ἐλεύσομαι, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 2 a. HA- 
Gov), to come or go to, approach, 
come up. 
πρύσθεν (πρός), before, previously ; 
πρόσθεν ἤ, Sooner than. 
προσίημι (πρός, ἵ ἴημι, f. ἥσω, pf. 
εἷκα, a. ἧκα), to send to; Mid., 
to [admit to one’s presence] ap- 
prove, allow. 
προσκυνέω (πρός, κυνέω, to kiss), 
ἤ, τήσω, to kiss the hand to, do 
homage to, worship. 
προσπερονάω (πρός, περονάω, to 
pin, f. -now), to pin or skewer 
to or upon. 
προσπίπτω (πρός, πίπτω, ἴ. πεσοῦ- 
pat, pf. πέπτωκα, 2 ἃ. ἔπεσον); 
to rush to. 
προστρέ χω (πρός, τρέχω, f. δραμοῦ- 
pat, pt. δεδράμηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔδραμον); 
to run to, run up. 
πρόσχωρος, -ov (πρός, χώρα), 
neighbouring. 
πρότερος, -α, τον (πρό, ᾧ 10]. 9), 
former, sooner. 
mporpexe (πρό, τρέχω, f. δραμοῦ- 
pat, pf. δεδράμηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔδραμον), 
to run for ward or forth. 
πρόφασις, -ews, ἡ (πρό, φημί), pre- 
text. 
πρῶτος, τη, τον (πρό, ὃ 161. 2), 
first ; πρῶτον, as adv., in the 
Jirst place, ἤτοι. 
πτάρνὕμαι, 2 ἃ. ἔπταρον (ᾧ 295), 
to sneeze. 
Πυθαγόρας, -ov, Pythagoras, a 
Lacedemonian admiral. 
πυκνός, τή, -όν, close, thick ; πυκνά, 
as adv., often. 





front of] before, near, upon; in 


πύλη, -ns, gate; usually in the 








΄ 


plur., even when a single en- 
trance is spoken of. 

πυνθάνομαι, f. mevooua, pf. πέ- 
mucpat, 2 a. ἐπυθόμην (ἢ 290), 
to inquire, learn by inquiry. 

πῦρ,πυρός. τό, FIRE; pl. (Dec. IL., 
§ 124. β) wupa, 2 watch-fires. 

κί. πῶσ. (πυρετός, fever, from πῦρ), 
; f. -έξω, to be in a fever. 

πυρός, -ov, 6, wheat; usually in the 
plur. 

πώ (Ἷ 63, ὃ 732), im any way, 
yet; οὐ .. πώ, not yet. 

πῶλος, -ov, ὃ, ἡ, Colt. 

πώποτε (πώ, ποτέ), at any time, 
ever ; stronger than ποτέ. 

πῶς (FY 63), how 2 

πώς ( 63, ὃ 732), in any way, 
somehow ; perchance. 

δέω, f. ῥυήσομαι,; pf. ἐῤῥύηκα(δ 264), 
to flow, run, of a stream. 

ῥιπτέω and pinta, f. ῥίψω, pf. 
ἔῤῥτφα (§ 288), to throw, hurl, 
throw off. 

ῥυθμός, -od, 6, regular movement 
or time, RHYTHM. 

σαλπιγκτής; -οὔ (σάλπιγξ), trum- 
peter. 

σάλπιγξ, “t} γγος, ἣ , trumpet. 

Σάρδεις, -έων, ai, ‘Sardis, capital 
of Lydia, and chief city of the 
dominions of Cyrus. 

σατράπης, -ov, satrap, a Persian 
viceroy or governor of a prov- 
ince. 

Σάτυρος, -ov, 6, a Satyr, a fabulous 
being, half man and half goat. 
διῤλδῥωδε, -OUVTOS, ὃ, Selinus, the 
name of a river flowing by 
Ephesus, and of another flowing 
through the grounds of Xeno- 

phon at Scillus. 

Σεύθης, -ov, Seuthes, a Thracian 
prince, assisted by the Greek 
army to recover his hereditary 
dominions. 

σημαίνω, f. -ανῶ (σῆμα, sign), to 
give a sign or signal, 8 signify. 

σημεῖον, -ov (σῆμα), signal, mark. 

σήσαμον, -ov, sesame, a seed used 
in the East for food. 

σιγή; τῆς; silence. 





πύλη VOCABULARY. σταθμός 115 


Σιλᾶνός, -od, Sildnus, an Ambra- 
cian soothsayer who deserted 
the army. 

Σινωπεύς, -έως, ὁ (Σινώπη, Sindpe 
an important city upon the coast 
of Paphlagonia, founded by a 
colony from Milétus), a Sinopi 
an. 

Σιτάλκας, -ov, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
tial song named from a king of 
Thrace. 

σῖτος; -ov, 6, pl. ra σῖτα (ὃ 125. a), 
corn, grain, bread, 

σκέλος, -εος, τό, leg. 

σκεπτέος, -a, -ov (σκέπτομαι, to 
consider), to be considered. 

σκηνάω and σκηνέω, f. -ἦσω (σκη- 
νή); to encamp, be encamped. 

σκηνή, -ἧς, tent. Der. scene. 
σκότος, του, 6, and σκότος, -eos, τό 
(δ 125. y), darkness. 

Σκύθης, -ov, a Scythian ; Σκύθαι το- 
Edrat, Scythian archers, so call- 
ed from their being armed in 
Scythian fashion. 

Σκυθινός, -ov, 6, a Scythinian, or 
one of the Scy ythini, a tribe in 
Armenia. 

σκυλεύω (σκῦλα, spoils), f. -evow, 
to strip off the arms of a slain 
enemy. 

Spixpns, τητος, Smicres, an Arca 
dian commander, slain near 
Calpe by the Thracians. 

σπανίζω (σπάνις, lack), f. -icw, to 
lack, want, be in want of. 

σπείρω, f. σπερῶ (ᾧ 268), to sow, 
scatter. 

σπένδω, f. σπείσω (ᾧ 222), to make 
a libation ; Mid., to make a trea- 
ty, peace, or truce. See σπονδή. 

σπεύδω, f. σπεύσω, to hasten, 

σπονδή, -ἧς (omevdw), lbation ; pl. 
σπονδαί, truce, treaty, peace, be- 
cause made with libations. 

apd ign a (σπουδαῖος, ear- 
nest, λόγος), f. τήσομαι, to en- 
gage in earnest conversation, 
converse seriously. 

στάδιον, -ov, pl. ra στάδια and oi 
στάδιοι, Lat. stadium, furlong. 

σταθμός, -οῦ, ὁ (ἴστημι), station; 





116 σταθμὸς 


day’s march or journey, as the 
distance travelled from station 
to station. 

σταυρός, -ov, 6, stake, pale. 

στέλλω, f. στελῶ, pf. ἔσταλκα 
(ὃ 277. a), ἐο equip, array, send. 

στενός, -ἤ, -dv, narrow, 

στέφανος, -ov, ὁ (στέφω, to encir- 
cle, crown), a crown. 

στήλη, -ns, pillar. 

στλεγγίς, -ἰδος, ἡ, flesh-comb, scrap- 
er. 
στόλος, -ov, ὁ (στέλλω), α 
forth upon a journey or march 
‘expedition, j journey. 

στόμα, -atos, τό, mouth. 

στράτευμα, -atos, τό (στρατεύω), 
armed force, division of an ar- 
my, army. 

στρατεύω (στρατός), 


an expedition, make war, march, 
serve in arms. 


στρατηγέω (στρατηγός), f. “To, | : 
| σύμβουλος, -ου, 


ἐο᾿ σοπππαπα as ge neral, 
στρατηγός, -οῦ, ὁ (στρατός, ἄγω), 
leader of an army, general, 
στρατιά, -as (orpards), army. 
στρατιώτης, -ου (atparia), soldier. 
Στρατοκλῆς, -€ovs 
Στρατοκλέης, -έεος, § 115. 8), 
Stratocles, a commander of 
light-armed Cretans. 
στρατοπεδεύω (στρατόπεδον), f. 
-εύὐσω, and oftener στρατοπε- 
δεύομαι, f. -εὔσομαι, to encamp, 
be encamped, 
στρατόπεδον, -ov (στρατός, πέδον," 
ground), camp. | 
ἱστρατός, -οῦ, ὁ, host, army. | 
στρουθός, -0v, ὁ, ἡ; ostrich (fully 
ὁ μέγας στρουθός, the great stru- 
thus, in distinction from smaller 
birds, esp. the sparrow, called 
by the same name). 
Στυμφάλιος, -ov| (Srupparos, Stym- 
phdlus, a town in the north- 
eastern part of Arcadia), a Stym- 
pe 
σύ, cov ( 23), Lat. tu, thou, you. 
vi alti (σύν, γίγνομαι, f. ye- 
νήῆσομαι; pf. γεγένημαι and ye- | 





VOCABULARY. 


| 
| 
| 








setting 


--evow and | 
orparevouat, f. -evoouat, to make | 


(contr. from | 


συνέρχομαι 


γονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην), to have an 
interview with, hold intercourse 
with, 

συγκαλέω (σύν, καλέω, f. -έσω, pf 
KéxAnxa), to call together. 

συγκλείω (σύν, κλείω, f. -σω), to 
shut together, close. 

Συέννεσις, -tos, Syennesis, king of 
Cilicia. 

συλλαμβάνω (σύν, λαμβάνω, f. 
λήψομαι, pf. εἴληφα, 2 a. ἔλα- 
Bov), to seize, apprehend, arrest. 

συλλέγω (σύν, λέγω, to gather), f. 
συλλέξω;, pf. συνεΐλοχα, to col- 
lect, trans. ; Mid. (2 a. p. συνελέ- 
ynv), to collect, assemble, in- 
trans. 


| συμβοάω (σύν, Boda, f. βοήσομαι), 


to cry out together; συμβοᾷν 
ἀλλήλους, to shout to each other. 

συμβουλεύω (σύν, βουλεύω, f. -ev- 

pf. βεβούλευκα), to advise, 

counsel; Mid., to consult to- 
gether. 

ὁ (σύν, βουλή), ad- 
viser, counsellor. 

συμμαχία,-ας (σύμμαχος), alliance. 

σύμμαχος, -ov, 6, ἡ (σύν, μάχομαι), 
ally. 

ie he (σύν, μίγνῦμι, to min- 

le, f. μίξω), to mingle with. 


| Ps 
σύμπας, -πᾶσα, “παν, 2. -παντὸος, 


“πάσης (σύν, was), all together, 

the whole, 

συμπέμπω (σύν, πέμπω, f. -ψω, pf. 
πέπομφα, to send with. 

συμπ —e (σύν, πολεμέω, f. 
-now), to make war together 
with, assist in war. % 

συμπορεύομαι (σύν, πορεύομαι, f. 
-εὐσομαι), to journey or march 
with or in company. 

σύν, old form ξύν (ᾧ 70. v.), Lat. 
cum, with, together with. 


| συνάγω (δύ ἄγω, f. ἄξω, pf. ἦχα, 


2 ἃ. ἤγαγον), to bring together, 
cotiect, 

συνάπτω (σύν, ἅπτω, to fasten to, 
f. ἅψω), to join. 

σύνδειπνος, του, ὁ (σύν, δεῖπνον), a 
companion at table. 

συνέρχομαι (σύν, ἔρχομαι; f. ἔλεύ- 








συνέρχομαι 


σομαι, pf. ἐλήλυθα, 2 ἃ. ἦλθον), | 
to come together, assemble. 

συνήδομαι (σύν, ἥ ἥδομαι, ἴ. ἡσθήσο- 
μαι), to rejoice with, congratu- 
late. | 

σύνθημα, -atos, τό (συντίθημι), 
watch-word, ραδ5-ιυογά, 

συνίστημι = ἵστημι, f. στήσω, 
pf. ἕστηκα), to [bring together 
as friends] present or introduce 
to; in the intrans. forms, 10 
stand together, collect. 

σύνοιδα (σύν, οἶδα, f. εἴσομαι), to 
{know with] δὲ conscious. 

συντίθημι (σύν, τίθημι, f. θήσω, pf. 
τέθεικα, €Onxa), 
gether ; Mid., to make an agree- 
ment with. 

σύντομος, -ov (σύν, τέμνω); Concise, 
short. 

συντρίβω (σύν, τρίβω, to rub, 
bruise, f. τρίψω, pf. τέτριφα);, 
to crush. 

Συρακόσιος, -ov, 6 (Συράκοσαι ΟΥ̓ 
Συράκουσαι, Syracuse, a cele- 
brated city upon the eastern 
coast of Sicily), a Syracusan. 

Συρία, -as (Σύρος), Syria, a country 
of western Asia, north of Arabia. 

Σύρος, -ov, 6, a Syrian. 

σῦς, συός, ὁ, 7, Lat. sus, hog, 
swine. 

συχνός, -7, -dv, thick, many. 

σφάττω, f. σφάξω (ᾧ 274. δ), to 
slay, slaughter. 

σφενδόνη, ns, sling 

σφενδονήτης, του (σφενδόνη), sling- 
er. 

σφίσι, dat. pl. of od. 

σφόδρα (σφοδρός, vehement), εα- 


to put to- | 


VOCABULARY. 





ceedingly, greatly. 
σχεδόν, nearly, almost. 
σχίζω, f. σχίσω, to split. 
σχολάζω (σχολή), f. -άσω, to be at | 
leisure. 
σχολή, -ῆς, lersure. 
σώζω, f. σώσω, pf. σέσωκα, to 
save, preserve, bring safe; Pass. 
and Mid., to be saved, arrive safe. 
Σωκράτης, -eos (FJ 14), Socra- 
tes, —1. an Athenian philoso- 


| 
| 





pher, eminent for wisdom and 


τελευτή 117 


virtue, teacher of Xenophon 
Plato, &c.;—2. an Achezan, 
one of the Greek generals slain 
through the treachery of ‘Tissa- 
phernes. 


| σῶος (§ 135), safe. 


σωτηρία, -as (catw), safety, pres 
ervation, deliverance, 

σωφρονέω (σώφρων, of sound 
mind), f. now, to be of sound 
mind, to be wise. 

τάλαντον, -ov, talent ; as a weight, 
== almost 57 lb. ; asa sum of sil- 
ver money, = about $ 1056.60. 

Tapas, -ώ, ‘Tamos, an Egyptian, 

commander of the fleet of 
Cyrus. 

ταξίαρχος, -ου, ὁ (τάξις, ἄρχω), the 
commander of a τάξις, α ἰααὶ- 
arch. 

τάξις, -εως, ἡ (τάττω), order, bat- 
tle-array; division of an army, 
cohort. 

Taoxos, -ov, 6, a Taochian, or one 
of the Taocht, an independent 
tribe upon the frontiers of Ar- 
menia. 

ταράττω; f. “ago, to disturb. 

Tapooi, ὧν, oi, Or Ταρσός; -οὔ, ἧ, 
Tarsus, chief city of Cilicia. 

Tatra, f. vihe, pf. τέταχα (§ 274) 
to arrange, station in order. 

ταὐτά, for ra αὐτά (§ 39); ταῦτα, 
neut. pl. of οὗτος. 

τάφος; -ov, ὁ (θάπτω), grave, tomb. 


| τάφρος, του, 7, trench, "ditch. 


ταχέως (ταχύ 5); swiftly, rapidly. 

τάχος, -eos, τό (ταχύς), swiftness, 
speed. 

ταχύς, -εἴα, -ὖ, swift, quick ; ταχύ, 
as adv. , quickly, suddenly, soon. 

τέ, both, ‘and, ‘It is commonly 
placed immediately after the 
word which it should precede 
in translation: See ὑᾧ 673. a, 
732. 


τεῖχος, -εος; τό, wall. 


τελευταῖος. -α, -ον (τελευτή), last. 
τελευτάω (τελευτή), τήσω, to com- 

plete, finish; to die. 
τελευτή, -ἧς (τέλος), 


end, esp. of life. 


completion, 





118 τέλος 


τέλος, -eos, τό, end, result; acc. as 
adv. (§ 440), at last, finally. 

τέμνω, f. repo, pf. τέτμηκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔτεμον and ἔταμον (§ 277. 8), to 
cul. 

τέταρτος, -n, -ov (τέτταρες), fourth, 

τετρακισχίλιοι, -at, -a (τετράκις, 
Jour times, χίλιοι), four thou- 
sand. 

τετρακόσιοι, -at, -a (τέτταρες, ἕκα- 
τόν), four hundred. 

τετραπλόύος; -όη, -dov, contr. rerpa- 
πλοῦς, ἢ; -ovv (τέτταρες, -πλοος, 
§ 138. 4), fourfold, quadruple. 

τέτταρες, -pa ( 21), four. 

τεχνικῶς (τέχνη, art), artfully. 

τήμερον (ἡμέρα), adv., to-day. 

τίθημι, f. θήσω, pf. τέθεικα, ἃ. €- 
θηκα (YJ 50), to put, set, place; 
τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, to stand, in 
arms, stand to one’s arms. 

τιμάω (τιμή), f. -now, pf. τετίμηκα 
(41 45), to honor. 

τιμή, -ἧς (τίω, to pay honor), 
honor. 

Τιρίβαζος, -ov, Tiribazus, satrap 
of Armenia. 

Tis, Tl, σ΄. τινός, Some, some one, 
any one, any, a, a certain. See 
@ 24, §§ 152, 517 f, 732. 

τίς, Ti, g- τίνος, who? which? 
what? See J 24, δὺ 152, 535 f, 
729. Exe. 

Γισσαφέρνης, -eos (see Notes on 
Less. XV. 3), Tissaphernes, 
satrap of Caria, noted for his 
wily, intriguing, and treacher- 
ous character. 

τιτρώσκω, f. τρώσω (ᾧ 285), 0 
wound, 

roi (§ 732), surly, certainly. 

τοιγαροῦν (τοί, γάρ, οὖν), therefore, 
accordingly. 

τοίνυν (roi, νύν), therefore. 

τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο OT -ov 
(δῷ 97. N., 150), such. 

τοξεύω (τόξον, bow), f. -εύσω, to 
shoot with a bow. 

τοξότης, -ov (τόξον), bowman, ar- 
cher. 

τόπος, -ov, 6, @ spot, place. 

τοσοῦτος, TOTA’TN, τοσοῦτο OT -ov 





VOCABULARY. ὑπάγω 


(δῷ 97. ν., 150), so much, pl. so 
many. 

τότε (S| 63), at that time, then. 

τράπεζα, -ns, table, 

τραῦμα, -aTos, τό, wound. 

τρεῖς, τρία (4 21), Lat. tres, THREE 

τρέπω, f. age pf. rérpoda and 
τέτραφα () 259. a), 0 lurn, 
trans.; Mid. (2 a. ἐτραπόμην); 
to turn one’s self, turn, intrans. 

τρέφω, f. θρέψω, pf. τέτροφα 
(ὃ 263. 5), to nourish, support. 

τρέχω, f. OpeEouar, commonly dpa- 
μοῦμαι, pf. δεδράμηκα, 2 a. edpa- 
μον (ὃ 301. 5), to run. 

τριάκοντα (τρεῖς), indecl., therty 

τριήρης, -es (τρίς, ap-, to fit, 
§ 285), triply-furnished ; ἡ τρι- 
npns [Sc. ναῦς], trireme, a war- 
galley with three banks of 
oars. 

τρίπους, -πουν, g. -ποδος (τρίς, 
πούς), three-footed; ὁ τρίπους, 
tripod, a three-footed table or 
vase. 

[τρίς (τρεῖς), THRICE]. 

τρισμύριοι, -αι, -α (τρίς, μύριοι), 
thirty thousand. 

τρισχίλιοι, -at, -α (τρίς, χίλιοι); 
three thousand. 

τρίτος, -n, -ov (τρεῖς), third. 

τριχοίνικος, -ov (τρίς, χοῖνιξ, ἃ 
measure holding about a quart), 
containing three cheenices, three- 
quart. 

τρόπαιον, -ov (τροπή), TROPEY, = 

τροπή, -ἧς (τρέπω), rout or defeat 
of an army. 

τρόπος, -ov, ὁ (τρέπω); turn, man- 
ner. Der. TROPIC. 

τρυπάω, f. τήσω (τρῦπα; hole), to 
bore. 

τυγχάνω, f. τεύξομαι, pf. τετύχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔτυχον (ᾧ 290), to happen; 
happen upon, meet with ; obtain, 
altain. 

ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό (ᾧ 103.N.), water. 
Der. ΗΥ̓ΌΚΑΝΤ. 

υἱός, -od (Ff 16), son. 

ὑμεῖς, you, pl. of ov. 

ὑμέτερος, -a, -ον (ὑμεῖς), your. 

ὑπάγω (ὑπό, ἄγω, f. ἄξω, pf. ἦχα, 








ὑπάγω VOCABULARY. Φλιάσιος 119 


2. a. ἤγαγον), and ὑπάγομαι; to 
lead on insidiously. 

ες / c , . , m 

ὑπαίθριος, Ὃν (ὑπό, αἰθρία, open 
air), under or in the open air. 

Εις ’ M i , ” oa ὡ Φ 

ὑπάρχω (ὑπό, ἄρχω, f. -ξω), to 
begin; be; [lead on under anoth- 
61] second, favor. 

ὑπέρ, Lat. super, OVER: Ww. gen., 
over in place, above, beyond; 
over to protect, in behalf of, for 
the sake of, on account of: Ww. 
acc., over (going over or be- 
yond), above in quantity. 

ὑπερβολή, -ns(tmep, βάλλω), MouN- 
lain-pass. 

« , ε > , " 

ὑπηρέτης, -ov (ὑπό, ἐρέτης; rower), 
servant, assistant. 

ξ , ¢ =. ¢ , 

ὑπισχνέομαι (ὑπό, ἔχω), f. ὑποσχή- 

f. ¢ 4 999 

σομαι, pf. ὑπέσχημαι (ᾧ 292), 
to promise, 

ὑπό, Lat. sub, under: w. gen., 
from under or beneath; [from 
beneath the agency of] by: w. 
dat., under (being under): w. 
acc., under (going under). 

ὑποδεής;, τές (ὑπό, δέω), deficient ; 
comp. ὑποδεέστερος, inferior. 

ὑπολαμβάνω (ὑπό, λαμβάνω; f. λή- 
ψομαι, pf. εἴληφα, 2 ἃ. ἔλαβον), 

- to receive or take under one’s 
protection. 

ς , ¢ , , -“ 
ὑπομένω (ὑπό, μένω, f. μενῶ, pf. 
μεμένηκαῚ, to wait for, halt. 

J , J , , 

ὑποπέμπω (ὑπό, πέμπω, f. -ψω, pf. 
πέπομφα), to send insidiously. 

ὑποπτεύω (ὑπό, ὁπ-, to look, § 301. 
4), f. -evow, to suspect, appre- 
hend. 

ὑποφαίνω (ὑπό, paiva, f. φανῶ, pf. 
πέφαγκα), to show a little, begin 
to appear, dawn. 

“ ε , » 

ὕποχος, -ον (ὑπό, ἔχω), held under, 
sulyect. 

ὑποψία, -as (ὑπό, ὀπ-, to look, 
§ 301. 4), suspecion. 

ὑστεραῖος; -a, -ov (ὕστερος), follow- 
wing or next in time. 

ὕστερος, -a, τον (ὑπό, § 161. 2), 
later; ὕστερον, as adv., later, 
after. 

" , 

ὑψηλός, -74, -dv (ὕψος, height), 

high. 





φαγεῖν, 2a. inf. of ἐσθίω, to eat. 

paiva, f. φανῶ, pf. répayxa (FY 42, 
§ 267. 2), to show; 2 pf. πέφηνα 
and Mid. (with 2 a. p. ἐφάνην), 
to appear, show one’s self. 

φάλαγξ, -ayyos, 7, line of batile, 
phalanz. 

Φαλῖνος, -ov, Phalinus, a Greek 
from Zacynthus, in the service 
of Tissaphernes. 

φανερός, -ά, -dv (paivw), apparent, 
evident, manifest, open. 

φάρμακον, -ov, drug, medicine. 
Der. PHARMACY. 

Φαρνάβαζος, -ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
trap of Lesser Phrygia. 

acts, -tos, 6, the Phasis, a river 
of Colchis. 

φάσκω (strengthened form of φημί 
§ 301. 7), ἢ φήσω, to affirm, as- 
serl, say. ͵ 

φέρω, ἴ. οἴσω, pf. ἐνήνοχα, 1 a. 
ἤνεγκα, 2 ἃ. ἤνεγκον (ᾧ 301. 6), 
Lat. fero, fo Bear, bring, carry; 
bring forth, produce; [carry off] 
receive. 

φεύγω, f. φεύξομαι, 2 pf. πέφευ 
2a. ἔφυγον (§ 270. 9), to fe 
Sly from an enemy. 

φημί, f. φήσω and ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, 
2a. εἶπον (ὃ 301. 7), to say, 
say yes; οὔ φημι, to say no. 

φθάνω, f. φθάσω, commonly φθή- 
σομαι, pf. ἔφθακα, to antici- 
pate. 

φθέγγομαι, ἢ φθέγξομαι, pf. epbey- 
pat, to uiter a sound; of an 
eagle, to scream. 

φθονέω (φθόνος, envy), f. -now, to 
envy. 

φιλέω (φίλος), f. τήσω, pf. πεφί- 
Anka, fo love. 

φιλία, -as (φίλος). friendship. 

φίλιος, -a, -ov (φίλος), friendly. 

φίλιππος, -ov (φιλέω, ἵππος), fond 
of horses. 

φίλος, -n, τον, dear, friendly; 6 
φίλος, subst., friend. For com- 
parison, see ᾧ 156. γ. 

Φλιάσιος, -ov, ὁ (Φλιοῦς, Phlius, a 
city of the Peloponnesus, north- 
west of Argos), a Phihasian. 


ay 
Le, 





4 
που 
Ε1 
Ξ 
ie 
bd 
: 


i 
i 
| 


CFP qo es aoe 


120 φλυαρία 


φλυαρία, -ας (φλυᾶρός, prating), 
idle talk, nonsense. 

φοβερός, -ά, -όν (φόβος), fright- 
ful, ger 1, terrible. 

φοβέω (φόβος), f. τήσω, to make 
to fear, frighten, ter? Ἵν; Pass. 
and Mid. , φοβέομαι, f . τηθήσο- 
μαι and -ἥσομαι, pf. “οὐόθημαι, 
ἃ. ἐφοβήθην, to be frightened, 
Sear, be afraid. 

φόβος, του; 6, fear, fright. 

Powikeos, “ea, -εον, contr. powi- 
κοῦς, -ἢ, -odv (poimé, purple), 
purple. 


φράζω, f. φράσω, pf. πέφρακα 
(§ 275), to tell. 


Pe ay φρέατος, τό (ᾧ 104. N.), 
a well, 

φρουρός, -od, 6, guard. 

Φρυγία, -as (Ppvé), Phrygia, the 
large central province of Asia 
Minor. 

Φρυξ, -vyds, ὁ, a Phrygian. 

φυγάς, -ddos, ὁ (φεύγω), an ex- 
tle, fugitive. 

φυγή, -ns (φεύγω), fught. 

φυλάττω, f. -a&, pf. πεφύλαχα, 
to guard, watch; Mid., to watch 
for one’s own security, to be on 
one’s guard against. 

darn, -ns, voice, eS sound. 

pas, φωτός, τό, light. 

χαίρω, f. qerre, pf. κεχάρηκα 

(ᾧ 267. 2), to rejowce; farewell. 

XaAdaios, ice ὁ. a Chaldean, or 
one of the Chaldai, a warlike 
people on the borders of Ar- 
menia. 

χαλεπαίνω (χαλεπός), f. -ανῶ, to 
be or become angry. 

χαλεπός, -n, -dv, hard, difficult, 
harsh, cross, ferocious. 

χάλκεος, -εα -eov, Contr. χαλκοῦς, 
-ἢ: τοῦν (χαλκός, copper, brass), 
brazen, of brass. 

Χαλκηδών, τόνος, ἧ, Chalcédon, a 
city οἵ Bithynia, at the mouth 
of the Thracian Bosphorus. 

Χάλος, -ov, 6, the Chalus, a river 
of Syria. 

χαράδρα, -as (xapatra, to furrow), 
ravine. 





VOCABULARY. Ψιλός 


Χαρμῖνος, -ου, Charminus, a Lacs 
demonian envoy, sent to the 
army by Thibron. 

χείρ, χειρός, ἡ (δ 123. y), hand. 

Χειρίσοφος, -ov, Chirisophus, a 
Lacedemonian, chosen com- 

mander-in-chief of the Greek 
army. 

Χεῤῥόνησος, του, ἡ (χέῤῥος νῆσος, 
shore-island), the Cherronese or 
Chersonese, a long peninsula 
upon the Thracian side of the 
Hellespont. 

χήν; χηνύς; ὃ; ἦγ 2 rvo0se, 

χίλιοι -at, τα, a thousand. 

xiAdw (χῖλός, fodder), f. -aow, to 
Seed or pasture horses, &c. 

χιτών, -@vos, 6, tunic. 

χιτωνίσκος, -ov, 6 (dim. of χιτών); 
a small or short tunic. 

χιών, -dvos, 7), Snow. 

xopevo (χόρος, dance, cHorR), f. 
-evow, to dance. 

χόρτος, -ov, 6, grass. 

χράομαι, f. χρήσομαι, pf. κέχρημαι 
() 284. 3), to use, manage. 

xen, f. χρήσει, impf. ἐχρῆν OF χρῆν 
(ᾧ 284. 4), impers., 2 zs Neces- 
sary or proper, it must or ought 
to be. 

χρήζω (χρεία, need), f. -σω, to 
need, desire. 

χρῆμα, -atos, τό (xpdopat), thing 
used ; ; pl. goods, property, money. 

χρήσιμος; τη, τὸν (χράομαι), useful. 

χρόνος, -ov, 6, tame. 

χρύσεος, -€d, “€0V; contr. χρυσοῦς, 
τῆ, -οῦν (χρυσός, gold), golden. 

χρυσίον, -ov (dim. of χρυσός, gold), 
goid-money, gold. 

χώρα, -as (χῶρος), @ country, ter- 
ΤΟΥ. 

χωρίον, -ov (dim. of χῶρος), a 
place or spot, esp. a fortified 
place, hold. 

χωρίς, apart. from. 

χῶρος, του, ὁ, space, place, district. 

ψευδής, -ἐς (ψεύδομαι), false. 

ψεύδομαι, f. -σομαι, pf. ἔψευσμαι; 
to falsify, hie, deceive. 

ψιλός, -ἤ, -dv, bare; not covered 
with armour. 








ψῦχος VOCABULARY. ὥφελον 12] 


γῦχος, -εος, τό(ψύχω, to cool), cold. 

.--ἰ. O, sign of address ; — 
2. subj. of εἰμί, 

ὧδε (ὅδε), thus, 80. 

ὠμός, τή, τόν, cruel, savage. 

ὠνέομαι, f. ,ἥσομαι, pf. ἐώνημαι, 
2 a. ἐπριάμην (ὃ 301. 8), to buy. 

ὥρα, -as, hour, season, time for a 
thing. 

ὡς (ds, “ 63), as; when; how; 
that, so that,in order that; w. 





numerals, about; w. acc., as 
prep., fo. See δῷ 601, 628, 
640, 662. 

ὡσαύτως (ὁ αὐτός), in the same 
manner, in like manner, 

ὥσπερ (as, πέρ, Just, ᾧ 328. bj, 
just as, as. 

ὥστε (ὡς, τέ), so that, so as. 

aris, -ἰδος (οὖς), a kind of bustard 
with long ear-feathers. 

ὥφελον, see ὀφείλω. 


THE END. 

















COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


0032214065 








